Form 10-K - Annual report [Section 13 and 15(d), not S-K Item 405]

Table of Contents

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

__________________________________________________________________________________________________

FORM 10-K

__________________________________________________________________________________________________

(Mark One)

☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024

☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from __________ to __________

Commission File Number: 001-40828

__________________________________________________________________________________________________

a.k.a. Brands Holding Corp.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

__________________________________________________________________________________________________


Delaware						87-0970919
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)						(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

100 Montgomery Street, Suite 2270

San Francisco, California 94104

(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)

415-295-6085

(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)

__________________________________________________________________________________________________

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

Trading Symbol(s)

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share

AKA

New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933 (“Securities Act”). Yes ☐ No ☒

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”). Yes ☐ No ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer

Accelerated Filer

Non-accelerated filer

Smaller Reporting Company

Emerging Growth Company

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☐

If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐ No x

The aggregate market value of common stock held by non-affiliates of a.k.a. Brands on June 30, 2024, was approximately $10,113,423 based on the closing price of the shares on the New York Stock Exchange on such date.

As of March 4, 2025, the registrant had 10,693,150 shares of common stock outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant's definitive proxy statement for its 2025 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (“Proxy Statement”), to be filed within 120 days of the registrant's fiscal year ended December 31, 2024, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Except with respect to information specifically incorporated by reference in this Form 10-K, the Proxy Statement is not deemed to be filed as part of this Form 10-K.

Table of Contents

a.k.a. BRANDS HOLDING CORP.

FORM 10-K

TABLE OF CONTENTS


		Page
	Forward-Looking Statements	3

PART I
Item 1.	Business	4
Item 1A.	Risk Factors	12
Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments	47
Item 1C.	Cybersecurity	48
Item 2.	Properties	49
Item 3.	Legal Proceedings	50
Item 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures	50

PART II
Item 5.	Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	51
Item 6.	[Reserved]	52
Item 7.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	53
Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	70
Item 8.	Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	71
Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	101
Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures	101
Item 9B.	Other Information	103
Item 9C.	Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections	103

PART III
Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	104
Item 11.	Executive Compensation	104
Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	104
Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence	104
Item 14.	Principal Accountant Fees and Services	104

PART IV
Item 15.	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules	105
Item 16.	Form 10-K Summary	106

	Signatures	107

Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K, including the sections entitled “Business,” “Legal Proceedings,” “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” contains “forward-looking statements” as defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including statements regarding our future results of operations and financial position, or that describe our plans, goals, intentions, objectives, strategies, expectations, beliefs and assumptions, are forward-looking statements. The words “believe,” “may,” “might,” “will,” “estimate,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “expect,” “project,” “plan,” “objective,” “could,” “would,” “should” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy, short-term and long-term business operations and objectives, and financial needs. We caution that the forward-looking statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are subject to a number of known and unknown risks, uncertainties and assumptions that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performances or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.

Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment, and new risks emerge from time to time. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events and circumstances discussed in this Annual Report on Form 10-K may not occur, and actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements.

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee that the future results, levels of activity, performance or events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur. Moreover, neither we nor any other person assumes responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to update publicly any forward-looking statements for any reason after the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K to conform these statements to actual results or changes in our expectations, unless otherwise required by law.

Table of Contents

PART I

Unless the context indicates otherwise, references in this Annual Report on Form 10-K to “a.k.a.,” “a.k.a. Brands,” the “Company” or “company,” “we,” “our” and “us” mean a.k.a. Brands Holding Corp. and its subsidiaries.

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

Our Vision

To be the global leader in fashion for the next generation of consumers through a portfolio of the most innovative brands.

Who We Are

a.k.a. Brands Holdings Corp. (“a.k.a.”) maintains a portfolio of global fashion brands, Princess Polly, Culture Kings, Petal and Pup and mnml. Through these brands we reach a broad audience of next-generation consumers who seek fashion inspiration on social media and primarily shop online. Our brands are hyper-focused on the customer and serving them newness and a seamless experience throughout the entire shopping journey. We leverage a data-driven ‘test, repeat & clear’ merchandising model that allows us to introduce new and exclusive fashion weekly, so our customers are always on-trend. We leverage innovative data-driven insights to authentically connect and engage with customers across the latest marketing platforms. Further, we are committed to showing up for customers wherever they shop, whether that’s online, in-stores or through wholesale channels. Leveraging our industry expertise and operational synergies, we help accelerate our brands so they can grow faster, reach broader audiences, achieve greater scale and enhance their profitability. We believe we are disrupting the status quo and pioneering a new approach to fashion.

In 2024 as compared to 2023, we:

•Increased net sales to $574.7 million from $546.3 million, representing 5% year-over-year growth

•Increased U.S. net sales to $368.8 million from $315.5 million, representing 17% year-over-year growth

•Expanded gross margin by 200 basis points to 57% from 55%

•Reduced our net loss to $26.0 million from $98.9 million

•Increased Adjusted EBITDA to $23.3 million from $13.8 million, representing 69% year-over-year growth

•Attracted 4.1 million active customers, an increase of 9% from the prior year

•Received approximately 7.3 million orders, an increase of 7% from the prior year

Our Brands

a.k.a. Brands currently consists of four brands: two women’s brands, Princess Polly and Petal & Pup, and two streetwear brands, Culture Kings and mnml.

Princess Polly

Founded in Australia in 2010, Princess Polly joined a.k.a. Brands in July 2018. Princess Polly is a leading fashion brand loved globally for its trend-driven designs, viral online presence and exclusive influencer collaborations. At the forefront of hybrid retail, Princess Polly connects with customers worldwide through an unmatched online experience, engaging retail stores and coveted wholesale partners. With a focus on making the latest trends accessible and ethically sourced, Princess Polly continues to drive connection with its ever-growing community of loyal next-generation customers. The brand operates predominantly online and targets female customers between the ages of 15 and 25, who value the brand’s high-quality, fresh and exclusive fashion styles at accessible price points. Since joining a.k.a. Brands, Princess Polly has experienced rapid growth and increasing brand awareness in the United States. In connection with Princess Polly’s expansion in the U.S., in September of 2023, Princess Polly opened its first brick and mortar store in Century City, Los Angeles. Based on the customer feedback and success of the first store, Princess Polly opened five more stores across the U.S. in 2024 in San Diego, CA; Scottsdale, AZ; Irvine, CA; Santa Clara, CA; and Boston, MA. The brand plans to open more locations across the U.S. in 2025, including an 8,000 square foot store in the SoHo neighborhood of New York City.

Table of Contents

Petal & Pup

Petal & Pup, founded in Australia in 2014 and expanded into the U.S. via its acquisition by a.k.a. Brands in 2019, is a rapidly growing global feminine lifestyle brand, targeting women in their 20s and 30s. Petal & Pup’s collections embody a vibrant, confident femininity, inspired by its Australian roots and designed to encourage women to celebrate life's moments. What started as an online brand, Petal & Pup has experienced significant expansion, particularly in the United States, and can now be found in major U.S. retailers including Nordstrom, Target, Macy’s, Victoria’s Secret and Amazon.

Culture Kings

Founded in Australia in 2008, Culture Kings joined a.k.a. Brands in March 2021. Culture Kings is a premier international streetwear retail destination, standing at the intersection of fashion, art, sports and music, and a leader in the worldwide streetwear phenomenon. Culture Kings offers its customers a curated assortment of 20 in-house designed brands, such as Loiter, Carre and Saint Morta, and exclusive products from over 100 leading third-party streetwear brands, including Nike, New Era, Mitchell and Ness and more. Culture Kings operates nine experiential concept stores in major cities in Australia and New Zealand, and opened its first U.S. store in Las Vegas in November 2022. The brand has become internationally recognized for its immersive shopping experiences, both online and in-stores, that offer customers top brands and exclusive products, event-driven store activations, live DJs, Holy Grail arcades, basketball courts and music performances in store. The in-store experience generates excitement and anticipation on social media, driving demand and traffic online and offline and creating customer affiliation with the Culture Kings brands, not just the products sold.

mnml

Founded in Los Angeles in 2016, mnml joined a.k.a. Brands in October 2021. mnml is a men’s streetwear brand that designs premier, fashion-forward apparel at accessible prices. As an early mover in the direct-to-consumer streetwear segment, mnml has created powerful brand recognition and is an established destination for modern wardrobe staples, current trends and highly sought-after styles. In addition to its powerful direct-to-consumer channels, mnml is a top-seller at Culture Kings, both online and in stores, and began testing marketplace and wholesale initiatives in 2024 to expand brand awareness.

Our Competitive Strengths

Great Product

Exclusive High-Quality Fashion

Our women’s merchandise is designed in-house and exclusive to our brands, and the majority of our streetwear styles are either exclusive in-house designed brands or exclusive styles from leading third-party brands. Culture Kings designs and creates fashion apparel styles under approximately 20 owned brands and sells hundreds of styles of third-party brands primarily in headwear and footwear to complete the streetwear outfit. Our customers’ satisfaction with the fit, quality, affordability and exclusivity of our styles is further reflected in our sales return rates across our brands, which was well below industry average in 2024 at approximately 17.7%. Customers are proud to wear and name our brands.

Data-Driven Merchandising Drives On-Trend Fashion with Strong Gross Margins

Our customers crave newness and excitement and we deliver this by creating and curating on-trend, high-quality and affordable fashion. We utilize real-time data and consumer insights to identify the latest trends, and work with our global sourcing network to quickly bring new, high-quality products to market. Our women’s brands merchandise is all purchased using our agile test, repeat & clear merchandising model, which enables us to quickly react to customer demand and test product appeal without taking large initial inventory positions. We buy small quantities of new styles, release them on social media and our sites weekly, quickly read customer data to analyze the demand and replenish best-selling product in 30-60 days. This model provides greater certainty that our merchandise is always on-trend, quick to market and with minimal inventory risk because we only replenish the styles for which there is demonstrated customer demand. While our women’s brands have fully adapted the test, repeat & clear model, beginning in 2024 we began transforming the Culture Kings owned brands merchandising approach to adapt the model as well. Loiter, one of Culture Kings owned brands is the furthest along in this transition and delivered tripled digit revenue growth and gross margin dollar growth in 2024, a further testament to the strength of the test, repeat & clear model. Our test, repeat & clear merchandising strategy is only possible because the majority of our styles are exclusive styles that cannot be found elsewhere.

Table of Contents

Customer Led

Direct-to-Consumer First Brands who Efficiently Acquire Customers Through Authentic Content

Our brands seek to constantly innovate their marketing strategies and reach their customers organically across all channels including social media, paid performance and innovative brand marketing strategies. Our brands engage with customers by releasing a stream of inspiring digital content at high frequency across multiple platforms where we know our customers are. We believe our content-rich narrative and authentic brand messaging drives organic traffic to our websites, efficiently generating demand, enhancing connectivity with customers and amplifying our brand communities. Core to our marketing strategy is the use of social media influencers, and we maintain relationships with thousands of influencers globally and utilize them to test and launch new products, gather customer feedback, increase brand awareness and acquire new customers in a cost-effective manner. In addition to social media marketing, we also leverage our stores and off-site locations to host both influencer marketing events as well as marketing activations to expand brand awareness. For example, in 2024 Culture Kings held unique and exciting activations and collaborations with WWE, ComplexCon, UFC, Formula1, Summer Smash and more. We intend to continuously test new marketing channels and may add new brands to our portfolio to stay top-of-mind, re-inventing as necessary to not age our with our customers.

Meet Our Customers Anywhere

Nimble by design, our brands meet our customers with a great experience whether online or in person. Our brands greatly value the direct relationship with customers and the primary channel for all of our brands is direct-to-consumer and online. However, to build a next-generation brand, we believe it’s imperative to show up where our customers are shopping. Princess Polly opened its first store in Los Angeles, California, in September 2023 and based on the success of the initial store, the brand opened five more stores across the U.S. in 2024. Culture Kings also operates nine experiential and immersive concept stores in major cities in Australia and New Zealand, and opened its first U.S. store in Las Vegas in November 2022. We believe our next-generation stores serve as a powerful customer acquisition tool, and provide customers a unique and immersive brand experience. In 2023, we also began piloting wholesale and marketplace initiatives across our brands to build brand awareness and increase brand touchpoints for our customers. In 2024, Petal & Pup and Princess Polly successfully launched in 42 and 20 Nordstrom stores, respectively, and on Nordstrom.com with plans to expand to all stores in 2025. At the end of 2024, across our brands, we had partnerships in place with leading retailers such as: Nordstrom, Victoria’s Secret, Liverpool, Macys.com and Target.com.

Operational Excellence

Asset Light Technology and Operations

Our brands leverage a broad network of third-party service and technology providers, which allows us to implement the latest capabilities with limited upfront investment and quickly adopt innovations in the market. We utilize a combination of owned and third-party logistics and fulfillment assets and third-party technology partners, creating flexibility to support our high-growth brands with fast and efficient fulfillment and shipping. We customize our approach for each brand to allow for optimization and tailored growth tools, which sets us apart from other centralized platforms. Additionally, given our scale, we negotiate favorable rates with our vendors, providing our brands with attractive terms and enhancing overall profitability.

Robust and Flexible Platform to Support Growth

Our brands operate independently but have access to resources, guidance and vendors at the a.k.a. Brands level. We believe this model balances scale-enabled cost savings with operational flexibility, facilitates low-risk innovation and accommodates the needs of our brands at various stages of growth. Our operating model is designed to provide collective advantages, by leveraging access to a highly-skilled leadership team who have deep expertise in the business of fashion, sharing learnings across the brands and accelerating profitable growth through flexible back-end operations at lower costs.

Our Growth Strategies

We believe our global next-generation fashion brands are disrupting categories with strong fundamental growth and capitalizing on long-term global secular tailwinds. We intend to execute the following strategies to expand our business and gain market share:

Table of Contents

Attract and Retain Customers

We believe our brands are underpenetrated in the markets in which they operate. We think there is a significant opportunity to grow awareness of our brands through the strength of our innovative and authentic marketing approach and successful test, repeat & clear merchandising model. We intend to efficiently acquire new customers through continued investment in our content creation, brand marketing and social media capabilities. We also intend to continue to refine our test, repeat & clear merchandising approach and convert all of Culture Kings owned-brands to this approach, which we believe will unlock revenue and gross margin growth. We believe that our brands have a significant opportunity to expand product ranges, increase average order value and broaden customer reach. We also intend to deepen customer relationships to improve customer retention and increase wallet share. We aim to achieve this by enhancing our user experience, improving engagement, refining our customer segmentation, increasing personalization and testing third party artificial intelligence functions to improve the customer experience.

Expand our Omnichannel Reach Through Additional Stores and Wholesale Partnerships

Our brands primarily operate direct-to-consumer, and we expect that they will continue to operate in that manner as we continue to grow. Based on the strong success of our omnichannel initiatives in 2024, we plan to accelerate our omnichannel expansion in 2025 to further build brand awareness. In 2025, we anticipate that Princess Polly will open seven stores in the U.S., including the 8,000 square foot store in the SoHo neighborhood of New York City in March 2025. We also signed leases and intend to open stores in: Miami, Florida; Glendale, California; Columbus, Ohio; White Plains, New York; Garden City, New York; and King of Prussia, Pennsylvania. Based on the success of Princess Polly’s and Petal and Pup’s wholesale and marketplace initiatives, Princess Polly and Petal and Pup will launch in all Nordstrom stores across the U.S. in 2025. We will also continue growing our successful marketplace and wholesale initiatives with partners such as Liverpool, Victoria’s Secret and more in 2025 for Petal and Pup. Culture Kings and mnml will also continue testing wholesale and marketplace opportunities in 2025 to expand their reach and attract new customers to the brand.

Grow Internationally

We intend to leverage the strength of our brands and our ability to connect with customers to expand into new international markets beyond our core U.S. and Australian markets. In 2024, net sales to customers outside of the U.S. and Australia/New Zealand was $25.6 million across 183 countries and territories and represented 4% of total sales.

We will continue to target markets that demonstrate strong social and digital media usage. As part of our long-term strategy, we have identified several markets in which we believe we can successfully introduce one or more of our brands in the future, such as expanding Princess Polly in Canada, Europe and the U.K. Additionally, we plan to enter into key markets through strategic wholesale and marketplace partnerships.

Grow Through Acquisitions

We employ a corporate development team dedicated to the identification, evaluation and acquisition of brands, and we maintain a strong pipeline of potential targets, which typically includes multiple acquisition opportunities at differing stages of evaluation.

We seek next-generation brands with strong customer followings and a proven track record of operating profitably but that need help scaling to further accelerate their growth. We look for talented and passionate teams who have proven abilities to leverage data, technology and content to grow. We seek asset-light brands that have the potential to benefit from the a.k.a. expertise and resources. We look for brands with similar operating and financial characteristics as our existing brands. We are continuously evaluating opportunities for such acquisitions.

Continue to Drive Efficiencies

As we continue to scale, we aim to improve operational performance across our portfolio and enhance profitability. We will also look for ways to reduce our costs by leveraging our collective scale to negotiate improved terms with suppliers and vendors, including for raw materials, freight and shipping. As our brands grow and gain scale, we intend to invest in automation and process improvement within our operations to drive lower variable costs and improved profitability.

Table of Contents

Our Industry

We primarily operate in the large and growing global apparel, footwear and accessories industry. According to UniformMarket, the operator of industry trade journals and news websites, the global apparel market grew to $1.8 trillion in 2024 and the global footwear market was expected to reach a value of almost $500 billion in 2024. The global apparel market is expected to grow to $2.0 trillion by 2028. Though we ship our products globally, we operate primarily in two geographies: the U.S. and Australia. The U.S. has the largest apparel market of any country, which grew to $359 billion in 2024 and is expected to grow at a 2.1% compounded annual growth rate (“CAGR”) from 2024 to 2028. According to Market Research Future, a global market research company, the Australian apparel market was expected to grow to over $23.0 billion in 2024 and grow at over a 3.0% CAGR through 2032. We believe the key factors driving growth within the global apparel, footwear and accessories industry include favorable demographic trends and desire for constant newness.

Apparel, Footwear and Accessories Shopping Has Been Growing Online

Consumers are increasingly turning to online channels to make purchases, driven by the growing Millennial and Gen Z populations and the increasing influence of social and digital media channels. According to Grand View Research, a market research and consulting company, the global online apparel market was valued at approximately $660 billion in 2024, and was expected to grow at an 8.6% CAGR through 2030. According to Statista, a platform specialized in market and consumer data, the U.S. online apparel, footwear and accessories market was valued at approximately $145 billion in 2024 and could surpass $219 billion by 2029.

Digital-Savvy Millennial and Gen Z Consumers Seeking the Next-Generation Shopping Experience

According to data from the U.S. Census Bureau, Millennial and Gen Z consumers, our primary target demographic today, account for 22% and 21% of the U.S. population, respectively, making them a large and growing demographic group with significant economic influence. In addition, in the U.S., content consumption studies found that 86% of Millennials use social media every day, while the use of social media by Gen Z consumers is growing at the fastest rate of any generation, with projected growth of 7.7% in 2024 alone.

Technology Infrastructure

Our brands are built on a modern, flexible and scalable technology infrastructure, which leverages a broad network of best-in-class, third-party technology providers. We then combine that customized presentation layer with the backend engine from Shopify, which is a proven and industry-leading eCommerce solution. By pairing our own in-house technology with cloud software, we have been able to create a differentiated user experience that we can adjust as necessary while also leveraging engineering talent from some of the best software as a service (“SaaS”) companies in the world to scale rapidly and efficiently. Our cloud-based, SaaS native strategy allows us to adopt innovative, dynamic technology and capabilities with limited upfront investment and nimbly adopt market-leading technologies as they are introduced. We consider this to be a key differentiating factor compared to traditional retail proprietary technology stacks and for which switching to a more agile cloud-based SaaS solution could be too costly and risky.

Our technology infrastructure integrates seamlessly across our organization, connecting in a way that allows constant iteration and improvement. We leverage highly customizable solutions to provide customers optimal improved experiences, while limiting the costs and time required of custom bespoke solutions. This approach allows us to easily test new capabilities on a limited and low-cost basis, analyze and learn from the results, and then roll out more broadly if successful. We are leveraging our technology infrastructure to accelerate our scale and growth and drive efficiencies in areas spanning marketing, merchandising, customer experience, supply chain, operations and administration.

Sourcing

We source our products from a network of international suppliers. Our supplier base included 315 suppliers across 31 different countries as of December 31, 2024.

We have strong long-term relationships with our manufacturers, but we do not have any long-term commitments requiring us to purchase minimum volumes from any supplier or manufacturer. We seek to leverage our collective scale and use the same suppliers across our multiple brands, where possible, in order to obtain more favorable terms from our suppliers. Our network of third-party suppliers allows us to be capital efficient and nimble, giving us the ability to move new designs we receive from our suppliers into production and then into inventory in as few as 30 to 45 days for the majority of our inventory, as compared to up to nine months for traditional apparel brands.

Table of Contents

We strategically establish sourcing relationships to ensure a constant supply of high-quality, low-cost inventory, with a number of our suppliers exclusively manufacturing for our brands. Although we have our own design team, a number of suppliers have the capability to produce concepts and designs with no obligation for our brands to purchase. With less seasonal demand for our products, we offer our manufacturing partners predictable and consistent growth in inventory purchases throughout the year.

People & Culture

We promote a holistic approach to building our team and have created a culture that is inclusive, diverse and high performing. We seek out and hire team members who bring specialized, functional expertise while able to collaborate effectively across brands, functions and geographies. Our culture is fast-paced, promotes accountability, empowers team members to drive the business forward daily, stresses a bias toward action and embraces the individuality of each team member.

Attracting, motivating and retaining passionate talent at all levels is vital to continuing our success. We actively look for talented people across multiple geographies and promote a “work from anywhere” approach, which allows us to maintain a lean physical footprint and employ offices as team collaboration hubs. We continuously work to improve the team member experience to drive retention and engagement. None of our employees are represented by a labor union or covered by a collective bargaining agreement. While each of our brands celebrates its own unique culture and brand values, we collectively embrace a next-generation mindset:

•We are customer-led—focusing relentlessly on delivering a high-quality customer experience;

•We move fast—executing on innovative ideas swiftly;

•We are data driven—using data and analytics to make smarter decisions every day;

•We are growth minded—testing and learning continuously in and across our brands;

•We are diverse—celebrating and expanding the diversity of our customers and teams; and

•We act with integrity and practice responsible fashion—when in doubt, we resort to the high standard.

As of December 31, 2024, we had more than 1,350 full- and part-time employees. The majority of our workforce is located in Australia, with the remaining employees located throughout the United States. On a limited basis, we may use temporary personnel to supplement our workforce as business needs arise.

Sustainability and Responsible Fashion

a.k.a. Brands promotes sustainable, responsible and inclusive fashion and does so by focusing on four key areas: ethical sourcing, sustainability, environment and equality & community.

Ethical Sourcing

We aim to promote a safe and respectful environment for workers who make our products and protect their human rights. For example, in 2024, Princess Polly maintained valid ethical manufacturing audits for 100% of final stage production, or tier-one production, and made progress towards auditing all production sites with a direct relationship, including packaging, branded hardware and fabric. The Princess Polly Social Responsibility team, with the support of two on-ground ethical sourcing resources in China, achieved 250 site visits in India, the U.S. and China. The team also hosted the inaugural Princess Polly Partner Conference for 90 partners in Guangzhou, China, which included a focus on Princess Polly’s Preferred Factory Program, a custom ethical sourcing and environment accelerator which launched in April 2024. The suite of tools to support factory managers and the global a.k.a. Brands team has also been improved, extending e-learning to over 80 Princess Polly and Culture Kings team members. Princess Polly is the leader on ethical sourcing in our portfolio and amongst their digitally native brand peers, and we will leverage Princess Polly’s best practices and apply them to the rest of our portfolio. We are devoted to making continual progress towards our commitments and being transparent along the way.

Table of Contents

Sustainability

We are making on-trend fashion more sustainable and accessible to everyone by transitioning our products to be made with lower environmental impact. Presently, 35% of Princess Polly’s product range is made from certified lower-impact materials, including organic, recycled or forest-friendly alternatives to conventional materials. Princess Polly is aiming to have 100% of its products made with lower-impact materials by 2030. To make this possible, in 2024, Princess Polly expanded its Lower Impact Hub. This fabric market makes the ‘Core 40’ lower-impact materials available to all Princess Polly suppliers, overcoming lead time and order quantity barriers while maintaining high product quality.

Environment

We are committed to protecting the planet by addressing climate change, promoting circularity and improving the environmental impact of our packaging, business operations and factories. Our business model limits the planetary burden of overproduction. Our real-time, demand-driven and automated ordering system allows production to track demand as accurately as possible. This high-velocity, low-waste strategy allows us to avoid unnecessary production. In 2023, Princess Polly approved near- and long-term science-based emissions reduction targets with the Science Based Targets initiative (SBTi), in line with a 1.5 degree temperature rise. Princess Polly is aiming to be carbon neutral by 2030 and is making progress towards its 2030 target for 52% Scope 3 emissions intensity reductions, and, by mid-2024, it has achieved an intensity reduction of 16% on its base year.

Competition

The online and offline retail markets generally are highly competitive and rapidly evolving. We face significant competition from eCommerce websites, including apparel- and accessories-oriented eCommerce websites as well as the eCommerce websites of traditional retailers. We also face competition from direct-from-manufacturer retailers and in-person stores and boutiques, including traditional retailers and fashion boutiques.

We compete based on product selection, differentiation, exclusivity, brand quality and strength of customer relationships, relevance, convenience, ease of use and consumer experience, including order fulfillment and shipping timelines. We believe we compete favorably across these factors taken as a whole.

Seasonality

Due to our operations being concentrated in two distinct geographies (Australia and the United States), our business has experienced seasonality that may differ from that of other retailers. The first quarter has historically been our lowest sales quarter, and that trend is likely to continue as we continue to expand into the U.S. market.

The following table presents quarterly net sales as a percentage of total annual net sales:


	Years Ended December 31,
	2024		2023		2022
First quarter	20	%	22	%	24	%
Second quarter	26	%	25	%	26	%
Third quarter	26	%	26	%	25	%
Fourth quarter	28	%	27	%	25	%
Total	100	%	100	%	100	%

Intellectual Property

We primarily protect our intellectual property through the trademark, copyright and trade secret laws of Australia and the United States. As of December 31, 2024, we owned over 500 trademark registrations and nearly 150 Internet domain names. Although we have not sought copyright registration for our technology or works to date, we rely on common law copyright and trade secret protections in relation to our proprietary technology, products and the content displayed on our websites, including our photography and fabric prints that we design. Our trademarks, including domain names, are material to our business and brand identity.

In addition to the protections provided by our intellectual property rights, we enter into confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, contractors and business partners. We further control the use of our technology and intellectual property through provisions in both our client terms of use on our website and in our vendor terms and conditions.

Table of Contents

Government Regulation

Our business is subject to a number of domestic and foreign laws and regulations that affect companies conducting business on the Internet, many of which are still evolving and could be interpreted in ways that could harm our business. These laws and regulations include federal and state consumer protection laws and regulations (including the General Data Protection Regulation in the European Union), which address, among other things, the processing of payments, privacy, data protection, information security, sending of commercial email and other laws regarding unfair and deceptive trade practices. We are also subject to laws and regulations governing the accessibility of our websites, including under the Americans with Disabilities Act.

Our business is also subject to additional laws and regulations, including restrictions on imports from, exports to, and services provided to persons located in certain countries and territories, as well as foreign laws and regulations addressing topics such as advertising and marketing practices, customs duties and taxes and consumer rights, any of which might apply by virtue of our operations in foreign countries and territories or our contacts with consumers in such foreign countries and territories.

In addition, apparel, shoes and accessories sold by us are also subject to regulation by governmental agencies in Australia, New Zealand and the United States, as well as various other federal, state, local and foreign regulatory authorities. These laws and regulations principally relate to the materials, proper labeling, advertising, marketing, manufacture, licensing requirements, flammability testing, safety, shipment and disposal of our products. We are also subject to laws, rules and regulations relating to the operations of our stores and warehouses.

We are also subject to environmental laws, rules and regulations. Similarly, apparel, shoes and accessories sold by us are also subject to import regulations in the United States and other countries concerning the use of wildlife products for commercial and non-commercial trade. We do not estimate any significant capital expenditures for environmental control matters either in the current fiscal year or in the near future.

For more information about laws and regulations applicable to our business, see “Risk Factors–Risks Relating to Laws and Regulation.”

Table of Contents

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the risks described below and the other information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including our condensed consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, prospects, financial condition, results of operation or cash flows could be materially adversely affected and the factors that we identify as risks to a particular aspect of our business could materially affect another aspect of our business or the company as a whole. The risks below are not the only risks we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or those we currently view to be immaterial may also materially affect our business, prospects, financial condition, results of operation or cash flows.

Summary of Risk Factors

The following summarizes some of the key risks and uncertainties that could materially adversely affect us. This summary should be read together with the more detailed description of each risk factor below.

•Economic downturns and market conditions could materially adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition and growth prospects;

•Changes in the political and economic policies of the Chinese government or in relations between China and the United States may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and the market price of our common stock;

•Rapidly-changing consumer preferences in the apparel, footwear and accessories industries expose us to the risk of lost sales, harmed customer relationships and diminished brand loyalty if we are unable to anticipate such changes;

•Our future revenues and operating results will be harmed if we fail to acquire new customers, retain existing customers, and maintain average order value levels;

•We face risks related to our growth strategy if we are unsuccessful in identifying brands to acquire, integrate and manage on our platform;

•Our business and the success of our products could be harmed if we are unable to maintain our corporate integrity or the images and reputations of our brands;

•Our use of third-party suppliers and manufacturers that are primarily based in China exposes us to risks inherent in doing business there;

•Changes to U.S., Australian or international trade policy, tariff or import/export regulations or our failure to comply with such regulations may have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations.

•We face risks to our operating results if we fail to manage our inventory effectively;

•Increases in labor costs, including wages, and fluctuations in the price, availability and quality of raw materials and finished goods could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations;

•Changes in laws or regulations relating to data privacy and security that are applied adversely to us may have a material adverse effect on our reputation, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows;

•Changes in accounting standards and subjective assumptions, estimates and judgments by management related to complex accounting matters could significantly affect our financial results or financial condition; and

•We face risks related to our debt covenants if we fail to generate sufficient cash flow to service our debt which could arise from changes in our results of operations or general economic conditions.

•If we fail to maintain compliance with the New York Stock Exchange’s (“NYSE”) continued listing standards, the NYSE may delist our common stock.

Table of Contents

Risks Relating to Our Business and Strategy

Economic downturns and market conditions beyond our control, including periods of inflation, could materially adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition and prospects.

Our business depends on global economic conditions and their impact on consumer discretionary spending. Some of the factors that may negatively influence consumer spending include inflationary pressure; high levels of unemployment; higher consumer debt levels; reductions in net worth; declines in asset values and related market uncertainty; home foreclosures and reductions in home values; fluctuating interest rates and credit availability; fluctuating fuel and other energy costs; fluctuating commodity prices; fluctuating tariffs; and general uncertainty regarding the overall future political and economic environment. Global economic conditions may continue to be uncertain, and the potential impacts of increasing inflation in the United States—our largest market—remain unknown, making trends in consumer demand unpredictable. Inflation has the potential to adversely affect our liquidity, business, financial condition and results of operations by increasing our overall cost structure, particularly if we are unable to achieve commensurate increases in the prices we charge our customers. The existence of inflation in the economy has resulted in, and may continue to result in, higher interest rates and capital costs, shipping costs, supply shortages, increased costs of labor, weakening exchange rates and other similar effects. As a result of inflation, we have experienced and may continue to experience cost increases. In addition, adverse economic and market conditions, including a potential recession, may negatively impact market sentiment, decreasing the demand for apparel, which would adversely affect our operating income and results of operations. All of these factors have contributed, and may continue to contribute, to reduced orders, increased merchandise returns, lower net sales, lower gross margins, reduced effectiveness of marketing and increased inventories. If we are unable to take effective measures in a timely manner to mitigate the impact of the inflation as well as a potential recession, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Consumer purchases of discretionary items, including the merchandise that we offer, generally decline during recessionary periods, periods of inflation or periods of economic uncertainty, when disposable income is reduced or when there is a reduction in consumer confidence. Economic downturns or unstable market conditions may also cause customers to decrease their budgets, which could reduce their spending on our products and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Economic conditions in certain regions may also be affected by natural disasters, such as hurricanes, tropical storms, earthquakes and wildfires; public health crises; and other major unforeseen events. As we explore new countries to expand our business, economic downturns or unstable market conditions in any of those countries could result in our investments not yielding the returns we anticipate.

Because our third-party suppliers and manufacturers are primarily based in China, in addition to the risks inherent in doing business in China, changes in the political and economic policies of the Chinese government or in relations between China and the United States may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and the market price of our common stock.

We use third-party suppliers and manufacturers based primarily in China. We use only a limited number of suppliers and we may have greater risks than our peers due to the concentration of our suppliers and manufacturers in China. This sourcing concentration increases our dependence of these suppliers and exposes us to the risks of doing business in China, which means that our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects may be influenced to a significant degree by economic, political, legal and social conditions in China or changes in government relations between China and the United States or other governments, including Australia. There is significant uncertainty about the future relationship between the United States and China with respect to taxation, trade policies, treaties, government regulations, import and export tariffs, custom duties, environmental regulations, intellectual property and other matters. China’s economy differs from the economies of developed countries in many respects, including with respect to the amount of government involvement, level of development, growth rate, control of foreign exchange and allocation of resources. Further, on February 1, 2025, President Trump announced a new 10% ad valorem duty on goods imported from China and on February 27, 2025, President Trump announced his plan to impose an additional incremental 10% tariff on goods imported from China. There can be no assurances that the U.S. or China will not increase tariffs or impose additional tariffs in the future.

Further, with the rapid development of the Chinese economy, the cost of labor has increased and may continue to increase in the future. Our results of operations will be materially and adversely affected if the labor costs of our third-party suppliers increase significantly. In addition, our suppliers may not be able to find a sufficient number of qualified workers due to the intensely competitive and fluid market for skilled labor in China.

Table of Contents

In addition, we may not obtain or retain the requisite legal permits to continue to operate in China, and costs or operational limitations may be imposed in connection with obtaining and complying with such permits. In addition, Chinese trade regulations are in a state of flux, and we may become subject to other forms of taxation, tariffs and duties in these jurisdictions. Furthermore, the third parties we rely on in China may disclose our confidential information or intellectual property to competitors or third parties, which could result in the illegal distribution and sale of counterfeit versions of our products. If any of these events occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

Also, China’s Xinjiang Uyghur Autonomous Region (the “XUAR”) is the source of large amounts of textiles for the global apparel supply chain. The United States Treasury Department placed sanctions on China’s Xinjiang Production and Construction Corporation (“XPCC”) for serious human rights abuses against ethnic minorities in XUAR. Additionally, the U.S.’s Uyghur Forced Labor Prevention Act (“UFLPA”), empowers the U.S. Customs and Border Protection Agency (the “U.S. CBP”) to withhold release of items produced in whole or in part in the XUAR, or produced by companies included on a UFLPA entity list, creating a presumption that such goods were produced using forced labor. XPCC controls much of the textile industry in the region, and many large factories in XUAR produce fabrics and yarn for apparel. Although our brands do not intentionally source any products or materials from the XUAR (either directly or indirectly through our suppliers) and we have no known involvement with XPCC or its subsidiaries and affiliates, we do not have the ability to completely map our product supply chain, and we could be subject to penalties, fines or sanctions if any of our suppliers is found to have dealings, directly or indirectly, with XPCC or entities it controls. Additionally, our products could be held or delayed by the U.S. CBP, which would cause delays and unexpectedly affect our inventory levels. Even if we were not subject to penalties, fines or sanctions, if our products are linked in any way to XPCC, the XUAR, or an entity on the UFLPA entity list, our reputation could be damaged.

The apparel, footwear and accessories industries are subject to rapid changes in consumer preferences, and if we do not accurately anticipate and promptly respond to changes in consumer preferences, we could lose sales, our relationships with customers could be harmed and our brand loyalty could be diminished.

The apparel, footwear and accessories industries are subject to rapid changes in consumer preferences and tastes, which can make it difficult to anticipate demand for our products and forecast our financial results. We believe there are many factors that may affect the demand for our products, including:

•seasonality, including the impact of anticipated and unanticipated weather conditions;

•consumer acceptance of our existing products and acceptance of our new products, including our ability to develop new products that are private label or exclusive;

•consumer demand for products of our competitors;

•consumer perceptions of and preferences for our products and brands, including as a result of evolving ethical or social standards;

•the extent to which consumers view certain of our products as substitutes for other products we manufacture;

•publicity, including social media, related to us, our products, our brands, our marketing campaigns and our influencer endorsers;

•the life cycle of our products and consumer replenishment behavior;

•evolving fashion and lifestyle trends, and the extent to which our products reflect these trends;

•brand loyalty; and

•changes in consumer confidence and buying patterns, and other factors that impact discretionary income and spending.

Consumer demand for our products depends in part on brand loyalty and the continued strength of our brands, which in turn depend on our ability to anticipate, understand and promptly respond to the rapidly changing preferences and fashion tastes for apparel, footwear and accessories, as well as consumer spending patterns. As our brands and product offerings continue to evolve, it is necessary for our products to appeal to an even broader range of consumers whose preferences cannot be predicted with certainty. For example, many of our products include a fashion element and could go out of style quickly. Furthermore, we are dependent on consumer receptivity to our new products and to the marketing strategies we employ to promote those products. Consumers may not purchase new models and styles of apparel, footwear and accessories in the quantities projected or at all. If we fail to predict or react appropriately to changes in consumer preferences and fashion trends or fail to adapt to shifting spending patterns or demand, consumers may consider our brands and products to be outdated or unattainable or associate our brands and products with styles that are no longer popular, which may adversely affect our overall financial performance.

Table of Contents

If we fail to acquire new customers, or fail to do so in a cost-effective manner, we may not be able to increase net sales or maintain profitability.

Our success depends on our ability to acquire customers in a cost-effective manner. In order to expand our customer base, we must appeal to and acquire customers who have historically used other means of commerce in shopping for apparel and may prefer alternatives to our offerings, such as traditional brick-and-mortar retailers or the websites of our competitors. If we fail to deliver a quality online experience, or if consumers do not perceive the products we offer to be of high value and quality, we may not be able to acquire new customers. Our marketing strategy includes using social media platforms as marketing tools and maintaining relationships with social media influencers. As social media platforms continue to rapidly evolve and new platforms develop we must continue to maintain a presence on these platforms and establish a presence on new or emerging social media platforms. If marketing through social media influencers becomes less effective at engaging new customers, our ability to drive new growth may be negatively impacted, and marketing costs may increase materially, which would negatively impact sales and margins. We also seek to engage with our customers and build awareness of our brands through sponsoring unique events and experiences. These events may fail to promote awareness of our brands and products and may not generate a meaningful return on investment.

We also acquire and retain customers through retargeting, paid search and product listing ads, affiliate marketing, paid social, personalized email marketing, SMS text and mobile “push” communications through our mobile apps. Search engines frequently change the algorithms that determine the ranking and display of results of a user’s search and may make other changes to the way results are displayed, or may increase the costs of advertising, which can negatively affect the placement of our links and, therefore, reduce the number of our visits to our websites and social media channels, or make such marketing cost prohibitive. In addition, social media platforms typically require compliance with their privacy policies, which may be subject to change or new interpretation with limited ability to negotiate. If we are unable to cost-effectively use on-line marketing tools or if the social media platforms we use change their policies or algorithms, we may not be able to cost-effectively drive traffic to our websites, and our ability to acquire new customers could suffer. Conversely, if these on-line marketing tools are successful in driving traffic to our sites, they could cause the “runaway promo code effect” of pricing and promotional errors that are amplified by the wide dissemination to a larger consumer audience, which could adversely impact our operating results. If our marketing efforts are not successful in promoting awareness of our brands and products, driving customer engagement or attracting new customers, or if we are not able to cost-effectively manage our marketing expenses, our operating results will be adversely affected.

If we fail to retain existing customers, or fail to maintain average order value levels, we may not be able to maintain our revenue base and margins, which would have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results.

A significant portion of our net sales are generated from sales to existing customers, particularly those existing customers who are highly engaged and make frequent purchases of the merchandise we offer. If existing customers no longer find our offerings appealing, or if we are unable to timely update our offerings to meet current trends and customer demands, our existing customers may make fewer or smaller purchases in the future. A decrease in the number of our customers who make repeat purchases or a decrease in their spending on the merchandise we offer could negatively impact our operating results. Further, we believe that our future success will depend in part on our ability to increase sales to our existing customers over time, and if we are unable to do so, our business may suffer. If we fail to generate repeat purchases or maintain high levels of customer engagement and average order value, our growth prospects, operating results and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

Our business depends on effective marketing and high customer traffic.

We have many initiatives in our marketing programs, particularly with regard to our websites, mobile applications and our social media presence. If our competitors increase their spending on marketing, if our marketing expenses increase, if our marketing becomes less effective than that of our competitors, or if we do not adequately leverage technology and data analytics capabilities needed to generate concise competitive insight, we could experience a material adverse effect on our results of operations. Among other factors, (1) a failure to sufficiently innovate or maintain effective marketing strategies and (2) U.S. and foreign laws and regulations that make it more difficult or costly to digitally market, such as the European Union General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”) and the California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018 (“CCPA”), may adversely impact our ability to maintain brand relevance and drive increased sales. See “—Risks Relating to Laws and Regulation—Changes in laws or regulations relating to data privacy and security, or any actual or perceived failure by us to comply with such laws and regulations, or contractual or other obligations relating to data privacy and security, could lead to government enforcement actions (which could include civil or criminal penalties), private litigation or adverse publicity and could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.”

Table of Contents

Merchandise returns could materially harm our business.

We allow our customers to return products, subject to our return policy. If the rate of merchandise returns increases significantly or if merchandise return economics become less efficient, our business, financial condition and operating results could be harmed. Further, we may modify our policies relating to returns from time to time, which may result in customer dissatisfaction or an increase in the number of product returns. From time to time our products are also damaged in transit, which can increase return rates and harm our brand.

We purchase inventory in anticipation of sales, and if we are unable to manage our inventory effectively, our operating results could be materially adversely affected.

Our business requires us to manage a large volume of inventory, including precise quantities across a large number of different products, effectively. We add new apparel, footwear and accessories styles to our sites every week, and we depend on our forecasts of demand to make purchasing decisions and manage our inventory of stock-keeping units, or SKUs. Demand for products, however, can change significantly between the time inventory is ordered and the date of sale. Demand may be affected by, among other things, new trends, seasonality, new product launches, rapid changes in product cycles and pricing, product defects, promotions, changes in consumer spending patterns, changes in consumer tastes with respect to our products and other factors, including adverse macroeconomic conditions such as inflation, political instability and social unrest. Our customers may not purchase products in the quantities that we expect.

It may be difficult to accurately forecast demand and determine appropriate levels of product. We generally do not have the right to return unsold products to our suppliers. In addition, Culture Kings, whose inventory includes third-party products, may not be able to adjust its inventory rapidly. If we fail to manage our inventory effectively or negotiate favorable credit terms with third-party suppliers, we may be subject to a heightened risk of inventory obsolescence, a decline in inventory values and significant inventory write-downs or write-offs. In addition, if we are required to lower sale prices in order to reduce inventory levels or to pay higher prices to our suppliers, our profit margins may be negatively affected. Any failure to manage brand expansion or accurately forecast demand for brands could adversely affect our growth and our margins.

Privacy concerns and regulatory restrictions regarding the collection, use and processing of data could limit our ability to identify and respond to trends and to manage inventory. In addition, our ability to meet customer demand may be negatively impacted by a shortage in inventory due to reduced inventory purchases or disruptions in the supply chain due to a number of factors. All of these challenges in our supply chain have affected, and may in the future affect, the quality of our products, the volume of refunds and returns, our brand reputation and our customers’ satisfaction and loyalty.

Our business depends upon sales of third-party merchandise, and our inability to procure sufficient quantities of third-party merchandise on favorable terms or at all could materially adversely affect our business, operating results and growth prospects.

Our profitability relies in part upon sales of third-party merchandise. Third-party merchandise may not continue to be available in sufficient quantities to meet our customers’ demand or at all or priced appropriately for us to continue to resell, including as a result of third-party brands increasingly limiting wholesale distribution and shifting to selling directly to consumers. Our reliance on third-party merchandise may heighten the risks we face with respect to inventory procurement, including supply chain challenges, relationships with suppliers, accounts receivable and related potential impairment charges. Failure to adequately address these and other risks and challenges relating to our third-party merchandise may harm our relationship with suppliers, consumers and merchants and adversely affect our business, operating results and growth prospects.

We may be unsuccessful in identifying brands to acquire and in integrating and managing our acquisitions and investments to expand the number of brands on our platform.

We have acquired five businesses to date, and we intend to acquire or invest in additional companies to increase the number of brands in our platform. Any such business acquisitions and investments could be significant and could have a material impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We regularly identify and evaluate potential business acquisitions and investments, and we typically have a pipeline of acquisition and investment opportunities of different stages of evaluation. There are numerous risks associated with our acquisition strategy, including:

•our inability to identify appropriate candidates for acquisition;

•competition for acquisition targets driving up purchase prices;

•disruption of our ongoing business, including loss of management focus on existing businesses;

•problems retaining key personnel;

Table of Contents

•unanticipated operating losses and expenses of the businesses we acquire or in which we invest;

•risks of losing a target company’s customer and other relationships;

•the difficulty of completing acquisitions or investments and achieving anticipated benefits within expected timeframes, or at all;

•the difficulty of integrating acquired brands on our platform, and unanticipated expenses related to their integration;

•the difficulty of integrating another company’s accounting, financial reporting, management, information and data security, human resource and other administrative systems to permit effective management, and the lack of control if such integration is delayed or not successfully implemented;

•losses we may incur as a result of declines in the value of an acquisition or an investment or as a result of incorporating its financial performance into our financial results, and our dependence on its accounting, financial reporting, systems, controls and processes;

•the risks associated with businesses we acquire or invest in, which may differ from or be more significant than the risks our existing businesses face;

•potential unknown, unidentified or undisclosed liabilities or risks associated with a company we acquire or in which we invest; and

•for foreign transactions, additional risks related to the integration of operations across different cultures and languages, and the economic, political and regulatory risks associated with specific countries.

We are constantly evaluating opportunities for such acquisitions in both the near- and long-term. We are not party to any definitive agreements in respect of any such acquisition targets, but it is possible discussions relating to one or more of these potential acquisitions could advance and it is possible we could sign or complete any such transactions shortly after we complete this filing. We cannot assure you that we will become a party to any definitive agreements to consummate a transaction, or that if we do become a party to such agreements that we will be able to close the transactions and acquire the relevant target company.

In order to fund future acquisitions or investments, we expect to issue additional equity securities, spend our cash or incur debt, which may only be available on unfavorable terms, if at all. Any such financing to fund future acquisitions or investments may change our leverage profile, potentially significantly.

In addition, any shares of our common stock or other equity-linked securities that we issue in connection with an acquisition or investment could constitute a material portion of our then-outstanding shares of common stock, which could adversely affect the price of our common stock and result in significant dilution to your ownership interest. In addition, valuations supporting our acquisitions and strategic investments could change rapidly. We could determine that such valuations have experienced impairments or other-than-temporary declines in fair value which could adversely impact our financial results. We may record contingent liabilities and amortization expenses related to intangible assets as a result of acquisitions. Our growth prospects are dependent on our ability to identify and acquire additional brands and integrate them on our platform, and our failure to do so may negatively impact our future growth and, as a result, our results of operations.

Finally, any acquisitions we do make may cause large one-time expenses or create goodwill or other intangible assets that could result in significant impairment charges. We also make certain estimates and assumptions in order to determine purchase price allocation and estimate the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. If our estimates or assumptions used to value these assets and liabilities are not accurate, we may be exposed to losses that may be material.

We may not succeed in our growth strategy.

One of our key strategic objectives is growth, which we pursue organically and through acquisitions. In particular, we seek to grow by attracting new fashion brands to our platform, winning new customers to expand our market share, marketing our brands in new regions, building on economies of scale, leveraging our supply chain and information technology capabilities across our company, expanding our direct-to-consumer business and growing our eCommerce business. However, we may not be successful in growing our business. For example:

•we may have difficulty growing our brands as demand falls in a challenging macroeconomic environment;

•we may have difficulty completing acquisitions to expand our platform, and we may not be able to successfully integrate a newly acquired business or achieve the expected growth, cost savings or synergies from such integration, or it may disrupt our current business;

Table of Contents

•we may not be able to continue to evolve to meet our customers’ changing needs and expectations, and our existing customers may reduce their purchases of our products;

•we may not successfully expand our market share by winning new customers;

•our brands may not be widely accepted in new countries or regions;

•we may have difficulty recruiting, developing or retaining qualified employees;

•we may not be able to manage our growth effectively, adapt our business model or develop relationships with customers or successfully operate our Culture Kings and Princess Polly brick-and-mortar stores, which exposes us to premises liability, such as slip and falls, and may subject us to greater potential labor union activity;

•we may not be successful in opening new brick-and-mortar stores, including the additional planned Princess Polly locations in the U.S.;

•we may not be successful in securing wholesale partnerships or securing favorable terms;

•we may not successfully identify the correct markets in which to open retail stores for our brands;

•we may not be able to scale the abilities of our supply chain operations to meet increased consumer demand, and we may not be able to offset rising materials, procurement and shipping costs with pricing actions or efficiency improvements;

•any new brands we acquire might cannibalize our existing brands and cause a decrease in sales of our existing brands; and

•we may not be able to complete dispositions of nonstrategic assets in the future.

We are also required to manage numerous relationships with various suppliers, vendors and other third parties. Changes in our suppliers, vendor base, distribution centers, information technology systems or internal controls and procedures may not be adequate to support our operations. If we are unable to manage the growth of our organization effectively, our business, financial condition and operating results may be adversely affected. If we fail to continue to develop and grow our business, our financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

Our growth plan contemplates expansion into new markets, and our efforts to expand may ultimately be unsuccessful.

Our growth plan includes introducing our brands globally, including in countries and regions where we have no or limited operating experience. Expanding into new countries and regions involves significant risk, particularly if we have no experience in marketing, selling and engaging with customers in the market. For example, we plan to open our first Princess Polly store in New York City in the first quarter of 2025. There is no guarantee that the success of a brand in Australia will translate to the success of that brand in other countries, such as the U.S., and there is no guarantee that our success in certain locations in the U.S. will translate to success in other locations in the U.S. Our efforts to expand into new countries and regions could fail for many reasons, including our failure to accurately or timely identify apparel trends in new markets, different consumer demand dynamics and lack of acceptance of new offerings by existing or new users, our failure to promote the new markets effectively or negative publicity about us or our new markets. In addition, these initiatives may not drive increases in revenue, may require substantial investment and planning and may bring us more directly into competition with companies that are better established, operate more effectively or have greater resources than we do. There is additional complexity associated with local laws, tariffs and shipping logistics in new countries where our brands do not have an established presence. Expanding into new markets will require additional investment of time and resources of our management and personnel. If we are unable to cost-effectively expand into new countries and regions, then our growth prospects and competitive position may be harmed and our business, results of operations, and financial condition may suffer.

Table of Contents

A growing portion of our revenue is derived from wholesale and third-party marketplace partners, and the loss of any of these wholesale or third-party marketplace partners could result in a material reduction in our total revenue.

We have entered into a number of wholesale and third-party marketplace partnerships and intend to continue growing these initiatives. A decision by any of our major wholesale or third-party marketplace partners, whether motivated by marketing strategy, competitive conditions, financial difficulties or otherwise, to significantly decrease the amount of merchandise purchased from us, or to change their manner of doing business with us, could substantially reduce our revenue and have a material adverse effect on our profitability. Furthermore, our results of operations could be adversely affected if any of these partners fails to satisfy its payment obligations to us when due or no longer takes part in distribution arrangements. These changes could also decrease our opportunities in the market and decrease our negotiating strength with our wholesale and third-party marketplace partners. Any of these developments could adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations.

We face risks from our international business.

Our current growth strategy includes plans to expand our digital marketing and grow our eCommerce and retail presence internationally over the next several years. As we seek to expand internationally, we face competition from more established retail competitors. Consumer demand and behavior, as well as cultures, and tastes and purchasing trends, may differ, and as a result, sales of our merchandise may not be successful, or the margins on those sales may not be in line with our expectations. Our ability to conduct business internationally may be adversely impacted by geopolitical (such as the Russian invasion of Ukraine, relations between China and Taiwan, trade wars, or relations between the U.S. and Mexico), economic, and public health events, the manner in which governments respond to such events, as well as the global economy. Any challenges that we encounter as we expand internationally may divert financial, operational and managerial resources from our existing operations, which could adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations.

Shipping is a critical part of our business and any interruptions in, or increased costs of, shipping could materially adversely affect our operating results.

We currently rely on third-party vendors for our inbound and outbound customer freight. If we are not able to negotiate acceptable pricing and other terms with these vendors or they experience operational problems or other difficulties, our customers’ experience could be negatively impacted. For example, shipping delays could delay delivery of products to our customers and increase the time it takes to process customer returns. Our ability to receive inventory and ship merchandise to customers may be negatively affected by weather, fire, flood, power loss, earthquakes, public health crises, labor disputes, acts of war or terrorism, including attacks on shipping vessels in the Red Sea, port closures, import and export tariffs, complex local laws and other factors. Even if such events do not directly affect us or our suppliers, such events may cause disruption or congestion in transportation networks, which could affect us or our suppliers. We have experienced, and in the future we may experience, meaningful delays and unpredictability with sea freight transportation, resulting in increased reliance on air freight transportation. Although we have been able to use more sea freight transportation in recent years, we expect continued volatility in demand and prices for shipping services. While we have been able to offset increased shipping prices in the past to some extent, there can be no assurance that we will continue to be able to do so, or that prices for shipping services will not increase to a level that does not permit us to do so. In the past, strikes at and closures of major international shipping ports have impacted our supply of inventory from our vendors. We are also subject to risks of damage or loss during delivery by our shipping vendors. If our merchandise is not delivered in a timely manner or is damaged or lost during the delivery process, our consumers could become dissatisfied and cease purchasing our products, which would materially adversely affect our business and operating results.

Our direct-to-consumer business model is subject to risks that could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

We sell merchandise direct-to-consumer through our eCommerce sites. Our direct-to-consumer business model is subject to numerous risks that could have a material adverse effect on our results. Risks include, but are not limited to, (i) resellers purchasing private label and exclusive merchandise and reselling it outside of authorized distribution channels, (ii) failure of the systems that operate our eCommerce websites, and their related support systems, including computer viruses, (iii) theft of customer information, privacy concerns, telecommunication failures and electronic break-ins and similar disruptions, (iv) credit card fraud and (v) risks related to our supply chain and fulfillment operations. Risks specific to operating an eCommerce business also include (i) the ability to optimize the online experience and direct eCommerce channels to consumer needs, (ii) liability for copyright and trademark infringement, (iii) changing patterns of consumer behavior and (iv) competition from other eCommerce and brick-and-mortar retailers. Our failure to successfully respond to these risks might materially adversely affect our sales, as well as damage our reputation and brands.

Table of Contents

Use of social media and influencers may materially and adversely affect our reputation or subject us to fines or other penalties.

We use third-party social media platforms as, among other things, marketing tools. For example, our brands maintain Instagram, Facebook, YouTube, SnapChat and TikTok accounts. We also maintain relationships with many social media influencers and engage in sponsorship initiatives. As existing eCommerce and social media platforms continue to rapidly evolve and new platforms develop, we must continue to maintain a presence on these platforms and establish presences on new or emerging popular social media platforms. If we are unable to cost-effectively use social media platforms as marketing tools or if the social media platforms we use change their policies or algorithms, we may not be able to fully optimize such platforms, and our ability to maintain and acquire customers and our financial condition may suffer. Furthermore, as laws, regulations, policies governing platforms and public opinion rapidly evolve to govern the use of these platforms and devices, the failure by us, our employees, our network of social media influencers or third parties acting at our direction to abide by applicable laws, regulations and policies in the use of these platforms and devices or otherwise could subject us to regulatory investigations, class action lawsuits, liability, fines or other penalties and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results. Further, if the use of these platforms are banned or otherwise limited in significant jurisdictions in which we operate, it could have a material adverse effect on our ability to market and engage in sponsorship initiatives in such jurisdictions. For example, on April 24, 2024, then-President Biden signed a bill that provided for the ban of TikTok in the United States, effective January 19, 2025, if ByteDance Ltd. (“ByteDance”), TikTok’s Chinese-based parent company, did not sell the platform to a non-Chinese owner (the “U.S. TikTok Ban”). On January 20, 2025, President Trump instructed the Attorney General of the United States not to take any action to enforce the U.S. TikTok Ban for a period of 75 days. There can be no assurance that ByteDance will sell TikTok to a non-Chinese owner or that the U.S. TikTok Ban will not be enforced. Although our TikTok accounts are managed by Australian employees and, therefore, we will still have access to TikTok if the U.S. TikTok Ban is enforced, the TikTok ban could have a material adverse effect on our ability to market, and the efficacy of such marketing, and engage in sponsorship initiatives in the U.S., which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

Our relationships with social media influencers and our sponsorship initiatives do not include any contractual commitments that they continue to be supportive of our brands or products, and there can be no assurance that they will continue to do so. For example, changes in fashion trends, consumer sentiment or public perceptions of our brands could adversely impact our relationships with social media influencers. Any negative publicity created by a social media influencer or participant in a sponsorship initiative who we formerly engaged or who is no longer supportive of our brands may reduce our sales, and may mean that we become more reliant on paid advertising and other paid promotions. The costs to enter into relationships with social media influencers or engage in sponsorship initiatives may also increase over time, which may also negatively impact our margins and results of operations.

In addition, an increase in the use of social media for product promotion and marketing may cause an increase in the burden on us to monitor compliance of such materials, and increase the risk that such materials could contain problematic product or marketing claims in violation of applicable regulations. For example, in some cases, the FTC has sought enforcement action where an endorsement has failed to clearly and conspicuously disclose a financial relationship or material connection between an influencer and an advertiser. We do not prescribe what our influencers post, and if we were held responsible for the content of their posts or their actions, we could be fined or forced to alter our practices, which could have an adverse impact on our business.

Negative commentary regarding us, our products or influencers who promote our brands and other third parties who are affiliated with us may also be posted on social media platforms and may be adverse to our reputation or business. Influencers with whom we maintain relationships could engage in behavior or use their platforms to communicate directly with our customers in a manner that reflects poorly on our brand and may be attributed to us or otherwise adversely affect us. Any such negative commentary could drive large-scale social movements against us, our products, or our brands and result in customer boycotts. It is not possible to prevent such behavior, and the precautions we take to detect this activity may not be effective in all cases. Consumers often value readily available information and may act on such information without further investigation and without regard to its accuracy. The harm may be immediate, without affording us an opportunity for redress or correction.

Table of Contents

Our stock price has declined when our operating results have differed from our expectations or the expectations of securities analysts or investors.

We have failed, and in the future may fail, to achieve our projected results or to meet the expectations of securities analysts or investors. Failure to meet such projected results or expectations has resulted in significant stock price declines, which do not necessarily correlate with the shortfall in our financial performance. Our short operating history as a holding company with a portfolio of newly acquired brands, our continuing evolution as we acquire and integrate brands and enter new markets, and general macroeconomic conditions have negatively affected our ability to forecast our consolidated operating results. If our future operating results are below the expectations of securities analysts or investors, or below any financial guidance we may provide to the market, our stock price may further decline.

Our operating results fluctuate from period to period.

Our business experiences seasonal fluctuations in shipping rates, consumer demand, net sales and operating income, with a significant portion of net income typically realized in the spring and summer seasons. Historically, and consistent with the retail industry, this seasonality also impacts our working capital requirements, particularly with regard to inventory. Any decrease in sales or gross profit during this period, or in the availability of working capital needed in the months preceding this period, could have a more material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations than in other periods. Seasonal fluctuations also affect our inventory levels, as we usually order merchandise in advance of peak selling periods and sometimes before new fashion trends are confirmed by customer purchases. We must carry a significant amount of inventory, especially before the holiday selling periods. We must also carefully plan our inventory around Chinese New Year when inventory supply is constrained and materials and inbound freight costs are higher. If we are not successful in managing our inventory or fail to execute on our strategy, we may be forced to rely on markdowns or promotional sales to dispose of the excess inventory or we may not be able to sell the inventory at all, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Certain of our key operating metrics are subject to inherent challenges in measurement, and real or perceived inaccuracies in such metrics may harm our reputation and negatively affect our business.

We track certain key operating metrics using internal data analytics tools, which have certain limitations. In addition, we rely on data received from third parties, including third-party platforms, to track certain performance indicators. Data from both such sources may include information relating to fraudulent accounts and interactions with our sites or the social media accounts of our influencers (including as a result of the use of bots, or other automated or manual mechanisms to generate false impressions that are delivered through our sites or their accounts). We have only limited abilities to verify data from our sites or third parties, and perpetrators of fraudulent impressions may change their tactics and may become more sophisticated, which would make it still more difficult to detect such activity.

Our methodologies for tracking metrics may also change over time, which could result in changes to the metrics we report. If we undercount or overcount performance due to the internal data analytics tools we use or issues with the data received from third parties, or if our internal data analytics tools contain algorithmic or other technical errors, the data we report may not be accurate or comparable with prior periods. In addition, limitations, changes or errors with respect to how we measure data may affect our understanding of certain details of our business, which could affect our longer-term strategies. If our performance metrics are not accurate representations of the reach or monetization of our brand, if we discover material inaccuracies in our metrics or the data on which such metrics are based, or if we can no longer calculate any of our key performance metrics with a sufficient degree of accuracy and cannot find an adequate replacement for the metric, our business, financial condition and operating results could be materially adversely affected.

Our business and the success of our products could be materially harmed if we are unable to maintain our corporate integrity or the images and reputation of our brands.

Our success to date has been due in large part to the growth of our brands’ images and our customers’ connection to our brands. If we are unable to timely and appropriately respond to changing consumer demands, the names and images of our brands may be impaired. Even if we react appropriately to changes in consumer preferences, consumers may consider our brands’ images to be outdated or associate our brands with styles that are no longer popular.

In addition, brand value is based in part on consumer sentiment about merchandise quality and corporate integrity, including our ability to operate responsibly through our commitment to responsible fashion and sustainability. A perception that introducing a high volume of styles and manufacturing and selling of fast fashion at scale results in lower quality or increased textile waste, or that we are not honoring our commitment to responsible fashion, could harm our reputation. Our reputation could also be adversely affected by negative consumer perception of our sourcing concentration in particular countries.

Table of Contents

Negative perceptions of our product quality, product design, product components or materials or customer service could harm our brand loyalty and the value of our business. The unauthorized resale of our merchandise outside of approved distribution channels, sales of counterfeit items on third-party websites and similar deviations from the brand identity could negatively affect consumers’ perception of our products and harm our reputation. In addition, negative claims or publicity regarding us, our products, our brands, our marketing campaigns, or our influencer endorsers, could adversely affect our reputation and sales regardless of whether such claims are accurate. Social media, which accelerates the dissemination of information, can increase the challenges of responding to negative perceptions or claims. In the past, many apparel companies have experienced periods of rapid growth in sales and earnings followed by periods of declining sales and losses. Our businesses may be similarly affected in the future. In addition, we have sponsorship contracts with a number of influencers and feature those individuals in our advertising and marketing efforts. Failure to continue to obtain or maintain high-quality sponsorships and endorsers could harm our business. In addition, actions taken by social media influencers or celebrity endorsers that harm their own reputations could adversely affect the images of our brands by association. If consumers begin to have negative perceptions of our brands, whether or not warranted, our brand image would become tarnished and our products would become less desirable, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We could be required to collect additional sales taxes or be subject to other tax liabilities that may increase the costs our consumers would have to pay for our offerings and adversely affect our operating results.

In general, we have not historically collected state or local sales, use or other similar taxes in any jurisdictions in which we do not have a tax nexus, in reliance on court decisions or applicable exemptions that restrict or preclude the imposition of obligations to collect such taxes with respect to online sales of our products. In addition, we have not historically collected state or local sales, use or other similar taxes in certain jurisdictions in which we do have a physical presence, in reliance on applicable exemptions. On June 21, 2018, the U.S. Supreme Court decided, in South Dakota v. Wayfair, Inc., that state and local jurisdictions may, at least in certain circumstances, enforce a sales and use tax collection obligation on remote vendors that have no physical presence in such jurisdiction. A number of states have already begun, or have positioned themselves to begin, requiring sales and use tax collection by remote vendors and/or by online marketplaces. The details and effective dates of these collection requirements vary from state to state. While we now collect, remit and report sales tax in all states that impose a sales tax, it is still possible that one or more jurisdictions may assert that we have liability for previous periods for which we did not collect sales, use or other similar taxes, and if such an assertion or assertions were successful it could result in substantial tax liabilities, including for past sales taxes and penalties and interest, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our business is exposed to the risks of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations.

Our international businesses operate in functional currencies other than the U.S. dollar. A significant percentage of our total revenues (approximately 36% and 42% in 2024 and 2023, respectively) is derived from markets outside the U.S. Changes in currency exchange rates affect the U.S. dollar value of prices at which we purchase products and incur costs outside the U.S. In addition, for most of our brands, the majority of products are sourced from suppliers located in China. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates could have an adverse impact on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We are also exposed to currency translation risk because the results of our Australian businesses are generally reported in local currency, which we then translate to U.S. dollars for inclusion in our financial statements. As a result, exchange rate changes between foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar affect the amounts we record for our foreign assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and could have a negative effect on our financial results. We expect that our exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations will grow as the relative contribution of our non-U.S. operations increases.

Table of Contents

The effects of weather conditions, natural disasters or other unexpected events, including global health crises may disrupt our operations and have a negative impact on our business.

The effects of global climate change, such as extreme weather conditions and natural disasters occurring more frequently or with more intense effects, or the occurrence of unexpected events including wildfires, tornadoes, hurricanes, earthquakes, floods, tsunamis and other severe hazards could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Extreme weather, natural disasters, power outages or other unexpected events could disrupt our operations by impacting the availability and cost of materials needed for manufacturing, causing physical damage and partial or complete closure of our manufacturing sites or distribution centers, loss of human capital, temporary or long-term disruption in the manufacturing and supply of products and services and disruption in our ability to deliver products and services to customers. These events and disruptions could also adversely affect our customers’ and suppliers’ financial condition or ability to operate, resulting in reduced customer demand, delays in payments received or supply chain disruptions. Further, these events and disruptions could increase insurance and other operating costs, including impacting our decisions regarding construction of new facilities to select areas less prone to climate change risks and natural disasters, which could result in indirect financial risks passed through the supply chain or other price modifications to our products and services.

Global health crises or any other actual or threatened epidemic, pandemic, or outbreak and spread of a communicable disease or virus in the countries where we operate or sell products could adversely affect our operations and financial performance. Further, any national, state or local government mandates or other orders taken to minimize the spread of a global health crisis could restrict our ability to conduct business as usual, as well as the business activities of our key customers and suppliers, including the potential for labor shortages. In particular, the ultimate extent of the impact of any epidemic, pandemic or other global health crisis on our business, financial condition and results of operations will depend on future developments which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, including new information that may emerge concerning the duration and severity of such epidemic, pandemic or other global health crisis, actions taken to contain or prevent their further spread and the pace of global economic recovery following containment of the spread.

If we fail to retain key personnel, including our executive officers and the founders of our brand, or attract additional qualified personnel, effectively manage succession or hire, develop, and motivate our employees, our business, financial condition, and operating results could be adversely affected.

Our success, including our ability to effectively anticipate and respond to changing style trends, depends in part on our ability to retain key personnel and attract additional qualified personnel for our executive team and on our merchandising, marketing and other teams.

We do not have long-term employment with any of our personnel, including our brand founders, and only have limited non-compete agreements for a term of fewer than three years. Senior employees, including our executive officers and the founders of our brands, have left us or taken medical absences in the past and others may leave us in the future, which we cannot necessarily anticipate and whom we may not be able to promptly replace. The loss or absence of one or more of our key personnel or the inability to promptly identify a suitable or temporary successor to a key role could have an adverse effect on our business. Further, if any of our brand founders or other key personnel leave to join or create competing brands, our business may suffer additional adverse consequences. We do not currently maintain key-person life insurance policies on any member of our senior management team or other key employees.

We also face significant competition for personnel. To attract top talent, we have had to offer, and believe we will need to continue to offer, competitive compensation and benefits packages before we can validate the productivity of those employees. We may also need to increase our employee compensation levels in response to competition. We cannot be sure that we will be able to attract, retain and motivate a sufficient number of qualified personnel in the future, or that the compensation costs of doing so will not adversely affect our operating results. In addition, we may not be able to hire new employees quickly enough to meet our needs. If we fail to effectively manage our hiring needs or successfully integrate new hires, our efficiency, ability to meet forecasts, and employee morale, productivity and retention could suffer, which may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Table of Contents

Our decentralized brand management structure could negatively impact our business.

We cannot be certain that our brand management structure will be adequate to support our operations as they expand. In order to maintain the identity of each of our brands, we utilize a decentralized brand structure which places significant control and decision-making powers in the hands of the management of each of our brands. This contributes to the risk that we may be slower or less able to identify or react to problems affecting key business matters than we would in a more centralized environment. The lack of timely access to information may also impact the quality of decision making by management. For example, our ability to coordinate and utilize resources depends on effective communications and processes among our brands. As a result, the ability to internally communicate, coordinate and execute business strategies, plans and tactics may be negatively impacted by our increasing size and complexity. Our decentralized organization can also result in our brands assuming excessive risk without appropriate guidance from our centralized legal, accounting, safety, tax, treasury and insurance functions. Future growth could also impose significant additional responsibilities on members of our senior management, and we cannot be certain that we will be able to recruit, integrate and retain new senior level managers and executives. To the extent that we are unable to manage our growth effectively or are unable to attract and retain additional qualified management, we may not be able to expand our operations or execute our business plan.

Increases in labor costs, fluctuations in wage rates and the price, availability and quality of raw materials and finished goods could increase costs and could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Labor is a significant portion of our cost structure and is subject to many external factors, including unemployment levels, prevailing wage rates, minimum wage laws, potential collective bargaining arrangements, health insurance costs and other insurance costs and changes in employment and labor legislation or other workplace regulation, including at the federal level and in California and a number of other states. As minimum wage rates increase or related laws and regulations change, we may need to increase not only the wage rates of our minimum wage employees, but also the wages paid to our other hourly or salaried employees. Any increase in the cost of our labor could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations or if we fail to pay such higher wages we could suffer increased employee turnover. Increases in labor costs could force us to increase prices, which could adversely impact our sales. If competitive pressures or other factors prevent us from offsetting increased labor costs by increases in prices, our profitability may decline and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, fluctuations in the price, availability and quality of fabrics, leather or other raw materials used by our suppliers in our manufactured products, or of purchased finished goods, could have a material adverse effect on our cost of goods sold or our ability to meet our customers’ demands. The prices we pay to our suppliers depend on demand and market prices for the raw materials used to produce our products. The price and availability of such raw materials may fluctuate significantly, depending on many factors, including general economic conditions and demand, inflation, wage rates in China and other geographic areas where our suppliers are located, energy prices, weather patterns and public health issues. Increased demand for raw materials with a limited supply, such as sustainably harvested cotton, could negatively impact our ability to meet our customers’ demands for certain products. Similarly, a significant portion of our products are manufactured in China, and declines in the value of the U.S. dollar may result in higher reported procurement costs. In the future, we may not be able to offset cost increases with other cost reductions or efficiencies or to pass higher costs on to our customers. This could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, liquidity and financial condition.

Table of Contents

If we experience problems with our distribution and warehouse management systems, or if we do not successfully optimize, operate and manage the expansion of the capacity of our fulfillment centers, our ability to meet customer expectations, manage inventory, complete sales transactions and achieve objectives for operating efficiencies could be adversely affected.

For the U.S. market, we primarily rely on third-party operated fulfillment centers in California for all brands, but have begun moving our fulfillment operations to Mexico for Petal & Pup and mnml, beginning in the fourth quarter of 2024. Our fulfillment centers include computer-controlled and automated equipment and rely on a warehouse management system to manage supply chain fulfillment operations, which means their operations are complicated and may be subject to a number of risks related to cybersecurity, the proper operation of software and hardware, electronic or power interruptions or other system failures. In addition, because most of our U.S. and Mexico fulfilled products are distributed from two primary fulfillment centers, our operations could also be interrupted by labor difficulties or changes in the U.S. or Mexican political landscape, or by floods, fires or other natural disasters near our fulfillment centers. For example, in December 2024, the Mexican government issued a presidential decree which prevented us from accepting incoming deliveries to our Mexico fulfillment center. We were still able to fulfill out of the Mexico fulfillment center with the inventory remaining on hand, and were successfully able to divert inventory inbound to Mexico at the time of the decree to our facilities in California.

We maintain business interruption insurance, but it may not adequately protect us from the adverse effects that could result from significant disruptions to our distribution system, such as the long-term loss of customers or an erosion of our brand image. Moreover, if we or our third-party logistics provider are unable to adequately staff our fulfillment centers to meet demand or if the cost of such staffing is higher than historical or projected costs due to mandated wage increases, regulatory changes, hazard pay, international expansion or other factors, our results of operations could be harmed. In addition, operating fulfillment centers comes with potential risks, such as workplace safety issues and employment claims for the failure or alleged failure to comply with labor laws or laws respecting union organizing activities. Our distribution capacity is also dependent on the timely performance of services by third parties, including the shipping of our products to and from our California distribution facilities. We may need to operate additional fulfillment centers in the future to keep pace with the growth of our business, and we cannot assure you that we will be able to locate suitable facilities on commercially acceptable terms in accordance with our expansion plans, nor can we assure you that we will be able to recruit qualified managerial and operational personnel to support our expansion plans.

We also anticipate the need to add fulfillment center capacity as our business continues to grow. If we add fulfillment and warehouse capabilities, add products categories with different fulfillment requirements or change the mix in products that we sell, our fulfillment network will become increasingly complex and operating it will become more challenging. The expansion of our fulfillment center capacity may put pressure on our managerial, financial, operational and other resources. We cannot assure you that we will be able to locate suitable facilities on commercially acceptable terms in accordance with our expansion plans, nor can we assure you that we will be able to recruit qualified managerial and operational personnel to support our expansion plans. In addition, we may be required to expand our capacity sooner than we anticipate. If we encounter problems with our distribution and warehouse management systems, or if we are unable to secure new facilities for the expansion of our fulfillment operations, recruit qualified personnel to support any such facilities or effectively control expansion-related expenses, our ability to meet customer expectations, manage inventory and fulfillment capacity, complete sales transactions, fulfill orders in a timely manner and achieve objectives for operating efficiencies could be adversely affected, which could also harm our reputation and our relationship with our customers.

Our brand depends in part on our ability to promote responsible fashion from an ethically- and sustainably-sourced supply chain. If we are unable to do so, damage to our brand and reputation could result or we may fail to expand our brand which would harm our business and results of operations.

Our customers and employees are increasingly focused on environmental, social and governance or “sustainability” practices. We will depend significantly on building and maintaining our brand and reputation for promoting responsible fashion from an ethically- and sustainably-sourced supply chain to attract customers and employees and grow our business. If we are unable, for instance, to prioritize transparency among our employees, appropriately enforce fair labor practices, obtain our materials from ethical and sustainable suppliers or reduce waste, our brand and reputation could be significantly impaired, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. Customer values could shift faster than we are able to adjust our merchandise proposition. For example, weather impacts from global warming could continue to intensify and fuel increased customer sentiment for apparel that is more sustainably produced. While we are increasing our mix of sustainable fabrics, it may not be fast enough to keep up with a rapidly shifting customer sentiment and value system that is being accelerated by the impacts of global warming. If we are unable to evolve with our customers’ and employees’ expectations and standards, our brand, reputation and customer and employee retention may be negatively impacted.

Table of Contents

Conversely, in recent years “anti-ESG” sentiment has gained momentum across the U.S., with several states and Congress having proposed or enacted “anti-ESG” policies, legislation, or initiatives or issued related legal opinions, and the Trump Administration having recently issued an executive order opposing diversity equity and inclusion (“DEI”) initiatives in the private sector. Such anti-ESG and anti-DEI-related policies, legislation, initiatives, litigation, legal opinions and scrutiny could result in additional compliance obligations, becoming the subject of investigations and enforcement actions, or sustaining reputational harm.

Our balance sheet includes a significant amount of intangible assets and goodwill. A decline in the fair value of an intangible asset or of a business unit could result in an asset impairment charge.

Our policy is to evaluate indefinite-lived intangible assets and goodwill for possible impairment as of the beginning of the fourth quarter of each year, or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the fair value of such assets may be below their carrying amount. In addition, intangible assets that are being amortized are tested for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that their carrying value may not be recoverable. For these impairment tests, we use various valuation methods to estimate the fair value of our business units and intangible assets. If the fair value of an asset is less than its carrying value, we would recognize an impairment charge for the difference.

In August 2023, due to elevated interest rates and unfavorable demand in Australia, the Company reduced its forecasts and expectations for the Culture Kings and Petal & Pup reporting units. This reduction was identified as a triggering event and a subsequent quantitative test concluded that the carrying value of the Culture Kings and Petal & Pup reporting units exceeded their fair values as of August 31, 2023. As a result, the Company recorded a non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $68.5 million during the third quarter of 2023.

It is possible that we could have another impairment charge for goodwill or intangible assets in future periods if (i) overall economic conditions in fiscal 2025 or future years vary from our current assumptions (including changes in discount rates), (ii) business conditions or our strategies for a specific business unit change from our current assumptions, (iii) investors require higher rates of return on equity investments in the marketplace, or (iv) enterprise values of comparable publicly traded companies, or of actual sales transactions of comparable companies, were to decline, resulting in lower comparable multiples of revenues and earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization and, accordingly, lower implied values of goodwill and intangible assets. Any future impairment charge for goodwill or intangible assets could have a material effect on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.

Risks Relating to Laws and Regulation

Changes in laws or regulations relating to data privacy and security, or any actual or perceived failure by us to comply with such laws and regulations, or contractual or other obligations relating to data privacy and security, could lead to government enforcement actions (which could include civil or criminal penalties), private litigation or adverse publicity and could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

We are, and may increasingly become, subject to various laws, directives, industry standards and regulations, as well as contractual obligations, relating to data privacy and security in the jurisdictions in which we operate. The regulatory environment related to data privacy and security is increasingly rigorous, with new and constantly changing requirements applicable to our business, and enforcement practices are likely to remain uncertain for the foreseeable future. These laws and regulations may be interpreted and applied differently over time and from jurisdiction to jurisdiction, and it is possible that they will be interpreted and applied in ways that may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Table of Contents

In the U.S., various federal and state regulators, including governmental agencies like the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau and the Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”), have adopted, or are considering adopting, laws and regulations concerning personal information and data security and have prioritized privacy and information security violations for enforcement actions. Certain state laws may be more stringent or broader in scope, or offer greater individual rights, with respect to personal information than federal, international or other state laws, and such laws may differ from each other, all of which may complicate compliance efforts. For example, the CCPA, which increases privacy rights for California residents and imposes obligations on companies that process their personal information, went into effect on January 1, 2020. Among other things, the CCPA requires covered companies to provide new disclosures to California consumers and provide such consumers new data protection and privacy rights, including the ability to opt-out of certain data sharing arrangements of personal information, and the ability to access and delete personal information. The CCPA provides for civil penalties for violations, as well as a private right of action for certain data breaches that result in the loss of personal information. This private right of action may increase the likelihood of, and risks associated with, data breach litigation. We are also subject to international laws, regulations and standards in many jurisdictions, which apply broadly to the collection, use, retention, security, disclosure, transfer and other processing of personal information, such as GDPR.

Furthermore, in November 2020, California voters passed the California Privacy Rights Act of 2020 (“CPRA”). Effective beginning January 1, 2023, the CPRA imposes additional obligations on companies covered by the legislation and will significantly modify the CCPA, including by expanding California residents’ rights with respect to certain sensitive personal information. The CPRA also creates a new state agency that will be vested with authority to implement and enforce the CCPA and CPRA. Other jurisdictions in the U.S. have also adopted or are proposing privacy and data security laws that are similar or more restrictive than the CCPA, CPRA and GDPR, including the Virginia Consumer Data Protection Act, which became effective on January 1, 2023, the Colorado Privacy Act, which became effective in July 2023, and the Utah Consumer Privacy Act, which became effective in December 2023, further complicating the legal landscape. In addition, laws in all 50 U.S. states require businesses to provide notice to consumers whose personal information has been accessed or acquired as a result of a data breach, and, in some cases, provide notice to regulators. State laws are changing rapidly and there is discussion in Congress of a new comprehensive federal data privacy law to which we would become subject if it is enacted, which may add additional complexity, variation in requirements, restrictions and potential legal risks, require additional investment of resources in compliance programs, impact strategies and the availability of previously useful data and could result in increased compliance costs or changes in business practices and policies.

Although we are working to bring our data privacy and cybersecurity practices into compliance with the GDPR, CCPA and other privacy laws which apply to our business, we may not currently comply fully with all aspects of such laws. To the extent we are currently not in compliance with such laws, we may face increased legal, financial and regulatory risks. All of these evolving compliance and operational requirements impose significant costs, such as costs related to organizational changes, implementing additional protection technologies, training associates and engaging consultants, which are likely to increase over time. The burdens imposed by privacy and data security laws and regulations may also limit our ability to analyze customer data, reduce the efficiency of our marketing, lead to negative publicity or make it more difficult to meet expectations of or commitments to clients, any of which could harm our business. In addition, these laws could impact our ability to offer our products in certain locations. These costs, burdens, and potential liabilities could be compounded if other jurisdictions in the U.S. or abroad begin to adopt similar or more restrictive privacy and data security laws. Such restrictions may require us to modify our data processing practices and policies, distract management or divert resources from other initiatives and projects, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Any failure or perceived failure by us to comply with any applicable federal, state or foreign laws and regulations relating to data privacy and security, or even the perception that the privacy of personal information is not satisfactorily protected, could result in damage to our reputation and our relationship with our customers, as well as proceedings or litigation by governmental agencies or customers, including class action privacy litigation in certain jurisdictions, which could subject us to significant fines, sanctions, awards, penalties or judgments, any of which could result in costly investigations and litigation, civil or criminal penalties, operational changes and negative publicity that could adversely affect our reputation, as well as our results of operations and financial condition.

We depend upon third-party suppliers and manufacturers, making us vulnerable to supply disruptions and price fluctuations.

We rely on a number of third-party suppliers and manufacturers to provide our products, including one supplier that represents approximately 8% of our purchase orders. Our suppliers may encounter problems for a variety of reasons, including adverse macroeconomic conditions, unanticipated demand from larger customers, equipment malfunction, environmental factors and public health emergencies, any of which could delay or impede their ability to meet our demand.

Table of Contents

Our reliance on these third-party suppliers also subjects us to other risks that could harm our business, including:

•interruption of supply resulting from modifications to, or discontinuation of, a supplier’s operations;

•delays in product shipments resulting from errors in manufacturing, defects or reliability issues from suppliers;

•inability to obtain adequate supplies in a timely manner or on commercially reasonable terms;

•difficulty locating and qualifying alternative suppliers, especially with respect to our 8% supplier;

•the failure of our suppliers to comply with regulatory requirements, which could result in disruption of supply or increased expenses; and

•inability of suppliers to fulfill orders and meet requirements due to financial hardships.

If we are unable to arrange for third-party supply or manufacturing of our products, or to do so on commercially reasonable terms, we may not be able to complete development of, market and sell our current or new products. Failure to meet customer orders could result in loss of customers or harm our ability to attract new customers, either of which could have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth.

Changes in accounting standards and subjective assumptions, estimates and judgments by management related to complex accounting matters could significantly affect our financial results or financial condition.

Generally accepted accounting principles and related accounting pronouncements, implementation guidelines and interpretations with regard to a wide range of matters that are relevant to our business, including but not limited to revenue recognition, leases, impairment of goodwill and intangible assets, inventory, income taxes and litigation, are highly complex and involve many subjective assumptions, estimates and judgments. Changes in these rules or their interpretation or changes in underlying assumptions, estimates or judgments could significantly change or increase volatility of our reported or expected financial performance or financial condition. Refer to Note 2, “Significant Accounting Policies,” in the notes to our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a description of recent accounting pronouncements.

Our business is subject to federal, state, local and international laws and regulations regarding consumer protection, promotions, safety and other matters. The costs of compliance with, or the violation of, such laws and regulations by us or by independent suppliers who manufacture products for us could have an adverse effect on our operations and cash flows, as well as on our reputation.

Our business is subject to federal, state, local and international laws and regulations on a wide range of consumer protection, promotion and pricing of merchandise, safety and other matters. The merchandise we sell to our customers is subject to regulation by the Federal Consumer Product Safety Commission, the FTC and similar state and international regulatory authorities. For example, the FTC labeling regulations require us to accurately disclose, on our website and on every item of apparel, the country of origin for each item and the materials used in its manufacture. We are subject to risks related to the interpretation of state and local laws and regulations governing the collection and remittance of sales and use taxes, and laws and regulations governing pricing, promotions and sales. We could be adversely affected by costs of compliance with or violations of those laws and regulations. In addition, we require third-party suppliers to operate in compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations regarding working conditions, safety, employment practices and environmental compliance, which could increase our costs due to the costs of compliance by those contractors. Failure by us or our third-party suppliers to comply with such laws and regulations, as well as with ethical, social, product, labor and environmental standards, or related political considerations, could result in interruption of finished goods shipments to us, cancellation of orders by customers and termination of relationships. If one of our independent contractors violates labor or other laws, implements labor or other business practices or takes other actions that are generally regarded as unethical, it could jeopardize our reputation and potentially lead to various adverse consumer actions, including boycotts that may reduce demand for our merchandise. Damage to our reputation or loss of consumer confidence for any of these or other reasons could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows, as well as require additional resources to rebuild our reputation.

Table of Contents

Climate change and increased focus by governmental and non-governmental organizations, customers, consumers and investors on sustainability issues, including those related to climate change, may adversely affect our business and financial results and damage our reputation.

Our business and results of operations could be adversely affected by climate change and the adoption of new climate change laws, policies and regulations. Growing concerns about climate change and greenhouse gas emissions have led to the adoption of various regulations and policies. Climate change may impact our business in numerous ways. For example, governments may impose new taxes to finance efforts to reduce the impact of climate change, any of which may increase shipping and freight costs and prices for our products. We also face the risk that governmental or non-governmental organizations may increase their focus on the fashion sector and implement greater environmental regulation on the fashion sector in the United States or the fashion sector in other markets. For example, the fashion industry’s process for dying fabrics uses large quantities of water, and the disposition of the waste water directly impacts the environment. Increased scrutiny and regulation of this practice may adversely affect our business.

Additionally, some scientists have concluded that increasing concentrations of greenhouse gases in the earth’s atmosphere may produce climate changes that have significant physical effects, such as increased frequency and severity of storms, droughts, floods and other climatic events. Increased frequency of extreme weather could cause increased incidence of disruption to the production and distribution of our products and an adverse impact on consumer demand and spending. If any such climate changes were to occur, they could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Changes to U.S., Australian or international trade policy, tariff or import/export regulations or our failure to comply with such regulations may have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations.

Changes in U.S., Australian or international social, political, regulatory or economic conditions or in laws and policies governing foreign trade, manufacturing, development and investment in the territories or countries where we currently sell our products or conduct our business, as well as any negative sentiment toward the U.S. or Australia as a result of such changes, could adversely affect our business. The U.S. and Australian governments have from time to time instituted or proposed changes in trade policies that include the negotiation or termination of trade agreements, the imposition of higher tariffs on imports into the U.S. and Australia, economic sanctions on individuals, corporations or countries, and other government regulations affecting trade between the U.S., Australia and other countries where we conduct our business. Specifically, President Trump has announced plans to impose broad-based tariffs on imports from many countries, including China, in which many of our third-party suppliers and manufacturers are based. Further, on February 1, 2025, President Trump announced a new 10% ad valorem duty on goods imported from China and on February 27, 2025, President Trump announced his plan to impose an additional incremental 10% tariff on goods imported from China, and there can be no assurances that the U.S. will not increase tariffs or impose additional tariffs in the future, or the manner in which China and its trade partners will respond. It may be time-consuming and expensive for us to alter our business operations in order to adapt to or comply with any such changes. New tariffs and other changes in U.S. and Australian trade policy have in the past and could continue to trigger retaliatory actions by affected countries, and certain foreign governments have instituted or could consider imposing retaliatory measures on certain U.S. and Australian goods. We, similar to many other multinational corporations, do a significant amount of business that would be impacted by changes to the trade policies of the U.S., Australia, and foreign countries (including governmental action related to tariffs, international trade agreements, or economic sanctions). Such changes have the potential to adversely impact the U.S. and Australian economy or certain sectors thereof, our industry and the global demand for our products, and as a result, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Table of Contents

Our reliance on overseas manufacturing and supply partners, including vendors located in jurisdictions presenting an increased risk of bribery and corruption, exposes us to legal, reputational and supply chain risk through the potential for violations of federal and international anti-corruption law.

We derive a significant portion of our merchandise for our owned brands from third-party manufacturing and supply partners in foreign countries and territories, including countries and territories perceived to carry an increased risk of corrupt business practices. The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”) prohibits U.S. corporations and their representatives from offering, promising, authorizing or making payments to any foreign government official, government staff member, political party or political candidate in an attempt to obtain or retain business abroad. Likewise, the SEC, the U.S. Department of Justice, OFAC, the U.S. Department of State, as well as other foreign regulatory authorities continue to enforce economic and trade regulations and anti- corruption laws, across industries. U.S. trade sanctions relate to transactions with designated foreign countries and territories as well as specially targeted individuals and entities that are identified on U.S. and other government blacklists, and those owned by them or those acting on their behalf. Notwithstanding our efforts to conduct our operations in material compliance with these regulations, our international vendors could be determined to be our “representatives” under the FCPA, which could expose us to potential liability for the actions of these vendors under the FCPA. If we or our vendors were determined to have violated OFAC regulations, the FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act of 2010 or any of the anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws in the countries and territories where we and our vendors do business, we could suffer severe fines and penalties, profit disgorgement, injunctions on future conduct, securities litigation, bans on transacting certain business and other consequences that may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, the costs we may incur in defending against any anti-corruption investigations stemming from our or our vendors’ actions could be significant. Moreover, any actual or alleged corruption in our supply chain could carry significant reputational harms, including negative publicity, loss of goodwill and decline in share price.

Risks Relating to Our Intellectual Property Rights and Our Technology

We rely significantly on information technology. Any inadequacy, interruption, integration failure or security failure of this technology could harm our ability to effectively operate our business.

Our ability to effectively manage and operate our business depends significantly on information technology systems. We rely heavily on information technology to enable, track and facilitate sales and inventory and manage our supply chain. We are also dependent on information technology, including the internet, for our direct-to-consumer sales, including our eCommerce operations and retail business credit card transaction authorization. Despite our preventative efforts, our systems and those of our third-party service providers may be vulnerable to damage, failure or interruption due to viruses, data security incidents, technical malfunctions, natural disasters or other causes, or in connection with upgrades to our system or the implementation of new systems. The failure of these systems to operate effectively, problems with transitioning to upgraded or replacement systems, difficulty in integrating new systems or systems of acquired businesses or a breach in security of these systems could adversely impact the operations of our business, including our reputation, management of inventory, ordering and replenishment of products, manufacturing and distribution of products, eCommerce operations, retail business credit card transaction authorization and processing, corporate email communications and our interaction with the public on social media.

Table of Contents

A security breach or other disruption to our information technology systems could result in the loss, theft, misuse, unauthorized disclosure or unauthorized access of customer, supplier, or sensitive company information or could disrupt our operations, which could damage our relationships with customers, suppliers or employees, expose us to litigation or regulatory proceedings or harm our reputation, any of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our business involves the storage and transmission of a significant amount of personal, confidential, or sensitive information, including the personal information of our customers, credit card information, the personal information of our employees, information relating to customer preferences and our proprietary financial, operational and strategic information. The protection of this information is vitally important to us as the loss, theft, misuse, unauthorized disclosure or unauthorized access of such information could lead to significant reputational or competitive harm, result in litigation involving us or our business partners, expose us to regulatory proceedings and cause us to incur substantial liabilities, fines, penalties or expenses. As a result, we believe our future success and growth depends, in part, on the ability of our key business processes and systems, including our information technology and global communication systems, to prevent the theft, loss, misuse, unauthorized disclosure or unauthorized access of this personal, confidential and sensitive information, and to respond quickly and effectively if data security incidents do occur. As with many businesses, we are subject to numerous data privacy and security risks, which may prevent us from maintaining the privacy of this information, result in the disruption of our business and require us to expend significant resources attempting to secure and protect such information and respond to incidents, any of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

The frequency, intensity, and sophistication of cyber-attacks, ransom-ware attacks and other data security incidents has significantly increased in recent years. As with many other businesses, we have experienced, and are continually at risk of being subject to, attacks and incidents, although none have had a material adverse impact on our financial condition or results of operations. Due to the increased risk of these types of attacks and incidents, we expend significant resources on information technology and data security tools, measures and processes designed to protect our information technology systems, as well as the personal, confidential or sensitive information stored on or transmitted through those systems, and to ensure an effective response to any cyber-attack or data security incident. Whether or not these measures are ultimately successful, these expenditures could have an adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations and divert management’s attention from pursuing our strategic objectives.

In addition, although we take the security of our information technology systems seriously, there can be no assurance that the security measures we employ will effectively prevent unauthorized persons from obtaining access to our systems and information. Despite the implementation of reasonable security measures by us and our third-party providers, our systems and information are susceptible to physical or electronic break-ins, security breaches from inadvertent or intentional actions of our employees, third-party service providers, contractors, consultants, business partners or other third parties, from cyber-attacks by malicious third parties (including the deployment of harmful malware, ransomware, denial-of service attacks, social engineering and other means to affect service reliability and threaten the confidentiality, integrity and availability of information) or other data security incidents. These risks may be exacerbated in the remote work environment. In addition, because the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access to information technology systems are constantly evolving and becoming more sophisticated, they may not be recognized until launched, and can originate from a wide variety of sources, including outside groups such as external service providers, organized crime affiliates, terrorist organizations or hostile foreign governments or agencies, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or implement adequate preventive measures in response.

Cyber-attacks or data security incidents could remain undetected for an extended period, which could potentially result in significant harm to our systems, as well as unauthorized access to the information stored on and transmitted by our systems. Even when a security breach is detected, the full extent of the breach may not be determined immediately. The costs to us to mitigate network security problems, bugs, viruses, worms, malicious software programs and security vulnerabilities could be significant and, while we have implemented security measures to protect our systems, our efforts to address these problems may not be successful. Further, despite our security efforts and training, our employees may purposefully or inadvertently cause security breaches that could harm our systems or result in the unauthorized disclosure of or access to information. Any measures we do take to prevent security breaches, whether caused by employees or third parties, have the potential to limit our ability to complete sales or ship products to our customers, harm relationships with our suppliers or restrict our ability to meet our customers’ expectations with respect to their online or retail shopping experience.

Table of Contents

A cyber-attack or other data security incident could result in the significant and protracted disruption of our business such that:

•critical business systems become inoperable or require a significant amount of time or cost to restore;

•key personnel are unable to perform their duties, communicate with employees, customers or third- party partners;

•it results in the loss, theft, misuse, unauthorized disclosure, or unauthorized access of customer, supplier or company information;

•we are prevented from accessing information necessary to conduct our business;

•we are required to make unanticipated investments in equipment, technology or security measures;

•customers cannot access our eCommerce websites, and customer orders may not be received or fulfilled;

•we become subject to return fraud schemes, reselling schemes and imposter sites schemes; or

•we become subject to other unanticipated liabilities, costs or claims.

If any of these events were to occur, it could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations and result in harm to our reputation.

In addition, if a cyber-attack or other data incident results in the loss, theft, misuse, unauthorized disclosure or unauthorized access of personal, confidential or sensitive information belonging to our customers, suppliers, or employees, it could put us at a competitive disadvantage, result in the deterioration of our customers’ confidence in our brands, cause our suppliers to reconsider their relationship with our company or impose more onerous contractual provisions and subject us to potential litigation, liability, fines and penalties. While we maintain insurance coverage that may, subject to policy terms and conditions, cover certain aspects of the losses and costs associated with cyber-attacks and data incidents, such insurance coverage may be insufficient to cover all losses and would not, in any event, remedy damage to our reputation. In addition, we may face difficulties in recovering any losses from our provider and any losses we recover may be lower than we initially expect.

We are also reliant on the security practices of our third-party service providers, which may be outside of our direct control. The services provided by these third parties are subject to the same risk of outages, other failures and security breaches described above. If these third parties fail to adhere to adequate security practices, or experience a breach of their systems, the data of our employees, customers and business associates may be improperly accessed, used or disclosed. In addition, our providers have broad discretion to change and interpret the terms of service and other policies with respect to us, and those actions may be unfavorable to our business operations. Our providers may also take actions beyond our control that could harm our business, including discontinuing or limiting our access to one or more services, increasing pricing terms, terminating or seeking to terminate our contractual relationship altogether, or altering how we are able to process data in a way that is unfavorable or costly to us. Although we expect that we could obtain similar services from other third parties, if our arrangements with our current providers were terminated, we could experience interruptions in our business, as well as delays and additional expenses in arranging for alternative cloud infrastructure services. Any loss or interruption to our systems or the services provided by third parties would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Table of Contents

Customer growth and activity on mobile devices depends upon effective use of mobile operating systems, networks and standards that we do not control.

Purchases using mobile devices by consumers generally, and by our customers specifically, have increased significantly in recent years, and we expect this trend to continue. To optimize the mobile shopping experience, we are dependent on our customers downloading our specific mobile applications for their particular device or accessing our sites from an internet browser on their mobile device. As new mobile devices and platforms are released, it is difficult to predict the problems we may encounter in developing applications for these alternative devices and platforms, and we may need to devote significant resources to the creation, support and maintenance of such applications. In addition, our future growth and our results of operations could suffer if we experience difficulties in the future in integrating our mobile applications into mobile devices, if problems arise with our relationships with providers of mobile operating systems or mobile application download stores, such as those of Apple or Google, if our applications receive unfavorable treatment compared to competing applications, such as the order of our products in the Apple App Store, or if we face increased costs to distribute or have customers use our mobile applications. We are further dependent on the interoperability of our sites with popular mobile operating systems that we do not control, such as iOS and Android, and any changes in such systems that degrade the functionality of our sites or give preferential treatment to competitive products could adversely affect the usage of our sites on mobile devices. In the event that it is more difficult for our customers to access and use our sites on their mobile devices, or if our customers choose not to access or to use our sites on their mobile devices or to use mobile products that do not offer access to our sites, our customer growth could be harmed and our business, financial condition and operating results may be materially and adversely affected.

If the use of “cookie” tracking technologies is further restricted, regulated or blocked, or if changes in technology cause cookies to become less reliable or acceptable as a means of tracking consumer behavior, the amount or accuracy of internet user information we collect would decrease, which could harm our business and operating results.

Cookies are small data files that are sent by websites and stored locally on an internet user’s computer or mobile device. We, and third parties who work on our behalf, collect data via cookies that are used to track the behavior of visitors to our sites, provide a more personal and interactive experience and increase the effectiveness of our marketing. However, internet users can easily disable, delete and block cookies directly through browser settings or through other software, browser extensions or hardware platforms that physically block cookies from being created and stored.

Privacy regulations and policies by device operating systems, such as iOS or Android, restrict how we deploy our cookies and this could potentially increase the number of internet users that choose to proactively disable cookies on their systems. In the EU, the Directive on Privacy and Electronic Communications requires users to give their consent before cookie data can be stored on their local computer or mobile device. Users can decide to opt out of nearly all cookie data creation, which could negatively impact our operating results. We may have to develop alternative systems to determine our consumers’ behavior, customize their online experience or efficiently market to them if consumers block cookies or regulations introduce additional barriers to collecting cookie data.

Third parties may claim that we are infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating their intellectual property rights or those of others. Intellectual property-related litigation and proceedings are expensive and time consuming to defend, and, if resolved adversely, could materially adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations. Intellectual property-related claims could also cause us to lose access to third-party service providers that we rely upon in the conduct of our business.

Our commercial success depends on our avoiding infringement, misappropriation or other violations of the intellectual property rights of third parties. We have in the past been, are currently and may in the future be subject to claims that some of our products are infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating the trademarks, copyrights, patents or other intellectual property rights of third parties, which could be costly to defend and require us to pay damages. Such claims may be made by competitors seeking to obtain a competitive advantage or by other parties, including non-practicing entities with no relevant product revenue, and, therefore, our own intellectual property rights may provide little or no deterrence to these rights holders in bringing intellectual property rights claims against us. Additionally, some of our competitors have substantially greater resources than we do and are able to sustain the costs of complex intellectual property litigation to a greater degree and for longer periods of time than we could. Moreover, bringing or defending any such claim, regardless of merit, and whether successful or unsuccessful, could be expensive and time-consuming and have a negative effect on our business, reputation, results of operations and financial condition. The outcome of any litigation is inherently uncertain, and there can be no assurances that favorable final outcomes will be obtained in all cases. Furthermore, an adverse outcome of a dispute may result in an injunction requiring us to cease the commercialization of our products and could require us to pay substantial monetary damages, including treble damages and attorneys’ fees, if we are found to have willfully infringed a party’s intellectual property rights.

Table of Contents

Our liability insurance may not cover potential claims of this type adequately or at all. Further, we may be unable to successfully resolve these type of conflicts to our satisfaction and may be required to enter into costly license agreements, if available, pay significant royalty, settlements costs or damages or rebrand our products or be prevented from selling some of our products. The terms of such a settlement or judgment may require us to cease some or all of our operations or pay substantial amounts to the other party. Even if we have an agreement to indemnify us against such costs, the indemnifying party may be unable or unwilling to uphold its contractual obligations. In addition, we may have to seek a license to continue practices found to be in violation of a third-party’s rights. If we are required, or choose to enter into royalty or licensing arrangements, such arrangements may not be available on reasonable terms, or at all, and may significantly increase our operating costs and expenses. Such arrangements may also only be available on a non-exclusive basis, such that third parties, including our competitors, could have access to use the same intellectual property to compete with us. We may also have to redesign our products so they do not infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate third-party intellectual property rights, which may not be possible or may require substantial monetary expenditures and time, during which our products may not be available for commercialization or use. Such outcomes would increase our operating expenses, and if we cannot redesign our products in a non-infringing manner or obtain a license for any allegedly infringing aspect of our business, we may be forced to limit our product offerings, which could decrease our sales, reduce our operating margins and adversely affect our ability to compete effectively.

Additionally, such claims could result in third parties removing our allegedly infringed intellectual property, even if we are ultimately successful on the merit of the claims, in order to be shielded from legal liability under the Digital Millennium Copyright Act (“DMCA”). DMCA is intended, in part, to limit the liability of eligible service providers for caching, hosting or linking to, user content that include materials that infringe copyrights or other rights of others. Third parties that we rely upon in the operation of our business, including Shopify, our eCommerce and payments platform, rely on the protections provided by the DMCA in conducting their business. To protect their entitlement to the benefits of these protections, third parties, such as Shopify, have in the past threatened to deny us access to their services, and it is possible such third parties could deny us access to their services if we are alleged to infringe on the intellectual property rights of others, whether such claims are founded or unfounded, and the loss of such access could materially adversely affect our business. The loss of services of any third party that we rely on could adversely impact our ability to carry on business and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We could also be adversely impacted by future legislation and future judicial decisions altering the safe harbors of the DMCA or if international jurisdictions refuse to apply similar protections.

Failure to adequately establish, maintain, protect and enforce our intellectual property or proprietary rights, or prevent third parties from making unauthorized use of such rights, such as by counterfeiting of our products, could reduce sales and adversely affect the value of our brands.

Our intellectual property is an essential asset of our business. Our business could be significantly harmed if we are not able to establish, maintain, protect and enforce our intellectual property rights. We believe our competitive position is largely attributable to the value of our trademarks, trade dress, trade names, trade secrets, copyrights and other intellectual property rights. For example, we rely on trademark protection to protect our rights to various marks as well as distinctive logos and other marks associated with our products and services. If our trademarks and trade names are not adequately protected, we may not be able to build name recognition in our markets of interest and our business may be adversely affected. Effective trademark protection may not be available or may not be sought in every country in which our products are made available, and contractual disputes may affect the use of marks governed by private contract. Our registered or unregistered trademarks or trade names may be challenged, infringed, circumvented or declared generic or determined to be infringing on other marks. Further, at times, competitors may adopt trade names or trademarks similar to ours, thereby impeding our ability to build brand identity and possibly leading to market confusion. In addition, there could be potential trade name or trademark infringement claims brought by owners of other trademarks or trademarks that incorporate variations of our registered or unregistered trademarks or trade names. Over the long term, if we are unable to establish name recognition based on our trademarks and trade names, then we may not be able to compete effectively and our business may be adversely affected. Similarly, not every variation of a domain name may be available or be registered, even if available. The occurrence of any of these events could result in the erosion of our brands and limit our ability to market our brands using our various domain names, as well as impede our ability to effectively compete against competitors, any of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. We also rely on agreements under which we contract to own, or license rights to use, intellectual property developed by employees, contractors and other third parties. In addition, while we generally enter into confidentiality agreements with our employees and third parties to protect our trade secrets, know-how, business strategy and other proprietary information, such confidentiality agreements could be breached or otherwise may not provide meaningful protection for our trade secrets and know-how related to the design or manufacture of our products.

Table of Contents

Similarly, while we seek to enter into agreements with all of our employees who develop intellectual property during their employment to assign the rights in such intellectual property to us, we may fail to enter into such agreements with all relevant employees, such agreements may be breached or may not be self-executing, and we may be subject to claims that such employees misappropriated relevant rights from their previous employers. Accordingly, we cannot guarantee that the steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property will be adequate to prevent infringement, misappropriation or other violations of our intellectual property rights, that we have secured, or will be able to secure, appropriate permissions or protections for all of the intellectual property rights we use or claim rights to, or that third parties will not terminate our license rights. Furthermore, even if we are able to obtain and maintain any intellectual property rights, any such rights may be challenged, invalidated, circumvented, infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated. Any challenge to our intellectual property rights could result in our intellectual property rights being narrowed in scope or declared invalid or unenforceable. If we fail to protect our intellectual property rights adequately, we may lose an important advantage in the markets in which we compete.

Although we take aggressive legal and other actions to pursue those who infringe on our intellectual property rights, we cannot guarantee that the actions we take will be adequate to protect our brands in the future, especially because some countries’ laws do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as U.S. and Australian laws. For example, effective patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret protection may be unavailable or limited in some of the countries in which we operate. Policing unauthorized use of our intellectual property may also be difficult, expensive, and time-consuming, particularly in such foreign countries where mechanisms for enforcement of intellectual property rights may be weak. We may not be able to detect unauthorized use of, or take appropriate steps to enforce, our intellectual property rights, or pursue all counterfeiters who may seek to benefit from our brands. Furthermore, intellectual property laws and our procedures and restrictions provide only limited protection and any of our intellectual property rights may be challenged, invalidated, circumvented, infringed or misappropriated. If we fail to adequately protect our intellectual property rights, it would allow our competitors to sell products that are similar to and directly competitive with our products, which could reduce sales of our products. In addition, any intellectual property lawsuits in which we are involved could cost a significant amount of time and money and distract management’s attention from operating our business, which may negatively impact our business and results of operations.

The success of our brands has also made us the target of counterfeiting and product imitation strategies. We continue to be vulnerable to such infringements despite our dedication of significant resources to the registration and protection of our intellectual property and to anti-counterfeiting efforts worldwide. If we fail to prevent counterfeiting or imitation of our products, we could lose opportunities to sell our products to consumers who may instead purchase a counterfeit or imitation product. In addition, if our products are associated with inferior products due to infringement by others of our intellectual property, it could adversely affect the value of our brands and trademarks or trade names.

In order to protect our intellectual property rights, we may be required to spend significant resources to monitor for infringement and protect these rights. Litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce our intellectual property rights and to protect our trade secrets, which could be costly, time consuming and distracting to management and could result in the impairment or loss of portions of our intellectual property. Furthermore, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights may be met with defenses, counterclaims and countersuits attacking the validity and enforceability of our intellectual property rights. Any court decision or settlement that prevents trademark protection of our brands, that allows a third-party to continue to sell products similar to our products, or that allows a manufacturer or distributor to continue to sell counterfeit versions of our products, could lead to intensified competition and a material reduction in our sales.

Table of Contents

We are subject to payments-related risks.

We accept payments using a variety of methods, including credit card, debit card, credit accounts (including promotional financing), gift cards, direct debit from a customer’s bank account, consumer invoicing and physical bank check. For existing and future payment options we offer to our customers, we currently are subject to, and may become subject to additional, regulations and compliance requirements (including obligations to implement enhanced authentication processes that could result in significant costs and reduce the ease of use of our payments products), as well as fraud. For certain payment methods, including credit and debit cards, we pay interchange and other fees, which may increase over time and raise our operating costs and lower profitability. We rely on third parties to provide certain payment methods and payment processing services, including the processing of credit cards, debit cards, electronic checks, cryptocurrencies, and promotional financing. In each case, it could disrupt our business if these companies become unwilling or unable to provide these services to us. We are also subject to payment card association operating rules, including data security rules, certification requirements, and rules governing electronic funds transfers, which could change or be reinterpreted to make it difficult or impossible for us to comply. Failure to comply with these rules or requirements could result in our being liable for card issuing banks’ costs, subject to fines and higher transaction fees, and loss of our ability to accept credit and debit card payments from our customers, process electronic funds transfers, or facilitate other types of online payments, and our business and operating results could be adversely affected.

Additionally, we have in the past incurred and may in the future incur losses from various types of fraud, including stolen credit card numbers, claims that a customer did not authorize a purchase, merchant fraud and customers who have closed bank accounts or have insufficient funds in open bank accounts to satisfy payments. Although we have measures in place to detect and reduce the occurrence of fraudulent activity in our marketplace, those measures may not always be effective. In addition to the direct costs of such losses, if the fraud is related to credit card transactions and becomes excessive, it could potentially result in us paying higher fees or losing the right to accept credit cards for payment. In addition, under current credit card practices, we are liable for fraudulent credit card transactions because we do not obtain a cardholder’s signature. Our failure to adequately prevent fraudulent transactions could damage our reputation, result in litigation or regulatory action and lead to expenses that could substantially impact our operating results.

In addition, we provide regulated services in certain jurisdictions because we enable customers to keep account balances with us and transfer money to third parties, and because we provide services to third parties to facilitate payments on their behalf. Jurisdictions subject us to requirements for licensing, regulatory inspection, bonding and capital maintenance, the use, handling, and segregation of transferred funds, consumer disclosures, maintaining or processing data, and authentication. We are also subject to or voluntarily comply with a number of other laws and regulations relating to payments, money laundering, international money transfers, privacy, data protection, data security, network security, consumer protection, and electronic fund transfers. If we were found to be in violation of applicable laws or regulations, we could be subject to additional requirements and civil and criminal penalties, or forced to cease providing certain services.

System interruptions that impair customer access to our sites or other performance failures in our technology infrastructure could damage our business, reputation and brand and substantially harm our business and results of operations.

The satisfactory performance, reliability and availability of our sites, transaction-processing systems and technology infrastructure are critical to our reputation and our ability to acquire and retain customers, as well as maintain adequate customer service levels.

If the facilities where the computer and communications hardware are located fail, or if our partners suffer an interruption or degradation of services at our main facility, we could lose customer data and miss order fulfillment deadlines, which could harm our business. Our partners’ systems and operations are vulnerable to damage or interruption from a variety of sources, including fire, flood, power loss, telecommunications or network failure, system malfunction, terrorist attacks, cyber-attacks, data loss, acts of war, break-ins, earthquakes and other natural disasters and similar events. In the event of a failure of our main facility, the failover to our back-up facility could take substantial time, during which time our sites could be completely shut down. Our partners’ back-up facilities are designed to support transaction volume at a level slightly above our average daily sales, but are not adequate to support spikes in demand. The back-up facilities may not process effectively during time of higher traffic to our sites, may process transactions more slowly and may not support all of our sites’ functionality.

Table of Contents

We rely on our partners who use complex custom-built proprietary software in our technology infrastructure, which they seek to continually update and improve. Our partners may not always be successful in executing these upgrades and improvements, and the operation of our systems may be subject to failure. In particular, our partners have in the past and may in the future experience slowdowns or interruptions in some or all of our sites when they are updating them, and new technologies or infrastructures may not be fully integrated with existing systems on a timely basis, or at all. Additionally, if our partners expand their use of third-party services, including cloud-based services, our technology infrastructure may be subject to increased risk of slowdown or interruption as a result of integration with such services and/or failures by such third parties, which are out of our and their control. Our net sales depend on the number of visitors who shop on our sites and the volume of orders we can handle. Unavailability of our sites or reduced order fulfillment performance would reduce the volume of goods sold and could also materially adversely affect consumer perception of our brand. Our partners may experience periodic system interruptions from time to time. In addition, continued growth in our transaction volume, as well as surges in online traffic and orders associated with promotional activities or seasonal trends in our business, place additional demands on our partners’ technology platforms and could cause or exacerbate slowdowns or interruptions. If there is a substantial increase in the volume of traffic on our sites or the number of orders placed by customers, our partners will be required to further expand, scale and upgrade their technology, transaction processing systems and network infrastructure. There can be no assurance that our partners will be able to accurately project the rate or timing of increases, if any, in the use of our sites or expand, scale and upgrade our technology, systems and infrastructure to accommodate such increases on a timely basis. In order to remain competitive, our partners must continue to enhance and improve the responsiveness, functionality and features of our sites, which is particularly challenging given the rapid rate at which new technologies, customer preferences and expectations and industry standards and practices are evolving in the eCommerce industry. Accordingly, our partners redesign and enhance various functions on our sites on a regular basis, and we may experience instability and performance issues as a result of these changes. Any slowdown or failure of our sites and the underlying technology infrastructure could harm our business, reputation and our ability to acquire, retain and serve our customers, which could materially adversely affect our results of operations and our business interruption insurance may not be sufficient to compensate us for the losses that could occur.

Our use of artificial intelligence and machine learning could adversely affect our business and operating results.

We may use artificial intelligence (“AI”) and machine learning in our business to, among other things, facilitate personalized customer journeys, predict shopping behaviors, optimize marketing, and streamline inventory planning and operational workflows. Issues relating to our potential use of new and evolving technologies such as AI may cause us to experience brand or reputational harm, competitive harm, legal liability and new or enhanced governmental or regulatory scrutiny, and to incur additional costs to resolve such issues. For example, AI algorithms are based on machine learning and predictive analytics, which can include unexpected biases and lead to discriminatory outcomes. In addition, perceived or actual technical, legal, compliance, privacy, security, ethical or other issues relating to the use of AI could undermine the decisions, predictions or analysis that AI applications produce and create additional risks, such as risks of cybersecurity incidents, all of which could adversely affect our business and operating results. The use of AI involves significant technical complexity and requires specialized expertise. Any disruption or failure in AI-based systems or technology infrastructure could result in delays or errors in our operations, which could harm our business and operating results. Moreover, developing, testing and deploying AI systems may also increase our operating expenses due to the nature of the computing costs involved in such systems.

Risks Relating to our Indebtedness

Any indebtedness we may incur in the future could adversely affect our business and growth prospects.

We entered into a credit facility in September 2021. Any indebtedness we may incur under our credit facility, or any other indebtedness we may incur in the future, could require us to divert funds identified for other purposes for debt service and impair our liquidity position. If we cannot generate sufficient cash flow from operations to service our debt, we may need to refinance our debt, dispose of assets or issue equity to obtain necessary funds. We do not know whether we will be able to take any of these actions on a timely basis, on terms satisfactory to us or at all.

Our credit facility, or any future credit facility or other indebtedness we may enter into, may have important consequences, including:

•limiting funds otherwise available for financing our capital expenditures by requiring us to dedicate a portion of our cash flows from operations to the repayment of debt and the interest on this debt;

•limiting our ability to incur additional indebtedness;

•limiting our ability to capitalize on significant business opportunities;

•making us more vulnerable to rising interest rates; and

Table of Contents

•making us more vulnerable in the event of a downturn in our business.

Our level of indebtedness may place us at a competitive disadvantage to our competitors that are not as highly leveraged. Fluctuations in interest rates can increase borrowing costs. Increases in interest rates may directly impact the amount of interest we are required to pay and reduce earnings accordingly. In addition, developments in tax policy, such as the disallowance of tax deductions for interest paid on outstanding indebtedness, could have an adverse effect on our liquidity and our business, financial conditions and results of operations. Further, our existing credit facility contains, and any future credit facility will likely contain, customary affirmative and negative covenants and certain restrictions on operations that could impose operating and financial limitations and restrictions on us, including restrictions on our ability to enter into particular transactions and to engage in other actions that we may believe are advisable or necessary for our business.

We expect to use cash flow from operations to meet current and future financial obligations, including funding our operations, debt service requirements and capital expenditures. The ability to make these payments depends on our financial and operating performance, which is subject to prevailing economic, industry and competitive conditions and to certain financial, business and other factors beyond our control.

Despite current indebtedness levels and restrictive covenants, we may still be able to incur substantially more indebtedness or make certain restricted payments, which could further exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial indebtedness.

We may be able to incur significant additional indebtedness in the future. Although the financing documents that govern our credit facility contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness and liens, these restrictions are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions, and the additional indebtedness and liens incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial.

The financing documents that govern our credit facility permit us to incur certain additional indebtedness, including liabilities that do not constitute indebtedness as may be defined in such financing documents. We may also consider investments in joint ventures or acquisitions, which may increase our indebtedness. In addition, the financing documents that govern our credit facility do not restrict Excelerate, L.P., our principal stockholder, from creating new holding companies that may be able to incur indebtedness without regard to the restrictions set forth in the financing documents governing our credit facility. If additional new debt is added to our currently anticipated indebtedness levels, the related risks that we face could intensify.

We may not be able to generate sufficient cash flow to service all of our indebtedness, and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under such indebtedness, which may not be successful.

Our ability to make scheduled payments or to refinance outstanding debt obligations depends on our financial and operating performance, which will be affected by prevailing economic, industry and competitive conditions and by financial, business and other factors beyond our control. We may not be able to maintain a sufficient level of cash flow from operating activities to permit us to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on the our indebtedness. Any failure to make payments of interest and principal on our outstanding indebtedness on a timely basis would likely result in a reduction of our credit rating, which would also harm our ability to incur additional indebtedness.

If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay capital expenditures, sell assets, implement cost reductions, seek additional capital or seek to restructure or refinance our indebtedness. Any refinancing of our indebtedness could be at higher interest rates and may require us to comply with more onerous covenants. These alternative measures may not be successful and may not permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. In the absence of such cash flows and resources, we could face substantial liquidity problems and might be required to sell material assets or operations to attempt to meet our debt service obligations. The financing documents that govern our credit facility include certain restrictions on our ability to conduct asset sales and/or use the proceeds from asset sales for general corporate purposes. We may not be able to consummate these asset sales to raise capital or sell assets at prices and on terms that we believe are fair and any proceeds that we do receive may not be adequate to meet any debt service obligations then due. If we cannot meet our debt service obligations, the holders of our indebtedness may accelerate such indebtedness and, to the extent such indebtedness is secured, foreclose on our assets. In such an event, we may not have sufficient assets to repay all of our indebtedness.

Table of Contents

The terms of the financing documents that govern our credit facility restrict our current and future operations, particularly our ability to respond to changes or to take certain actions.

The financing documents that govern our credit facility contain a number of restrictive covenants that impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us and may limit our ability to engage in acts that may be in our long-term best interests, including restrictions on our ability to:

•incur additional indebtedness or other contingent obligations;

•create or incur liens;

•make investments, acquisitions, loans and advances;

•wind up, consolidate, merge, liquidate or dissolve;

•sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of our assets, including capital stock of our subsidiaries;

•pay dividends on our equity interests or make other payments in respect of capital stock;

•engage in transactions with our affiliates;

•make payments in respect of indebtedness secured on a junior lien basis, unsecured indebtedness and subordinated debt;

•modify organizational documents in a manner that is materially adverse to the lenders under the new credit facility;

•enter into burdensome agreements with negative pledge clauses or restrictions on subsidiary distributions;

•materially alter the business we conduct; and

•change our fiscal year.

The restrictive covenants in the financing documents governing our credit facility, which include certain provisions that are not precisely defined and are subject to interpretation, require us to maintain specified financial ratios and satisfy other financial condition tests. We were in compliance with all debt covenants as of December 31, 2024, and expect to be in compliance beyond 12 months, although our ability to meet those financial ratios and tests can be affected by the interpretation of certain provisions in the financing documents, macro-economic conditions and the seasonality of our business, which is more concentrated in the third and fourth fiscal quarters.

A breach of the covenants or restrictions under the financing documents that govern our credit facility could result in an event of default under such documents. Such a default may allow the creditors to accelerate the related debt, which may result in the acceleration of any other debt to which a cross-acceleration or cross-default provision applies. In the event the holders of our indebtedness accelerate the repayment, we may not have sufficient assets to repay that indebtedness or be able to borrow sufficient funds to refinance it. Even if we are able to obtain new financing, it may not be on commercially reasonable terms or on terms acceptable to us. As a result of these restrictions, we may:

•be limited in how we conduct our business;

•be unable to raise additional debt or equity financing to operate during general economic conditions;

•experience business downturns; or

•be unable to compete effectively or to take advantage of new business opportunities.

These restrictions, along with restrictions that may be contained in agreements evidencing or governing other future indebtedness, may affect our ability to grow in accordance with our growth strategy.

We may be unable to refinance our indebtedness.

We may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness before maturity. We cannot assure you that we will be able to refinance any of our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. There can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain sufficient funds to enable us to repay or refinance our debt obligations on commercially reasonable terms, or at all.

Table of Contents

Our failure to raise additional capital or generate cash flows necessary to expand our operations and invest in the future could reduce our ability to compete successfully and harm our results of operations.

We may need to raise additional funds, and we may not be able to obtain additional debt or equity financing on favorable terms or at all. If we raise additional equity financing, you may experience significant dilution of your ownership interests. If we raise additional debt financing, we may be required to accept terms that restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness, force us to maintain specified liquidity or other ratios or restrict our ability to pay dividends or make acquisitions. If we need additional capital and cannot raise it on acceptable terms, or at all, we may not be able to, among other things:

•invest in our business and continue to expand our sales and marketing efforts;

•hire, train and retain employees;

•respond to competitive pressures or unanticipated working capital requirements; or

•pursue acquisition opportunities, including new brands, the inability of which could adversely impact the execution of our growth strategy.

Risks Relating to Ownership of Our Common Stock

Summit controls us, and its interests may conflict with ours or yours in the future.

As of March 4, 2025, Summit Partners LP (“Summit”) beneficially owned approximately 56.6% of our common stock which means that, based on its percentage voting power, Summit controls the vote of all matters submitted to a vote of our Board or stockholders, which enables it to control the election of the members of the Board and all other corporate decisions. In addition, our bylaws provide that Summit has the right to designate the Chairman of the Board for so long as it beneficially owns at least 30% of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of our common stock then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors. Even when it ceases to own shares of our common stock representing a majority of the total voting power, for so long as it continues to own a significant portion of our common stock, Summit will still be able to significantly influence the composition of our Board, including the right to designate the Chairman of our Board, and the approval of actions requiring stockholder approval. Accordingly, for such period of time, Summit will have significant influence with respect to our management, business plans, and policies, including the appointment and removal of our officers, decisions on whether to raise future capital and decisions on whether to amend our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, which govern the rights attached to our common stock. In particular, for so long as Summit continues to own a significant percentage of our common stock, Summit will be able to cause or prevent a change of control of us or a change in the composition of our Board, including the selection of the Chairman of our Board, and could preclude any unsolicited acquisition of us. The concentration of ownership could deprive you of an opportunity to receive a premium for your shares of common stock as part of a sale of us and ultimately might affect the market price of our common stock.

We entered into a Director Nomination Agreement with Summit that provides Summit the right to designate the following number of nominees for election to our Board: (i) all of the nominees for election to our Board for so long as Summit beneficially owns at least 40% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding upon completion of this offering, as adjusted for any reorganization, recapitalization, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, or similar changes in the Company’s capitalization (the “Original Amount”); (ii) a majority of the nominees for election to our Board for so long as Summit beneficially owns less than 40% but at least 30% of the Original Amount; (iii) 30% of the nominees for election to our Board for so long as Summit beneficially owns less than 30% but at least 20% of the Original Amount; (iv) 20% of the nominees for election to our Board for so long as Summit beneficially owns less than 20% but at least 10% of the Original Amount; and (v) one of the nominees for election to our Board for so long as Summit beneficially owns at least 5% of the Original Amount, which could result in representation on our Board that is disproportionate to Summit’s beneficial ownership.

Table of Contents

Summit and its affiliates engage in a broad spectrum of activities, including investments in the services industry generally. In the ordinary course of their business activities, Summit and its affiliates may engage in activities where their interests conflict with our interests or those of our other shareholders, such as investing in or advising businesses that directly or indirectly compete with certain portions of our business or are suppliers or customers of ours. Our certificate of incorporation provides that none of Summit, any of its affiliates or any director who is not employed by us (including any non-employee director who serves as one of our officers in both his director and officer capacities) will have any duty to refrain from engaging, directly or indirectly, in the same business activities or similar business activities or lines of business in which we operate. Summit also may pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. In addition, Summit may have an interest in pursuing acquisitions, divestitures and other transactions that, in its judgment, could enhance its investment, even though such transactions might involve risks to you.

An active trading market for our common stock may not be sustained.

Although we have listed our common stock on the NYSE under the symbol “AKA,” an active trading market for our shares may not be sustained. A public trading market having the desirable characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness depends upon the existence of willing buyers and sellers at any given time, such existence being dependent upon the individual decisions of buyers and sellers over which neither we nor any market maker has control. The failure of an active and liquid trading market to continue would likely have a material adverse effect on the value of our common stock. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital to continue to fund operations by issuing shares and may impair our ability to acquire other companies or technologies by using our shares as consideration.

Our stock price has been volatile, and the market price of our common stock may drop below the price you pay.

Securities markets worldwide have experienced, and are likely to continue to experience, significant price and volume fluctuations. This market volatility, as well as general economic, market or political conditions, has subjected the market price of our shares to wide price fluctuations regardless of our operating performance. The market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly in response to a number of factors, many of which we cannot control, including those described under “—Risks Relating to Our Business and Strategy” and the following:

•changes in financial estimates by any securities analysts who follow our common stock, our failure to meet these estimates or failure of those analysts to initiate or maintain coverage of our common stock;

•downgrades by any securities analysts who follow our common stock or publications of these analysts of inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business;

•future sales of our common stock by our officers, directors and significant stockholders;

•market conditions or trends in our industry or the economy as a whole;

•investors’ perceptions of our prospects;

•announcements by us of significant contracts, acquisitions, joint ventures or capital commitments; and

•changes in key personnel.

In addition, in the past, when the market price of a stock has been volatile, holders of that stock have sometimes instituted securities class action litigation against the company that issued the stock. If any of our stockholders brought a lawsuit against us, we could incur substantial costs defending the lawsuit. Such a lawsuit could also divert the time and attention of our management from our business, which could significantly harm our profitability and reputation.

Table of Contents

If we fail to maintain compliance with the NYSE’s continued listing standards, the NYSE may delist our common stock, which could materially and adversely affect our company, the market price of our common stock and your ability to sell your shares of our common stock.

Our common stock is currently listed on the NYSE. To maintain this listing, we must satisfy continued listing requirements and standards. There can be no assurances that we will be able to continue to comply with the applicable listing requirements and standards. For example, in April 2023, the NYSE informed us that the average closing price of our common stock over the prior consecutive 30 trading-day period was below $1.00, which is the minimum average closing price required to maintain listing on the NYSE under Section 802.01C of the NYSE Listed Company Manual. In accordance with the NYSE’s listing rules, we were afforded a period of six months, or until October 12, 2023 (the “Cure Period”), to regain compliance with the minimum price requirement. In order to regain compliance, the closing share price of our common stock on the last trading day of any calendar month during the Cure Period had to be at least $1.00 and the average closing share price over the 30 trading-day period ending on the last trading day of that month had to be at least $1.00.

On September 29, 2023, we executed a Reverse Stock Split of our common stock at a ratio of one-for-12. As a result of the Reverse Stock Split, we received notification from the NYSE on October 12, 2023, that we had regained compliance with its minimum price requirement and the matter was closed.

If we are unable to satisfy the NYSE criteria for continued listing in the future, including the minimum price requirement, our common stock would be subject to delisting again. The delisting of our common stock could materially and adversely affect us by, among other things, reducing the liquidity and market price of our common stock; reducing the number of investors willing to hold or acquire our common stock, which could negatively impact our ability to raise equity financing; decreasing the amount of news and analyst coverage of us; and limiting our ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future. In addition, delisting from the NYSE may negatively impact our reputation and, consequently, our business.

We are obligated to develop and maintain proper and effective internal control over financial reporting in order to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. If we fail to remediate our material weaknesses or if we fail to establish and maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results, meet our reporting obligations, or prevent fraud. Failure to comply with requirements to design, implement and maintain effective internal controls or any inability to report and file our financial results accurately and timely could harm our business and adversely impact investor confidence in us and, as a result, our stock price.

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”). If we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which would cause the price of our common stock to decline, and we may be subject to investigation or sanctions by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).

We are required, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (“SOX”), to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of the end of the fiscal year that coincides with the filing of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This assessment includes disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting. We are required to disclose changes made in our internal control and procedures on a quarterly basis. However, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of SOX until the date we are no longer an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”) if we take advantage of the exemptions contained in the JOBS Act. At such time, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event it is not satisfied with the level at which our controls are documented, designed or operating.

As previously disclosed, we have unremediated material weaknesses in the design and operation of our internal control over financial reporting in connection with the preparation of our financial statements, as previously disclosed in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021, that had not been remediated as of December 31, 2024. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of a company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Our evaluation was based on the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013).

Table of Contents

The material weaknesses identified by management related to the following:

•We had not sufficiently designed, implemented and documented internal controls at the entity level (an effective risk assessment process and control environment, specifically, a sufficient complement of personnel commensurate with our financial reporting requirements) and across key business and financial processes to allow us to achieve complete, accurate and timely financial reporting, including controls over journal entries.

•We had not designed and implemented controls to maintain appropriate segregation of duties in our manual and IT-dependent business processes, including journal entries, and with respect to certain information technology general controls for information systems relevant to the preparation of our financial statements, specifically, (i) program change management controls to ensure that program and data changes are identified, tested, authorized and implemented appropriately; (ii) user access controls to adequately restrict user and privileged access to appropriate personnel; (iii) computer operations controls to ensure that processing and transfer of data, and data backups and recovery are monitored; and (iv) program development controls to ensure that new software development is tested, authorized and implemented appropriately.

Since identifying these material weaknesses, we have been, and are currently in the process of, remediating each of them. While progress has been made to remediate the material weaknesses above, as of December 31, 2024, we were still in the process of developing and implementing enhanced processes and procedures and testing the operating effectiveness of these enhanced controls. We provided process and controls training and have incorporated ongoing training and monitoring as part of our overall control environment. We implemented and continue to implement control improvements and have focused on the increased operational effectiveness of our controls. We have made significant progress in the implementation of our new enterprise resource planning (“ERP”) system, which will provide improvements to our IT-dependent and application controls to help prevent and detect errors, enforce segregation of duties and strengthen controls around manual journal entries. We believe our actions will be effective in remediating the material weaknesses, and we continue to devote significant time and attention to these efforts. In addition, the material weaknesses will not be considered remediated until the applicable remedial processes and procedures have been in place for a sufficient period of time and management has concluded, through testing, that these controls are effective. Although we plan to complete the remediation process as quickly as possible for each material weakness, we cannot at this time estimate when the remediation will be completed.

We cannot assure you that the measures that we have taken, and that will be taken, to remediate our material weaknesses will, in fact, remedy the material weaknesses or will be sufficient to prevent future material weaknesses from occurring. We also cannot assure you that we have identified all of our existing material weaknesses. In addition, prior acquisitions, such as the Culture Kings acquisition, and future acquisitions may present challenges in implementing appropriate and effective internal controls. Any future material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting could result in material misstatements in our financial statements.

Remediating material weaknesses will absorb management time and will require us to incur additional expenses, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of our shares. In order to establish and maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting, we will need to expend significant resources and provide significant management oversight. Developing, implementing and testing changes to our internal controls may require specific compliance training of our directors and employees, entail substantial costs in order to modify our existing accounting systems, take a significant period of time to complete and divert management’s attention from other business concerns. These changes may not, however, be effective in establishing and maintaining adequate internal controls.

It is possible that, had we and our independent registered public accounting firm performed a formal assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the provisions of SOX, additional material weaknesses may have been identified.

If either we are unable to conclude that we have effective internal controls over financial reporting or our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to provide us with an unqualified report on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting as required by Section 404(b) of SOX, investors may lose confidence in our reported financial information, the price of our common stock could decline and we may be subject to litigation or regulatory enforcement actions. In addition, if we are unable to meet the requirements of Section 404 of SOX, we may not be able to remain listed on the NYSE.

Table of Contents

The requirements of being a public company with common stock listed on the NYSE will continue to increase certain of our costs and require significant management focus.

As a public company, we incur legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. We are subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and SOX, the listing requirements of NYSE and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with these rules and regulations continue to increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly and increase demand on our systems and resources, particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company.”

In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating uncertainty for public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs and making some activities more time consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of our management’s time and attention from sales-generating activities to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to their application and practice, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and could have a material adversely effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Future sales of our common stock, or the perception in the public markets that these sales may occur, may depress our stock price.

Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect the price of our common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional shares. Certain holders of approximately 9,791,387 shares of our common stock have the right to require us to register the sales of their shares under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), under the terms of a registration right agreement between us and the holders of these securities.

In the future, we may also issue our securities in connection with acquisitions or investments. The amount of shares of our common stock issued in connection with an acquisition or investment could constitute a material portion of our then-outstanding shares of our common stock.

For as long as we are an emerging growth company, we will not be required to comply with certain reporting requirements, including disclosure about our executive compensation that apply to other public companies.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act. As such, we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies,” including, but not limited to, (1) not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of SOX, (2) reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and (3) exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and of stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. If we choose not to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of SOX, our auditors will not be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting. As a result, investors may become less comfortable with the effectiveness of our internal controls and the risk that material weaknesses or other deficiencies in our internal control go undetected may increase. If we choose to provide reduced disclosures in our periodic reports and proxy statements while we are an emerging growth company, investors would have access to less information and analysis about our executive compensation, which may make it difficult for investors to evaluate our executive compensation practices. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive as a result of our taking advantage of these exemptions and as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

We could remain an “emerging growth company” until 2026 or until the earliest of (a) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenue exceeds $1.07 billion, (b) the date that we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, and (c) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the preceding three- year period.

Table of Contents

We are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the rules of the NYSE and, as a result, we qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. You will not have the same protections as those afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such governance requirements.

Summit controls a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. As a result, we are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the NYSE. Under these rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power for the election of directors is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including:

•the requirement that a majority of our Board consist of independent directors;

•the requirement that we have a nominating and corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities;

•the requirement that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and

•the requirement for an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees.

We rely on these exemptions. As a result, our Compensation Committee and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee may not consist entirely of independent directors and may not subject to annual performance evaluations. Accordingly, you may not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of the NYSE.

Anti-takeover provisions in our certificate of incorporation documents and Delaware law might discourage or delay acquisition attempts for us that you might consider favorable.

In addition to Summit’s beneficial ownership of 56.6% of our common stock as of March 4, 2025, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions that may make the acquisition of the Company more difficult without the approval of our board of directors. These provisions:

•authorize the issuance of undesignated preferred stock, the terms of which may be established and the shares of which may be issued without stockholder approval, and which may include super voting and special approval, dividend or other rights or preferences superior to the rights of the holders of common stock;

•prohibit stockholder action by written consent at any time when Summit controls, in the aggregate, less than 35% in voting power of our outstanding common stock;

•provide that the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal our bylaws;

•establish advance notice requirements for nominations for elections to our board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings; provided, however, at any time when Summit controls, in the aggregate, at least 10% in voting power of our outstanding common stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, such advance notice procedure will not apply to Summit;

•establish a classified board of directors, as a result of which our board of directors will be divided into three classes, with each class serving for staggered three-year terms, which prevents stockholders from electing an entirely new board of directors at an annual meeting;

•provide that, at any time when Summit controls, in the aggregate, less than 40% in voting power of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, directors may only be removed for cause, and only by the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66 2⁄3% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of our stock entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class;

•prohibit stockholders from calling special meetings of stockholders; provided, however, at any time when Summit controls, in the aggregate, at least 35% in voting power of our outstanding common stock, special meetings of our stockholders shall also be called by our Board or the Chairman of our Board at the written request of Summit; and

•require the approval of holders of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding shares of our voting common stock to amend certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation and for stockholders to amend our bylaws.

Table of Contents

Our certificate of incorporation also contains a provision that provides us with protections similar to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”), and prevents us from engaging in a business combination with a person (excluding Summit and its transferees) who acquires at least 15% of our common stock for a period of three years from the date such person acquired such common stock, unless board or stockholder approval is obtained prior to the acquisition. These anti-takeover provisions and other provisions under Delaware law could discourage, delay or prevent a transaction involving a change in control of the Company, even if doing so would benefit our stockholders. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect directors of your choosing and to cause us to take other corporate actions you desire.

Any issuance of preferred stock could make it difficult for another company to acquire us or could otherwise adversely affect holders of our common stock, which could depress the price of our common stock.

Our board of directors has the authority to issue preferred stock and to determine the preferences, limitations and relative rights of shares of preferred stock and to fix the number of shares constituting any series and the designation of such series, without any further vote or action by our stockholders. Our preferred stock could be issued with voting, liquidation, dividend and other rights superior to the rights of our common stock. The potential issuance of preferred stock may delay or prevent a change in control of us, discouraging bids for our common stock at a premium over the market price, and adversely affect the market price and the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock.

Our certificate of incorporation designates the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the exclusive forum for certain litigation that may be initiated by our stockholders and the federal district courts of the United States as the exclusive forum for litigation arising under the Securities Act, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us.

Pursuant to our certificate of incorporation, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the sole and exclusive forum for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees to us or our stockholders, (3) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws or (4) any other action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine; provided that for the avoidance of doubt, the forum selection provision that identifies the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the exclusive forum for certain litigation, including any “derivative action”, will not apply to suits to enforce a duty or liability created by Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. Our certificate of incorporation also provided that unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States shall be the exclusive forum for the resolutions of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act.

Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all claims brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder and our certificate of incorporation also provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum and to the fullest extent permitted by law, the federal district courts of the United States shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. While there can be no assurance that federal or state courts will follow the holding of the Delaware Supreme Court or determine that our federal forum provision should be enforced in a particular case, application of our federal forum provision means that suits brought by our stockholders to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act must be brought in federal court and cannot be brought in state court.

Section 27 of the Exchange Act creates exclusive federal jurisdiction over all claims brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder and our certificate of incorporation provides that neither the exclusive forum provision nor our federal forum provision applies to suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act. Accordingly, actions by our stockholders to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder must be brought in federal court. Our stockholders will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with the federal securities laws and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

Table of Contents

Our certificate of incorporation further provides that any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock is deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of our certificate of incorporation described above. The forum selection clause in our certificate of incorporation may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against us or our directors and officers and may limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us. If the enforceability of our forum selection provisions were to be challenged, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such challenge. While we currently have no basis to expect any such challenge would be successful, if a court were to find our forum selection provisions to be inapplicable or unenforceable with respect to one or more of these specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with having to litigate in other jurisdictions, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, and prospects and result in a diversion of the time and resources of our employees, management, and board of directors.

Because we do not intend to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future, you may not receive any return on investment unless you are able to sell your common stock for a price greater than your purchase price.

The continued operation and expansion of our business will require substantial funding. Accordingly, we do not anticipate that we will pay any cash dividends on shares of our common stock for the foreseeable future. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon results of operations, financial condition, contractual restrictions, including those under our senior secured credit facility, any potential indebtedness we may incur, restrictions imposed by applicable law and other factors our board of directors deems relevant. Accordingly, if you purchase our common stock, realization of a gain on your investment will depend on the appreciation of the price of our common stock, which may never occur.

If securities or industry analysts cease to publish research or reports about our business, if they adversely change their recommendations regarding our common stock or if our results of operations do not meet their expectations, the price of our common stock and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. We do not have any control over these analysts. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our Company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause the price of our common stock or trading volume to decline. Moreover, if one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our common stock, or if our results of operations do not meet their expectations, the price of our common stock could decline.

We are a holding company and conduct all of our operations through our subsidiaries.

We are a holding company and derive all of our operating income from our subsidiaries. All of our assets are held by our direct and indirect subsidiaries. We rely on the earnings and cash flows of our subsidiaries, which are paid to us by our subsidiaries in the form of dividends and other payments or distributions, to meet our debt service obligations. The ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other payments or distributions to us will depend on their respective operating results and may be restricted by, among other things, the laws of their jurisdiction of organization (which may limit the amount of funds available for the payment of dividends and other distributions to us), the terms of existing and future indebtedness and other agreements of our subsidiaries and the covenants of any future outstanding indebtedness we or our subsidiaries incur.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

Table of Contents

ITEM 1C. CYBERSECURITY

Cybersecurity represents a critical component of the Company’s overall approach to risk management. The Company’s cybersecurity policies, standards and practices are fully integrated into the Company’s enterprise risk management (“ERM”) approach, and cybersecurity risks are among the core enterprise risks that are subject to oversight by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”). The Company’s cybersecurity policies, standards and practices follow recognized frameworks established by the National Institute of Standards and Technology (“NIST”). The Company generally approaches cybersecurity threats through a cross-functional, multilayered approach, with specific the goals of: (i) identifying, preventing and mitigating cybersecurity threats to the Company; (ii) preserving the confidentiality, security and availability of the information that we collect and store to use in our business; (iii) protecting the Company’s intellectual property; (iv) maintaining the confidence of our customers, clients and business partners; and (v) providing appropriate public disclosure of cybersecurity risks and incidents when required.

Risk Management and Strategy

Consistent with overall ERM policies and practices, the Company’s cybersecurity program focuses on the following areas:

•Vigilance: The Company maintains a global presence, with cybersecurity threat operations functioning 24/7 with the specific goal of identifying, preventing and mitigating cybersecurity threats and responding to cybersecurity incidents in accordance with our established incident response and recovery plans.

•Systems Safeguards: The Company deploys safeguards that are designed to protect the Company’s information systems from cybersecurity threats, including firewalls, intrusion prevention and detection systems, anti-malware functionality and access controls, which are evaluated and improved through ongoing vulnerability assessments, vendor available software updates and cybersecurity threat intelligence.

•Collaboration: The Company utilizes collaboration mechanisms and services established with public and private entities, including intelligence and enforcement agencies, industry groups and third-party service providers, to identify, assess and respond to cybersecurity risks.

•Third-Party Risk Management: The Company maintains a comprehensive, risk-based approach to vetting, identifying and overseeing cybersecurity risks presented by third parties, including vendors, service providers and other external users of the Company’s systems, as well as the systems of third parties that could adversely impact our business in the event of a cybersecurity incident affecting those third-party systems.

•Training: The Company provides periodic mandatory training for personnel regarding cybersecurity and information technology threats, which reinforces the Company’s information security policies, standards and practices, and such training is scaled to reflect the roles, responsibilities and information systems access of such personnel.

•Incident Response and Recovery Planning: The Company has established and maintains comprehensive incident response and recovery plans that fully address the Company’s response to a cybersecurity incident and the recovery from a cybersecurity incident, and such plans are tested, evaluated and updated on a regular basis.

•Communication, Coordination and Disclosure: The Company utilizes a cross-functional approach to address the risk from cybersecurity threats, involving management personnel from the Company’s technology, operations, legal, risk management, internal audit and other key business functions, as well as the members of the Board and the Audit Committee of the Board in an ongoing dialogue regarding cybersecurity threats and incidents, while also implementing controls and procedures for the escalation of cybersecurity incidents pursuant to established thresholds so that decisions regarding the disclosure and reporting of such incidents can be made by management in a timely manner. Cybersecurity incidents are assessed for materiality based on potential impacts to operations, financial condition or sensitive data. Material incidents are publicly disclosed within four business days of determining materiality, in compliance with SEC requirements. For the reporting period, no material cybersecurity incidents were identified that required disclosure.

•Governance: The Board’s oversight of cybersecurity risk management is supported by the Audit Committee, which regularly interacts with the company’s ERM function and the Company’s Chief Information Security Officer.

Table of Contents

•Artificial Intelligence (“AI”): The Company has established an AI Governance Policy and framework, overseen by the Company’s Chief Information Architect, to ensure that all AI systems utilized or developed follow our data privacy standards, safeguard sensitive information and minimize potential vulnerabilities.

A key part of the Company’s strategy for managing risks from cybersecurity threats is the ongoing assessment and testing of the Company’s processes and practices through auditing, assessments, tabletop exercises, threat modeling, vulnerability testing and other exercises focused on evaluating the effectiveness of our cybersecurity measures. The Company regularly engages third parties to perform assessments on our cybersecurity measures, including information security maturity assessments, audits and independent reviews of our information security control environment and operating effectiveness. The results of such assessments, audits and reviews are reported to the Audit Committee and the Board, and the Company adjusts its cybersecurity policies, standards, processes and practices as necessary based on the information provided by the assessments, audits and reviews.

Governance

The Board, in coordination with the Audit Committee, oversees the management of risks from cybersecurity threats, including the policies, standards, processes and practices that the Company’s management implements to address risks from cybersecurity threats. The Board and the Audit Committee each receive regular presentations and reports on cybersecurity risks, which address a wide range of topics including, for example, recent developments, evolving standards, vulnerability assessments, third-party and independent reviews, the threat environment, technological trends and information security considerations arising with respect to the Company’s peers and third parties. The Board and the Audit Committee also receive prompt and timely information regarding any cybersecurity incident that meets established reporting thresholds, as well as ongoing updates regarding such incident until it has been addressed. At least once each year, the Board and the Audit Committee discuss the Company’s approach to cybersecurity risk management with the Company’s Chief Information Security Officer.

The Company’s Chief Information Security Officer reports to the Company’s Chief Information Officer who is the member of the Company’s management that is principally responsible for overseeing the Company’s cybersecurity risk management program, in partnership with other business leaders across the Company. The Chief Information Security Officer works in coordination with Company management. The Company’s Chief Information Security Officer has served in various roles in information technology and information security for 26 years, including several Fortune 500 companies as a consultant specializing in risk management and security architecture, VP of Engineering for a payment solutions provider and security principal for an international telecommunications company in the Fortune 100, and has held many of the information security industry’s most advanced certifications including ISC2’s CISM (Chief Information Security Manager) and CISSP (Chief Information Security Professional), as well as an early adopter of the Cloud Security Alliance’s CCSK (Certificate of Cloud Security Knowledge). The Company’s Chief Information Officer has served in various roles in information technology for 22 years.

The Company’s Chief Information Security Officer, in coordination with Company management, works collaboratively across the Company to implement a program designed to protect the Company’s information systems from cybersecurity threats and to promptly respond to any cybersecurity incidents. To facilitate the success of this program, multidisciplinary teams throughout the Company are deployed to address cybersecurity threats and to respond to cybersecurity incidents in accordance with the Company’s incident response and recovery plans. The Chief Information Security Officer and Company management monitor the prevention, detection, mitigation and remediation of cybersecurity incidents in real time, and report such incidents to the Audit Committee when appropriate.

Cybersecurity threats, including as a result of any previous cybersecurity incidents, have not materially affected or are reasonably likely to affect the Company, including its business strategy, results of operations, or financial condition.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

We lease two offices in Los Angeles, California, one office in Costa Mesa, California, three offices in Queensland, Australia, and our corporate headquarters is located at 100 Montgomery Street, Suite 2270, San Francisco, California 94104 (approximately 3,690 square feet). We lease and operate three distribution centers in Australia, but use third parties for distribution in the United States. The three distribution centers have lease terms expiring from September 2027 to June 2034. All of our leased properties have sufficient renewal periods. Culture Kings leases and operates eight physical retail stores in Australia, one in New Zealand and one in the United States. The ten retail stores have lease terms expiring from June 2025 to January 2033. Princess Polly leases and operates six physical retail stores in the United States, with lease terms expiring from August 2028 to January 2035.

Table of Contents

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

In April 2024, we received a cease and desist letter alleging copyright infringement and related claims. This matter has not proceeded to litigation as of the date hereof, and we have accrued $2.0 million to general and administrative expenses for current estimated losses in connection with these claims. The accrual for estimated losses is based on currently available information and may change as new information becomes available or circumstances change.

In addition, we are subject to legal proceedings which arise in the ordinary course of business. Litigation is subject to inherent uncertainties. We currently are not certain whether the ultimate outcome of such legal proceedings, individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. If an unfavorable ruling were to occur, there exists the possibility of a material adverse impact on our results of operations in the period in which the ruling occurs. The estimate of the potential impact from such legal proceedings on our financial position or results of operations could change in the future.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

Table of Contents

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF SECURITIES

Market Information for Common Stock

Our common stock has traded on the NYSE under the symbol “AKA” since our initial public offering on September 22, 2021. Prior to that date, there was no public market for our common stock.

Stockholders of Record

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC is the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock. As of March 4, 2025, there were 12 stockholders of record of our common stock. The actual number of stockholders is greater than this number and includes stockholders whose shares are held in street name by brokers and other nominees, and stockholders whose shares may be held in trust by other entities.

Dividend Policy

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain any future earnings to finance the development and expansion of our business and do not expect to declare or pay any dividends in the foreseeable future. Any further determination to pay dividends on our capital stock will be at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to applicable laws, and will depend on our financial condition, operating results, capital requirements, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors considers relevant. Our future ability to pay cash dividends on our capital stock is limited by the terms of our senior secured credit facility and may be limited by any future debt instruments or preferred securities.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

On May 25, 2023, the Company’s board of directors approved a share repurchase program (the “Share Repurchase Program”), authorizing the Company to repurchase up to $2.0 million of shares of the Company’s common stock. Subsequently, in 2023, the Company’s board of directors approved an additional repurchase capacity under the Share Repurchase Program of $3.0 million of shares of the Company’s common stock. The timing of any repurchases by the Company and the actual number of shares repurchased are at the Company’s discretion, and, in deciding when to repurchase shares and the amount of shares to repurchase, the Company will consider available liquidity, general market and economic conditions, alternate uses for the capital and other factors. Share repurchases may be made from time to time through a Rule 10b5-1 trading plan, open market transactions, block trades or in private transactions in accordance with applicable securities laws and regulations and other legal requirements. The Share Repurchase Program may be suspended or discontinued at any time and has no expiration date. All repurchased shares under the Share Repurchase Program will be retired.

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth our share repurchase activity, on a settlement date basis, for the three months ended December 31, 2024:


Period	Total Number of Shares Purchased1	Average Price Paid per Share		Total number of shares purchased as part of a publicly announced plan or program	Approximate Dollar Value of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Program (millions)2
October 1, 2024 - October 31, 2024	9,401	$	23.04	4,578	$	1.5
November 1, 2024 - November 30, 2024	9,239	22.88		2,485	1.4
December 1, 2024 - December 31, 2024	5,789	20.67		3,976	1.3
Total	24,429			11,039

1 13,390 of these shares represent shares of common stock surrendered by certain of our employees to satisfy their statutory minimum U.S. federal and state tax obligations associated with the vesting of restricted shares of common stock issued under the 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan. With respect to these surrendered shares, the price paid per share is based on the fair value at the time of surrender.

2 Reflects the dollar value of shares that may yet be repurchased under the Share Repurchase Program announced on May 25, 2023. The Company’s board of directors initially authorized the repurchase of an aggregate of $2.0 million of shares of common stock pursuant to the Share Repurchase Program. On December 18, 2023, the Company announced its board of directors approved an additional repurchase capacity under the Share Repurchase Program of $3.0 million of shares of the Company’s common stock.

ITEM 6. [Reserved]

Not applicable.

Table of Contents

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with the consolidated financial statements and related notes that are included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This discussion contains forward-looking statements based upon current plans, expectations and beliefs that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements because of various factors, including those set forth in the sections captioned “Risk Factors” and “Forward-Looking Statements” and in other parts of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our fiscal year ends on December 31.

Overview

a.k.a. Brands is a portfolio of next-generation fashion brands for the next generation of consumers. We seek to leverage our industry expertise and operational synergies to accelerate our brands so they can grow faster, reach broader audiences, achieve greater scale and enhance their profitability. We believe we are disrupting the status quo and pioneering a new approach to fashion.

a.k.a. was founded with a focus on Millennial and Gen Z audiences who primarily find inspiration for fashion on social media. We have since built a portfolio of next-generation brands with distinct fashion offerings and consumer followings:

•Princess Polly, a fashion brand focusing on fun, trendy dresses, tops, shoes and accessories with slim fit, body-confident and trendy fashion designs. The brand targets a female customer between the ages of 15 and 25.

•Petal & Pup, a fashion brand offering an assortment of trendy, flattering and feminine styles and dresses for special occasions. The brand targets female customers typically in their twenties or thirties, with more than 70% of customers between the ages of 25 and 34.

•Culture Kings, a premium online retailer of streetwear apparel, footwear, headwear and accessories. The brand targets male consumers between the ages of 18 and 35 who are fashion conscious, highly social and digitally focused.

•mnml, a streetwear brand that offers competitively priced, on-trend wardrobe staples. The brand targets male consumers between the ages of 18 and 35.

In 2024 as compared to 2023, we:

•Increased net sales to $574.7 million from $546.3 million, representing 5% year-over-year growth

•Increased U.S. net sales to $368.8 million from $315.5 million, representing 17% year-over-year growth

•Expanded gross margin by 200 basis points to 57% from 55%

•Reduced our net loss to $26.0 million from $98.9 million

•Increased Adjusted EBITDA to $23.3 million from $13.8 million, representing 69% year-over-year growth

•Attracted 4.1 million active customers, an increase of 9% from the prior year

•Received approximately 7.3 million orders, an increase of 7% from the prior year

Key Operating and Financial Metrics

Operating Metrics

We use the following metrics to assess the progress of our business, make decisions on where to allocate capital, time and technology investments and assess the near-term and longer-term performance of our business.

The following table sets forth our key operating metrics for each period presented:


	Year Ended December 31,
(in millions, other than dollar figures)	2024		2023		2022
Active customers	4.07		3.72		3.78
Average order value	$	79	$	80	$	82
Number of orders	7.32		6.85		7.42

Table of Contents

Active Customers

We view the number of active customers as a key indicator of our growth, our value proposition, consumer awareness of our brand, and our customer’s desire to purchase our products. In any particular period, we determine our number of active customers by counting the total number of unique customer accounts who have made at least one purchase in the preceding 12-month period, measured from the last date of such period.

Average Order Value

We define average order value as net sales in a given period divided by the total orders placed in that period. Average order value may fluctuate as we expand into new categories, geographies or channels, or as our assortment changes.

Number of Orders

We define the number of orders as the total number of orders placed by our customers, prior to product returns, across our platform or in our stores in any given period. An order is counted on the day the customer places the order. We consider the number of orders to be a key indicator of our ability to attract and retain customers, as well as an indicator of the desirability of our products.

Key Financial Metrics

The following table sets forth our key financial metrics prepared in accordance with GAAP and certain non-GAAP financial metrics for each period presented:


	Year Ended December 31,
(dollars in thousands)	2024			2023			2022
Gross margin	57		%	55		%	55%
Net loss	$	(25,990)		$	(98,886)		$	(176,697)
Net loss margin	(5		%)	(18		%)	(29%)
Adjusted EBITDA	$	23,309		$	13,790		$	31,872
Adjusted EBITDA margin	4		%	3		%	5		%
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	$	669		$	33,426		$	(319)
Free Cash Flow	$	(10,923)		$	27,456		$	(20,065)

Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA margin and Free Cash Flow are non-GAAP measures. See “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” below for information regarding our use of Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA margin and Free Cash Flow and their reconciliation to net income (loss), net income (loss) margin and net cash provided by (used in) operating activities, respectively.

Table of Contents

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

In addition to our results determined in accordance with GAAP, we monitor the following supplemental non-GAAP financial measures to evaluate our operating performance, identify trends, formulate financial projections and make strategic decisions on a consolidated basis. Accordingly, we believe that non-GAAP financial information may provide useful supplemental information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our results of operations in the same manner as our management team. The non-GAAP financial measures are presented for supplemental informational purposes only. They should not be considered a substitute for financial information presented in accordance with GAAP, and may be different from similarly-titled non-GAAP measures used by other companies. A reconciliation is provided below for each non-GAAP financial measure to the most directly comparable financial measure stated in accordance with GAAP. Investors are encouraged to review the related GAAP financial measures and the reconciliation of these non-GAAP financial measures to their most directly comparable GAAP financial measures.

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin

We calculate Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) adjusted to exclude: interest and other expense; benefit from or provision for income taxes; depreciation and amortization expense; equity-based compensation expense; inventory step-up amortization expense; distribution center relocation costs; transaction costs; costs related to severance from headcount reductions; goodwill and intangible asset impairment; sales tax penalties; insured losses, net of any recoveries; and one-time or non-recurring items. We calculate Adjusted EBITDA margin as Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of net sales. Adjusted EBITDA does not represent net income (loss) or cash flow from or used in operating activities as it is defined by GAAP and does not necessarily indicate whether cash flows will be sufficient to fund cash needs. Because other companies may calculate EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA differently than we do, Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies. Adjusted EBITDA has other limitations as an analytical tool when compared to the use of net income (loss), which is the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, including that Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect:

•the interest or other expense we incur;

•the provision for or benefit from income tax;

•any attribution of costs to our operations related to our investments and capital expenditures through depreciation and amortization charges;

•any transaction or debt extinguishment costs;

•any costs to establish or relocate distribution centers;

•any costs related to severance from headcount reductions;

•any impairment of goodwill or intangible assets;

•any costs related to sales tax penalties;

•any insured losses, net of recoveries;

•any non-routine legal matters;

•any amortization expense associated with fair value adjustments from purchase price accounting, including intangibles or inventory step-up; and

•the cost of compensation we provide to our employees in the form of equity awards.

Table of Contents

The following table reflects a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss and Adjusted EBITDA margin to net loss margin, the most directly comparable financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP:


	Year Ended December 31,
(dollars in thousands)	2024			2023			2022






















Net loss	$	(25,990)		$	(98,886)		$	(176,697)
Add (deduct):
Total other expense, net	11,340			13,556			8,575
Provision for (benefit from) income tax	4,329			1,921			(3,917)
Depreciation and amortization expense	17,597			19,141			20,348
Equity-based compensation expense	7,980			7,640			6,730
Inventory step-up amortization expense	—			—			707
Distribution center relocation costs	2,101			—			1,302
Transaction costs	—			—			140
Goodwill impairment	—			68,524			173,786
Non-routine legal matters1	4,498			396			—
Non-routine items2	1,454			1,498			898
Adjusted EBITDA	$	23,309		$	13,790		$	31,872
Net loss margin	(5		%)	(18		%)	(29		%)
Adjusted EBITDA margin	4		%	3		%	5		%

1 Non-routine legal matters include a $2.0 million accrual in 2024 in connection with the legal matter described in Part I, Item 3, “Legal Proceedings” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

2 Non-routine items include severance from headcount reductions; sales tax penalties; and insured losses, net of recoveries.

Free Cash Flow

We calculate Free Cash Flow as net cash provided by (used in) operating activities reduced by purchases of property and equipment. Management believes Free Cash Flow is a useful measure of liquidity and an additional basis for assessing our ability to generate cash. There are limitations related to the use of Free Cash Flow as an analytical tool, including that other companies may calculate Free Cash Flow differently, which reduces its usefulness as a comparative measure, and Free Cash Flow does not reflect our future contractual commitments nor does it represent the total residual cash flow for a given period.

The following table presents a reconciliation of Free Cash Flow to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities, the most directly comparable financial measure prepared in accordance with GAAP:


	Year Ended December 31,
(dollars in thousands)	2024		2023		2022
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	$	669	$	33,426	$	(319)
Less: purchases of property and equipment	(11,592)		(5,970)		(19,746)
Free Cash Flow	$	(10,923)	$	27,456	$	(20,065)

Our Free Cash Flow has fluctuated over time primarily as a result of timing of inventory purchases, purchases of property and equipment and fluctuations in earnings.

For the year ended December 31, 2024, net cash provided by operating activities decreased by $32.8 million compared to net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2023. This was attributable primarily to more cash used to purchase inventory in 2024, as compared to 2023, to support growth in the U.S., partially offset by the timing of payments.

For the year ended December 31, 2024, Free Cash Flow decreased by $38.4 million compared to Free Cash Flow for the year ended December 31, 2023. This was attributable primarily to more cash used to purchase inventory in 2024 and additional capital expenditures related to new stores, as compared to 2023, to support growth in the U.S., partially offset by the timing of payments.

Table of Contents

Factors Affecting Our Performance

Macroeconomic Environment

The macroeconomic environment in which we operate impacts consumer behavior and may have a significant impact on our business. While positive conditions in the economy generally promote customer spending on our sites and in our stores, any economic weakness can result in a reduction of customer spending and have a significant negative impact on our results of operations. Macroeconomic factors that could cause significant negative impacts on our results of operations include, but are not limited to: inflationary pressures on consumers globally and on our supply chain; elevated interest rates; employment rates; business conditions; changes in the housing market; changes in stock markets; adverse developments affecting the financial services industry; the availability of credit, both for us and for our customers; foreign currency exchange rates; fuel, energy and raw materials costs; supply chain challenges; wars and geopolitical tensions; and the effects of tariffs.

Brand Awareness

Our ability to promote our brands and maintain brand awareness and loyalty is critical to our success. We have a significant opportunity to continue to grow awareness and loyalty to our brands through word of mouth, brand marketing, performance marketing, wholesale and marketplace opportunities, and increased store openings in key locations. We plan to continue to invest in performance marketing and increase our investment in brand awareness across our brands to drive our future growth. Failure to successfully promote our brands and maintain brand awareness would have an adverse impact to our operating results.

Customer Acquisition

To continue to grow our business profitably, we intend to acquire new customers and retain our existing customers at a reasonable cost. Our methods to acquire customers have evolved and will need to continue evolving in response to changes in shopping behaviors, content consumption, costs to advertise and developments in technology. Competition for social media and influencer-based marketing channels continues to increase, making it more difficult to differentiate ourselves and cost-effectively acquire customers. Failure to continue attracting customers efficiently and profitably would adversely impact our profitability and operating results.

Customer Retention

Our results are driven not only by the ability of our brands to acquire customers, but also by their ability to retain customers and encourage repeat purchases. We monitor retention across our entire customer base and use loyalty programs to attempt to retain customers. Failure to retain customers would adversely impact our profitability and operating results.

Inventory Management

Our test, repeat & clear inventory strategy, utilized fully by our Princess Polly and Petal & Pup brands, consists of smaller initial inventory purchases followed by analysis of real-time data and customer feedback, which allows us to identify and quickly re-order best sellers. While our initial orders are limited in size and, therefore, limit financial risk, we nonetheless purchase inventory in anticipation of future demand and therefore are exposed to potential shifts in customer preferences and price sensitivity over time. We have begun to adopt this strategy, with initial success, at our Culture Kings and mnml brands as well.

Investment in our Operations and Infrastructure

We will continue to invest in our operations to facilitate further growth of our business. We intend to invest in headcount, inventory, stores, fulfillment, logistics, and software and data capabilities, including best-in-class third-party providers in order to improve customer experience, expand into more markets and drive operational efficiencies. While we are disciplined in our capital spending and believe we can generate positive returns on our investments over the long term, we cannot guarantee that increased spending on these investments will be cost effective or result in future growth in our customer base.

Table of Contents

Foreign Currency Rate Fluctuations

Our international operations have provided and are expected to continue to provide a significant portion of our Company’s net sales and operating income. As a result, our Company’s net sales and operating income will continue to be affected by changes in the U.S. dollar against international currencies, predominantly against the Australian dollar. In order to provide a framework for assessing the performance of our underlying business, excluding the effects of foreign currency rate fluctuations, we compare the percent change in the results from one period to another period in this Annual Report on Form 10-K using a constant currency methodology wherein current and comparative prior period results for our operations reporting in currencies other than U.S. dollars are converted into U.S. dollars at constant exchange rates (i.e., the rates in effect on December 31, 2023, which was the last day of our prior fiscal year) rather than the actual exchange rates in effect during the respective periods. Such disclosure throughout our Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations will be described as “on a constant currency basis.” Volatility in currency exchange rates may impact the results, including net sales and operating income, of the Company in the future.

Table of Contents

Results of Operations

The following tables set forth our results of operations for the periods presented and express the relationship of certain line items as a percentage of net sales for those periods. The period-to-period comparison of financial results is not necessarily indicative of future results.


	Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands)	2024		2023		2022
Net sales	$	574,697	$	546,258	$	611,738
Cost of sales	247,192		245,978		274,491
Gross profit	327,505		300,280		337,247
Operating expenses:
Selling	161,852		149,307		166,070
Marketing	74,710		68,907		66,730
General and administrative	101,264		96,951		102,700
Goodwill impairment	—		68,524		173,786
Total operating expenses	337,826		383,689		509,286
Loss from operations	(10,321)		(83,409)		(172,039)
Other expense, net:
Interest expense	(10,296)		(11,165)		(7,043)

Other expense	(1,044)		(2,391)		(1,532)
Total other expense, net	(11,340)		(13,556)		(8,575)
Loss before income taxes	(21,661)		(96,965)		(180,614)
(Provision for) benefit from income tax	(4,329)		(1,921)		3,917
Net loss	$	(25,990)	$	(98,886)	$	(176,697)


	Year Ended December 31,
	2024		2023		2022
Net sales	100	%	100	%	100	%
Cost of sales	43	%	45	%	45	%
Gross profit	57	%	55	%	55	%
Operating expenses:
Selling	28	%	27	%	27	%
Marketing	13	%	13	%	11	%
General and administrative	18	%	18	%	17	%
Goodwill impairment	—	%	13	%	28	%
Total operating expenses	59	%	70	%	83	%
Loss from operations	(2	%)	(15	%)	(28	%)
Other expense, net:
Interest expense	(2	%)	(2%)		(1%)

Other expense	—	%	—%		—%
Total other expense, net	(2	%)	(2%)		(1%)
Loss before income taxes	(4	%)	(18	%)	(30	%)
(Provision for) benefit from income tax	(1	%)	—%		1%
Net loss	(5	%)	(18	%)	(29	%)

Table of Contents

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2024 and 2023

Net Sales


	Years Ended December 31,
	2024		2023
Net sales	$	574,697	$	546,258

Net sales increased by $28.4 million, or 5%, in 2024 compared to 2023. The overall increase in net sales was primarily driven by an 7% increase in the number of orders we processed in 2024 compared to 2023, partially offset by a decrease in our average order value of 1%, from $80 in 2023 to $79 in 2024. The increase in the number of orders was primarily driven by growth in the U.S. across all sales channels. On a constant currency basis, net sales and average order value for 2024 would have increased 7% and decreased 1%, respectively, as compared to 2023.

Cost of Sales


	Years Ended December 31,
	2024			2023
Cost of sales	$	247,192		$	245,978
Percent of net sales	43		%	45		%

Cost of sales increased by $1.2 million in 2024 compared to 2023, due to a 7% increase in the total number of orders in 2024, as compared to 2023, and the effect of growing wholesale and marketplace initiatives, mostly offset by more full price selling and an improved inventory position. The decrease in cost of sales as a percentage of net sales was primarily due to the impact from more full price selling and improved inventory position, partially offset by the effect of growing wholesale initiatives, which have lower gross margins.

Gross Profit


	Years Ended December 31,
	2024			2023
Gross profit	$	327,505		$	300,280
Gross margin	57		%	55		%

Gross profit increased by $27.2 million, or 9%, in 2024 compared to 2023. This increase was primarily driven by the 5% increase in net sales in 2024, as compared to 2023, and an increase in gross margin. Gross margin increased primarily due to the impact from more full price selling and improved inventory position, partially offset by the effect of growing wholesale initiatives, which have lower gross margins.

Selling Expenses


	Years Ended December 31,
	2024			2023
Selling	$	161,852		$	149,307
Percent of net sales	28		%	27		%

Selling expenses increased by $12.5 million, or 8%, in 2024 compared to 2023. This increase was driven by the 5% increase in net sales, as well as the opening of additional stores and the impact from growing marketplace initiatives in 2024 compared to 2023. The increase in selling expenses as a percentage of net sales was primarily due to the opening of additional stores and the impact from growing marketplace initiatives.

Table of Contents

Marketing Expenses


	Years Ended December 31,
	2024			2023
Marketing	$	74,710		$	68,907
Percent of net sales	13		%	13		%

Marketing expenses increased by $5.8 million, or 8%, in 2024 compared to 2023. Marketing expenses as a percentage of net sales for 2024 was flat compared to 2023.

General and Administrative Expenses


	Years Ended December 31,
	2024			2023
General and administrative	$	101,264		$	96,951
Percent of net sales	18		%	18		%

General and administrative expenses increased by $4.3 million, or 4%, in 2024 compared to 2023. The increase was primarily driven by a $6.2 million increase in wages and incentive compensation expense, a $2.0 million accrual for a legal matter, and a $2.1 million increase in other non-routine legal matters. Partially offsetting these increases was a $1.8 million decrease in intangible amortization, a $1.6 million decrease in sales tax penalties and interest, a $1.4 million decrease in professional and administrative fees and a $1.1 million decrease in insurance costs. General and administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales for 2024 was flat compared to 2023.

Goodwill Impairment


	Years Ended December 31,
	2024			2023
Goodwill impairment	$	—		$	68,524
Percent of net sales	—		%	13		%

There was no goodwill impairment in 2024. Goodwill impairment in 2023 was recognized on the goodwill recorded from the acquisitions of the Culture Kings and Petal & Pup reporting units.

Other Expense, net


	Years Ended December 31,
	2024			2023
Other expense, net:
Interest expense	$	(10,296)		$	(11,165)

Other expense	(1,044)			(2,391)
Total other expense, net	$	(11,340)		$	(13,556)
Percent of net sales	(2		%)	(2		%)

Other expense, net decreased by $2.2 million, or 16%, in 2024 compared to 2023, primarily due to lower interest expense from a reduction in our long-term balance, the impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates and the loss recognized on the sale of the Rebdolls reporting unit in 2023.

Table of Contents

Provision for Income Tax


	Years Ended December 31,
	2024			2023
Provision for income tax	$	(4,329)		$	(1,921)
Percent of net sales	(1		%)	—		%
Effective tax rate	(20		%)	(2		%)

Provision for income tax increased by $2.4 million, or 125%, in 2024 compared to 2023. This increase was primarily due to limitations in interest expense deduction in Australia and the additional valuation allowance on the net deferred tax assets in the U.S.

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2023 and 2022

Net Sales


	Years Ended December 31,
	2023		2022
Net sales	$	546,258	$	611,738

Net sales decreased by $65.5 million, or 11%, in 2023 compared to 2022. The overall decrease in net sales was primarily driven by an 8% decrease in the number of orders we processed in 2023 compared to 2022, which drove a decrease in net sales of $49.7 million, and a decrease in our average order value of 2%, from $82 in 2022 to $80 in 2023, which drove a decrease in net sales of $15.8 million. The decrease in the number of orders and average order value were primarily due to adverse macroeconomic conditions in Australia and New Zealand. On a constant currency basis, net sales and average order value for 2023 would have decreased 9% and 1%, respectively, as compared to 2022.

Cost of Sales


	Years Ended December 31,
	2023			2022
Cost of sales	$	245,978		$	274,491
Percent of net sales	45		%	45		%

Cost of sales decreased by $28.5 million, or 10%, in 2023 compared to 2022. This decrease was primarily driven by an 8% decrease in the total number of orders in 2023, as compared to 2022, a decrease in our average order value of 2% and lower inbound air freight costs, partially offset by a higher merchandise return rate. While cost of sales as a percent of net sales was flat in 2023 compared to 2022, cost of sales as a percent of net sales would have increased due to targeted discounting in Culture Kings Australia and a higher merchandise return rate if not offset by lower inbound air freight costs.

Gross Profit


	Years Ended December 31,
	2023			2022
Gross profit	$	300,280		$	337,247
Gross margin	55		%	55		%

Gross profit decreased by $37.0 million, or 11%, in 2023 compared to 2022. This decrease was primarily driven by the 11% decrease in net sales, as well as a higher merchandise return rate. These impacts were partially offset by lower air freight expense. While gross margin was flat in 2023 compared to 2022, gross margin would have decreased due to targeted discounting in Culture Kings Australia and a higher merchandise return rate, if not offset by lower inbound air freight costs.

Table of Contents

Selling Expenses


	Years Ended December 31,
	2023			2022
Selling	$	149,307		$	166,070
Percent of net sales	27		%	27		%

Selling expenses decreased by $16.8 million, or 10%, in 2023 compared to 2022. This decrease was driven by the 8% decrease in the number of orders shipped in 2023 compared to 2022, and operational efficiencies in distribution, fulfillment and outbound shipping.

Marketing Expenses


	Years Ended December 31,
	2023			2022
Marketing	$	68,907		$	66,730
Percent of net sales	13		%	11		%

Marketing expenses increased by $2.2 million, or 3%, in 2023 compared to 2022. The increase in marketing expenses was driven by additional marketing spend due to reduced marketing effectiveness, particularly in Australia. The increase in marketing expenses as a percentage of net sales was primarily due to lower net sales in 2023 compared to 2022.

General and Administrative Expenses


	Years Ended December 31,
	2023			2022
General and administrative	$	96,951		$	102,700
Percent of net sales	18		%	17		%

General and administrative expenses decreased by $5.7 million, or 6%, in 2023 compared to 2022. The decrease was primarily driven by a $2.7 million decrease in intangible amortization, a $2.1 million decrease in wages and benefits and a $1.5 million decrease in insurance costs. A $1.2 million increase in professional fees partially offset these decreases. The increase in general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales resulted primarily from lower net sales in 2023 compared to 2022.

Goodwill Impairment


	Years Ended December 31,
	2023			2022
Goodwill impairment	$	68,524		$	173,786
Percent of net sales	13		%	28		%

Goodwill impairment decreased by $105.3 million, or 61%, in 2023 compared to 2022. Goodwill impairment in 2023 was recognized on the goodwill recorded from the acquisitions of the Culture Kings and Petal & Pup reporting units. Goodwill impairment in 2022 was recognized on the goodwill recorded from the acquisitions of the Culture Kings and Rebdolls reporting units. In August 2023, due to elevated interest rates and unfavorable demand in Australia, we reduced our earnings forecasts and expectations for the Culture Kings and Petal & Pup reporting units. This reduction was identified as a triggering event and a subsequent quantitative test concluded that the carrying value of the Culture Kings and Petal & Pup reporting units exceeded their fair values as of August 31, 2023. As of December 31, 2023, the goodwill related to Culture Kings was fully impaired, while $11.3 million of the goodwill related to Petal & Pup remained on our balance sheet.

Table of Contents

Other Expense, net


	Years Ended December 31,
	2023			2022
Other expense, net
Interest expense	$	(11,165)		$	(7,043)

Other expense	(2,391)			(1,532)
Total other expense, net	$	(13,556)		$	(8,575)
Percent of net sales	(2		%)	(1		%)

Other expense, net increased by $5.0 million in 2023 compared to 2022 primarily due to $4.1 million in additional interest expense from rising interest rates on our variable rate debt.

(Provision for) Benefit from Income Tax


	Years Ended December 31,
	2023			2022
(Provision for) benefit from income tax	$	(1,921)		$	3,917
Percent of net sales	—		%	1		%
Effective tax rate	2		%	(2		%)

Provision for income tax increased by $5.8 million, or 149%, in 2023 compared to 2022. This increase was primarily due to the increase in the valuation allowance on the net deferred tax assets in Australia.

Seasonality

The following table presents quarterly net sales as a percentage of total annual net sales:


	Years Ended December 31,
	2024		2023		2022
First quarter	20	%	22	%	24	%
Second quarter	26	%	25	%	26	%
Third quarter	26	%	26	%	25	%
Fourth quarter	28	%	27	%	25	%
Total	100	%	100	%	100	%

Our business is directly affected by the behavior of consumers. Economic conditions and competitive pressures can significantly impact, both positively and negatively, the level of demand by customers for our products. Consequently, the results of any prior quarterly or annual periods should not be relied upon as indications of our future operating performance.

Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of December 31, 2024, our principal sources of liquidity were cash and cash equivalents totaling $24.2 million, our revolving line of credit and our term loan accordion provision.

As of December 31, 2024, most of our cash was held for working capital purposes. We have historically financed our operations and capital expenditures primarily through cash flows generated by operations, the incurrence of debt and through the issuance of equity. We believe that our existing cash, together with cash generated from operations and available borrowing capacity under our credit facilities and lines of credit, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for the next 12 months. We believe that cash generated from ongoing operations and continued access to debt markets will be sufficient to satisfy our cash requirements beyond 12 months. However, our liquidity assumptions may prove to be incorrect, and we could exhaust our available financial resources sooner than we currently expect. We may seek to borrow funds under our credit facility or raise additional funds at any time through equity, equity-linked or debt financing arrangements. Our future capital requirements and the adequacy of available funds will depend on many factors, including those described in the section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K captioned “Risk Factors.” We may not be able to secure additional financing to meet our operating requirements on acceptable terms, or at all. The inability to raise capital if needed would adversely affect our ability to achieve our business objectives.

Senior Secured Credit Facility

In connection with our initial public offering of common stock in September 2021 (the “IPO”), we entered into a senior secured credit facility comprised of a $100.0 million term loan and a $50.0 million revolving line of credit, with an option of up to $50.0 million in an additional term loan through an accordion provision. We used borrowings under this credit facility, together with a portion of the proceeds from the IPO, to repay our previous debt in full. As of December 31, 2024, we owed a combined $89.1 million in term loan and accordion borrowings, as well as $23.3 million borrowed under the revolving line of credit. The term loan requires us to make amortized annual payments of 5.0% during the first and second years, 7.5% during the third and fourth years and 10.0% during the fifth year with the balance of the loan due at maturity in September 2026. Borrowings under the term loan accrue interest at Term SOFR, as defined in the credit agreement for the senior secured credit facility (the “Credit Agreement”), plus an applicable margin dependent upon our net leverage ratio, as defined in the Credit Agreement. The revolving line of credit, when used, also accrues interest at Term SOFR plus an applicable margin dependent upon our net leverage ratio. The highest interest rates under the Credit Agreement for both the term loan and the revolving line of credit occur at a net leverage ratio of greater than 2.75x, yielding an interest rate of a benchmark rate plus 3.25%. The accordion provision allows us to borrow additional amounts of term loan at terms to be agreed upon at the time of issuance, but on substantially the same basis as the original term loan. As of December 31, 2024, principal payments of our term loan and accordion for the next twelve months are anticipated to total $6.3 million.

Under the senior secured credit facility, we are subject to certain financial covenant ratios and certain annual mandatory prepayment terms based on excess cash flows, as defined in the Credit Agreement, based on our net leverage ratio. If we are unable to comply with certain financial covenant ratios, which include provisions that are not precisely defined and are subject to interpretation, and terms requiring mandatory prepayment based on a percentage of excess cash flows, our long-term liquidity position may be adversely impacted. Furthermore, the variable interest rates associated with our senior secured credit facility could result in interest payments that are higher than anticipated. We were in compliance with all debt covenants as of December 31, 2024, and expect to be in compliance beyond the next 12 months, although our ability to meet these financial ratios and tests can be affected by the interpretation of certain provisions in our Credit Agreement, macro economic factors and the seasonality of our business, which is more concentrated in the third and fourth fiscal quarters.

Refer to Note 7, “Debt,” in the notes to our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information regarding our senior secured credit facility.

Material Cash Requirements

Our material cash requirements include operating lease obligations and inventory purchase commitments.

We have lease arrangements for certain equipment and facilities, primarily office locations, warehouse facilities and retail stores. Most of our property, equipment and software have been purchased with cash. As of December 31, 2024, our future minimum payments under non-cancelable operating leases totaled $92.9 million, with $13.2 million payable within the next 12 months.

While we routinely contract for the purchase of inventory from vendors, we have no material purchase obligations outstanding with any vendors or third parties.

Table of Contents

Additionally, we plan to incur capital expenditures of approximately $12.0 to $14.0 million in 2025. This reflects the planned opening of 6-8 new stores, as well as investments in infrastructure and technology.

Historical Cash Flows


	Year Ended December 31,
	2024		2023		2022
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	$	669	$	33,426	$	(319)
Net cash used in investing activities	(11,594)		(6,031)		(25,314)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	15,506		(52,829)		33,260

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Operating Activities

Cash provided by (used in) operating activities consists primarily of net income (loss) adjusted for certain non-cash items, including depreciation, amortization, equity-based compensation, the effect of changes in working capital and other activities.

In 2024, net cash provided by operating activities decreased $32.8 million. This was attributable primarily to more cash used to purchase inventory in 2024, as compared to 2023, to support growth in the U.S., partially offset by the timing of payments.

In 2023, net cash provided by operating activities increased $33.7 million. This was attributable primarily to a decrease in inventory compared to 2022, which was driven by reduced inventory buying and sell-through of aged inventory, partially offset by lower earnings.

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

Our primary investing activities have consisted of acquisitions to support our overall business growth, and investments in fulfillment centers, stores and internally developed software to support our infrastructure. Purchases of property and equipment may vary from period to period due to timing of the expansion of our operations.

In 2024, net cash used in investing activities increased $5.6 million. This was attributable to additional capital expenditures related to new stores.

In 2023, net cash used in investing activities decreased $19.3 million. This was attributable to a reduction in purchases of property and equipment and the cash paid from holdbacks in the prior period related to the mnml acquisition. The purchases of property and equipment in the prior year were primarily due to the build-out of the Culture Kings Las Vegas store.

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities

Our financing activities have historically consisted of cash proceeds from borrowings, cash used to pay down borrowings, cash received from the sale of our common stock in the IPO and cash used to repurchase shares of our common stock.

In 2024, net cash provided by financing activities increased $68.3 million as compared to net cash used in financing activities in 2023. This was primarily attributable to the combined $50.7 million in principal payments, net of borrowings, on our senior secured credit facility in 2023 and the $17.9 million in borrowings, net of repayments, under our senior secured credit facility in 2024.

In 2023, net cash used in financing activities increased $86.1 million as compared to net cash provided by financing activities in 2022. This was primarily attributable to the combined $50.7 million in principal payments, net of borrowings, on our senior secured credit facility in 2023 and the $34.4 million in borrowings, net of repayments, under our senior secured credit facility in 2022.

Table of Contents

Share Repurchase Program

On May 25, 2023, our board of directors approved the Share Repurchase Program, authorizing us to repurchase up to $2.0 million of shares of our common stock. Subsequently, in 2023, our board of directors approved an additional repurchase capacity under the Share Repurchase Program of $3.0 million of shares of our common stock. The timing of any of our repurchases and the actual number of shares repurchased are at our discretion, and, in deciding when to repurchase shares and the amount of shares to repurchase, we will consider available liquidity, general market and economic conditions, alternate uses for the capital and other factors. Share repurchases may be made from time to time through a Rule 10b5-1 trading plan, open market transactions, block trades or in private transactions in accordance with applicable securities laws and regulations and other legal requirements. The Share Repurchase Program may be suspended or discontinued at any time and has no expiration date. All repurchased shares under the Share Repurchase Program will be retired.

During the year ended December 31, 2024, we repurchased 131,618 shares of our common stock under the Share Repurchase Program for $1.5 million, at an average price of $11.53 per share.

Critical Accounting Estimates

We believe that the following accounting estimates involve a high degree of judgment and complexity. Refer to Note 2, “Significant Accounting Policies,” in the notes to our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a description of our significant accounting policies. The preparation of our financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the amounts reported in those financial statements and accompanying notes. Although we believe that the estimates we use are reasonable, due to the inherent uncertainty involved in making those estimates, actual results reported in future periods could differ from those estimates.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is primarily derived from the sale of apparel merchandise through our online websites, stores, third-party marketplaces, wholesale partnerships and, when applicable, shipping revenue. We determine revenue recognition through the following steps in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606):

•identification of the contract, or contracts, with a customer;

•identification of the performance obligations in the contract;

•determination of the transaction price;

•allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and

•recognition of revenue when, or as, we satisfy a performance obligation.

Revenue is recognized upon shipment when control of the promised goods or services is transferred to our customers, or at point of sale for purchases in our stores, in an amount that reflects the consideration we expect to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services. Our revenue is reported net of sales returns and discounts. We estimate our liability for product returns based on historical return trends and an evaluation of current economic and market conditions, all of which have a degree of uncertainty. We record the expected customer refund liability as a reduction to revenue, and the expected inventory right of recovery as a reduction of cost of goods sold. If actual return costs differ from previous estimates, the amount of the liability and corresponding revenue are adjusted in the period in which such costs occur. We have not made any material changes to our assumptions included in our calculations of expected customer refund activity during the year ended December 31, 2024.

Inventory

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Cost is determined using an average cost method. Cost of inventory includes import duties and other taxes and transport and handling costs to deliver the inventory to our distribution centers or stores. We write down inventory where it appears that the carrying cost of the inventory may not be recovered through subsequent sale of the inventory. We analyze the quantity of inventory on hand, the quantity sold in the past year, the anticipated sales volume, the expected sales price and the cost of making the sale when evaluating the value of our inventory. If the sales volume or sales price of specific products declines, additional write-downs may be required. We have not made any material changes to our assumptions included in the calculations of the lower of cost or net realizable value reserves during the year ended December 31, 2024.

Table of Contents

Goodwill and Impairment of Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets, including the amount assigned to identifiable intangible assets. The primary drivers that generate goodwill are the value of synergies between the acquired entities and the Company and the acquired assembled workforce, neither of which qualifies as a separately identifiable intangible asset.

Goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually, in the fourth quarter and whenever changes in circumstances indicate an impairment may exist. The goodwill impairment test is performed at the reporting unit level, which is generally at the level of or one level below an operating segment. A qualitative assessment is first performed to determine whether a quantitative goodwill impairment test is necessary. If management determines, after performing an assessment based on the qualitative factors, that the fair value of the reporting unit is more likely than not less than the carrying amount, or that a fair value of the reporting unit substantially in the excess of the carrying amount cannot be assured, then a quantitative goodwill impairment test would be required. Annually, as of October 31, a quantitative test for goodwill impairment is performed by determining the fair value of the related reporting units using both income-based and market-based valuation methods. The income-based approach is based on the reporting unit’s forecasted future cash flows that are discounted to present value using the reporting unit’s weighted average cost of capital. The market-based approach is based on the guideline company and similar transaction methods. The guideline company method analyzes market multiples of revenues and earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) for a group of comparable public companies. Under the similar transactions method, valuation multiples are calculated utilizing actual transaction prices and revenue/EBITDA data from target companies deemed similar to the reporting unit.

Based on the range of estimated fair values developed from the income and market-based methods, we determine the estimated fair value for the reporting unit. If the estimated fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, the goodwill is not impaired and no further review is required. However, if the estimated fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value, we calculate the impairment loss as the difference between the carrying value of the reporting unit and the estimated fair value.

The income-based fair value methodology requires management’s assumptions and judgments regarding economic conditions in the markets in which we operate and conditions in the capital markets, many of which are outside of management’s control. At the reporting unit level, fair value estimation requires management’s assumptions and judgments regarding the effects of overall economic conditions on the specific reporting unit, along with assessment of the reporting unit’s strategies and forecasts of future cash flows. Forecasts of individual reporting unit cash flows involve management’s estimates and assumptions regarding:

•Annual cash flows, on a debt-free basis, arising from future revenues and earnings, changes in working capital, capital spending and income taxes for at least an 8-year forecast period.

•A terminal growth rate for years beyond the forecast period. The terminal growth rate is selected based on consideration of growth rates used in the forecast period, historical performance of the reporting unit and economic conditions.

•A discount rate that reflects the risks inherent in realizing the forecasted cash flows.

Under the market-based fair value methodology, judgment is required in evaluating market multiples and recent transactions. Management believes that the assumptions used for its impairment tests are representative of those that would be used by market participants performing similar valuations of our reporting units.

The carrying value of definite-lived intangible assets is reviewed whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of the assets might not be recoverable. Factors that would necessitate an impairment assessment include a significant adverse change in the extent or manner in which an asset is used, a significant adverse change in legal factors or the business climate that could affect the value of the asset or a significant decline in the observable market value of an asset, among others. If such facts indicate a potential impairment, we would assess the recoverability of an asset group by determining if the carrying value of the asset group exceeds the sum of the projected undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the assets over the remaining economic life of the primary asset in the asset group. If the recoverability test indicates the carrying value of the asset group is not recoverable, we will estimate the fair value of the asset group using the discounted cash flow method. Any impairment would be measured as the difference between the asset group's carrying amount and its estimated fair value.

As discussed above, significant judgment and estimates are required in assessing impairment of goodwill and intangible assets, including identifying whether events or changes in circumstances require an impairment assessment, estimating future cash flows and determining appropriate discount rates. Our estimates of fair value are based on assumptions believed to be reasonable, but which are inherently uncertain and unpredictable and, as a result, actual results may differ from estimates.

Table of Contents

In August 2023, due to elevated interest rates and unfavorable demand in Australia, we reduced our forecasts and expectations for the Culture Kings and Petal & Pup reporting units. This reduction was identified as a triggering event and a subsequent quantitative test concluded that the carrying value of the Culture Kings and Petal & Pup reporting units exceeded their fair values as of August 31, 2023. As a result, we recorded a non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $68.5 million during the third quarter of 2023. As of December 31, 2023, $11.3 million of goodwill related to Petal & Pup remained on our balance sheet, while the goodwill related to Culture Kings was fully impaired. Additionally, as of December 31, 2024, the estimated fair value of the mnml reporting unit exceeded the carrying value by 11.2%, and the carrying value of the related goodwill was $30.0 million. No impairment was identified as part of the annual goodwill impairment test conducted in 2024.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and are recorded net on the balance sheet. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. We recognize the effect of income tax positions only if those positions are more likely than not of being sustained. Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely of being realized. This assessment involves uncertainty and judgment. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs. We have not made any material changes to our assumptions and estimates related to our income tax positions during the year ended December 31, 2024.

Table of Contents

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

As a “smaller reporting company,” as defined in Item 10 of Regulation S-K, we are not required to provide this information.

Table of Contents

ITEM 8. CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

a.k.a. BRANDS HOLDING CORP.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


		Page
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM (PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, New York, New York, Auditor Firm ID: 238)		72
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM (PricewaterhouseCoopers, Melbourne, Australia, Auditor Firm ID: 1379)		73
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS		74
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME		75
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME		76
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY		77
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS		78
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS		80
N ote 1	Organization and Description of Business	80
N ote 2	S ignificant Accounting Poli cies	80
N ote 3	P repaid Expenses and Other Current Assets	87
N ote 4	P rop erty and Equipment, Net	87
N ote 5	G oodwill	88
N ote 6	I ntan gible Assets	88
N ote 7	D ebt	89
N ote 8	L eases	90
N ote 9	I ncome Taxes	91
N ote 10	A ccrued Liabilities	94
N ote 11	D eferred Re venue	94
N ote 12	E quity-based Compensation	94
N ote 13	S tockholders ’ Equity	98
N ote 14	N et Loss Per Share	99
N ote 15	C ommitments and Contin gencies	99
N ote 16	S egment Information	99
N ote 17	S ubsequent Events	100

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of a.k.a. Brands Holding Corp.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of a.k.a. Brands Holding Corp. and its subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 2024, and the related consolidated statement of income, of comprehensive income, of stockholders’ equity and of cash flows for the period ended December 31, 2024, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the "consolidated financial statements"). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2024, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period ended December 31, 2024 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Los Angeles, California

March 6, 2025

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2024.

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of a.k.a. Brands Holding Corp.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the consolidated balance sheet of a.k.a. Brands Holding Corp. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2023, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2023, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2023 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2023 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers

Melbourne, Australia

March 7, 2024

We served as the Company’s auditor from 2021 through 2024.

Table of Contents

a.k.a. BRANDS HOLDING CORP.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)


	December 31,
	2024		2023
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	24,192	$	21,859
Accounts receivable, net	8,107		4,796
Inventory	95,750		91,024

Prepaid expenses and other current assets	16,720		18,016
Total current assets	144,769		135,695
Property and equipment, net	31,262		27,154
Operating lease right-of-use assets	65,382		37,465
Intangible assets, net	52,354		64,322
Goodwill	89,254		94,898
Deferred tax assets	47		1,569
Other assets	2,136		618
Total assets	$	385,204	$	361,721
Liabilities and stockholders’ equity
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	30,299	$	28,279
Accrued liabilities	31,216		25,223
Sales returns reserve	7,587		9,610
Deferred revenue	12,215		11,782
Income taxes payable	1,039		257
Operating lease liabilities, current	8,382		7,510
Current portion of long-term debt	6,300		3,300
Total current liabilities	97,038		85,961
Long-term debt	105,411		90,094
Operating lease liabilities	63,496		35,344
Other long-term liabilities	1,625		1,704

Total liabilities	267,570		213,103
Commitments and contingencies (Note 15)
Stockholders’ equity:
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 50,000,000 shares authorized; zero shares issued or outstanding as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively	—		—
Common stock, $0.001 par value; 500,000,000 shares authorized; 10,669,649 and 10,567,881 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively	128		128
Additional paid-in capital	471,758		466,172
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	(60,849)		(50,269)
Accumulated deficit	(293,403)		(267,413)

Total stockholders’ equity	117,634		148,618
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$	385,204	$	361,721

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

Table of Contents

a.k.a. BRANDS HOLDING CORP.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)


	Year Ended December 31,
	2024		2023		2022
Net sales	$	574,697	$	546,258	$	611,738
Cost of sales	247,192		245,978		274,491
Gross profit	327,505		300,280		337,247
Operating expenses:
Selling	161,852		149,307		166,070
Marketing	74,710		68,907		66,730
General and administrative	101,264		96,951		102,700
Goodwill impairment	—		68,524		173,786
Total operating expenses	337,826		383,689		509,286
Loss from operations	(10,321)		(83,409)		(172,039)
Other expense, net:
Interest expense	(10,296)		(11,165)		(7,043)

Other expense	(1,044)		(2,391)		(1,532)
Total other expense, net	(11,340)		(13,556)		(8,575)
Loss before income taxes	(21,661)		(96,965)		(180,614)
(Provision for) benefit from income tax	(4,329)		(1,921)		3,917
Net loss	$	(25,990)	$	(98,886)	$	(176,697)



Net loss per share, basic and diluted*	$	(2.46)	$	(9.24)	$	(16.47)


Weighted average shares outstanding, basic and diluted*	10,567,656		10,707,024		10,726,392

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

* Adjusted for the one-for-12 Reverse Stock Split. Refer to Note 13, “Stockholders’ Equity.”

Table of Contents

a.k.a. BRANDS HOLDING CORP.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(in thousands)


	Year Ended December 31,
	2024		2023		2022
Net loss	$	(25,990)	$	(98,886)	$	(176,697)
Other comprehensive loss:
Currency translation	(10,580)		(5,084)		(34,105)
Total comprehensive loss	$	(36,570)	$	(103,970)	$	(210,802)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

Table of Contents

a.k.a. BRANDS HOLDING CORP.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(in thousands, except share and unit data)


	Common Stock			Additional Paid-In Capital	Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss		Retained Earnings (Accumulated Deficit)				Total Equity
	Shares(1)	Amount
























Balance as of December 31, 2021	10,720,653	$	129		$	453,807	$	(11,080)	$	8,170		$	451,026
Equity-based compensation	—	—			6,730		—		—			6,730
Issuance of common stock under employee equity plans, net of shares withheld	29,933	—			123		—		—			123
Cumulative translation adjustment	—	—			—		(34,105)		—			(34,105)
Net loss	—	—			—		—		(176,697)			(176,697)
Balance as of December 31, 2022	10,750,586	129			460,660		(45,185)		(168,527)			247,077
Equity-based compensation	—	—			7,640		—		—			7,640
Issuance of common stock under employee equity plans, net of shares withheld	137,801	—			(28)		—		—			(28)
Repurchase of shares	(320,506)	(1)			(2,100)		—		—			(2,101)
Cumulative translation adjustment	—	—			—		(5,084)		—			(5,084)
Net loss	—	—			—		—		(98,886)			(98,886)
Balance as of December 31, 2023	10,567,881	128			466,172		(50,269)		(267,413)			148,618
Equity-based compensation	—	—			7,980		—		—			7,980
Issuance of common stock under employee equity plans, net of shares withheld	232,805	—			(879)		—		—			(879)
Repurchase of shares	(131,037)	—			(1,515)		—		—			(1,515)
Cumulative translation adjustment	—	—			—		(10,580)		—			(10,580)
Net loss	—	—			—		—		(25,990)			(25,990)
Balance as of December 31, 2024	10,669,649	$	128		$	471,758	$	(60,849)	$	(293,403)		$	117,634

_________

(1)Adjusted for the one-for-12 Reverse Stock Split. Refer to Note 13, “Stockholders’ Equity.”

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

Table of Contents

a.k.a. BRANDS HOLDING CORP.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)


	Year Ended December 31,
	2024		2023		2022
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net loss	$	(25,990)	$	(98,886)	$	(176,697)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
Depreciation expense	6,550		7,605		6,156
Amortization expense	11,047		11,536		14,192
Amortization of inventory fair value adjustment	—		—		707
Amortization of debt issuance costs	597		624		647


Lease incentives	—		1,596		1,722
Loss on disposal of businesses	673		1,533		—
Non-cash operating lease expense	8,979		7,766		9,779
Equity-based compensation	7,980		7,640		6,730
Deferred income taxes, net	1,508		(745)		(4,064)
Goodwill impairment	—		68,524		173,786
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions:
Accounts receivable, net	(3,294)		(1,283)		(602)
Inventory	(10,657)		32,149		(16,257)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	1,539		(2,789)		6,134
Accounts payable	2,442		7,512		(1,888)
Income taxes payable	778		6,214		(2,442)
Accrued liabilities	7,138		(13,982)		(7,419)
Sales returns reserve	(1,849)		5,566		(2,678)
Deferred revenue	856		522		267
Lease liabilities	(7,628)		(7,676)		(8,392)

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	669		33,426		(319)
Cash flows from investing activities:
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired	—		—		(5,321)


Purchases of intangible assets	(2)		(61)		(247)
Purchases of property and equipment	(11,592)		(5,970)		(19,746)
Net cash used in investing activities	(11,594)		(6,031)		(25,314)
Cash flows from financing activities:

Payments of costs related to initial public offering	—		—		(1,142)
Proceeds from line of credit	49,500		11,500		40,000
Repayment of line of credit	(26,200)		(51,500)		—
Proceeds from issuance of debt, net of issuance costs	—		—		(121)
Repayment of debt	(5,400)		(10,700)		(5,600)
Taxes paid related to net share settlement of equity awards	(1,103)		(191)		(104)
Proceeds from issuances under equity-based compensation plans	224		162		227

Repurchase of shares	(1,515)		(2,100)		—
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	15,506		(52,829)		33,260
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash	(2,131)		1,090		(272)
Net change in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash	2,450		(24,344)		7,355
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of year	24,029		48,373		41,018
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of year	$	26,479	$	24,029	$	48,373

Table of Contents

a.k.a. BRANDS HOLDING CORP.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)


	Year Ended December 31,
	2024		2023		2022
Reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	24,192	$	21,859	$	46,319
Restricted cash, included in prepaid expenses and other current assets	577		2,170		2,054
Restricted cash, included in other assets	1,710		—		—
Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash	$	26,479	$	24,029	$	48,373
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
Interest paid	$	9,770	$	10,515	$	6,296
Income tax paid (refund received), net	2,056		(4,039)		2,329
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash activities:
Right-of-use asset additions under operating leases	$	38,534	$	8,447	$	22,237
Property and equipment expenditures included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities	773		70		539

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

Table of Contents

a.k.a. BRANDS HOLDING CORP.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(tabular amounts in thousands, except share, per share data, unit, per unit data, ratios, or as noted)

Note 1. Organization and Description of Business

a.k.a. Brands Holding Corp. (together with its wholly owned subsidiaries, collectively, the “Company”), which operates under the name “a.k.a. Brands” or “a.k.a.,” is a portfolio of next-generation fashion brands for the next generation of consumers. The Company seeks to leverage its industry expertise and operational synergies to accelerate its brands so they can grow faster, reach broader audiences, achieve greater scale and enhance their profitability.

The Company is headquartered in San Francisco, California, with buying, studio, marketing, fulfillment and administrative functions primarily in Australia and the United States.

Note 2. Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the balances of the Company and all of its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could materially differ from those estimates. On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates items subject to significant estimates and assumptions.

Certain Risks and Concentrations

The Company is subject to certain risks, including credit risk, dependence on third-party technology providers and hosting services for website servers, exposure to risks associated with online commerce security, credit card fraud, as well as the interpretation of state and local laws and regulations in regard to the collection and remittance of sales and use taxes. The Company does not have significant customer or vendor concentrations.

Financial instruments that subject the Company to credit risk consist of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash and accounts receivable. Although the Company’s deposits held with banks may exceed the amount of federal insurance provided on such deposits, the Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts. The Company is exposed to credit risk in the event of a default by the financial institutions holding its cash and cash equivalents for the amounts reflected on the consolidated balance sheets.

As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company had $13.5 million and $9.3 million, respectively, on deposit in banks outside of the United States.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity (at date of purchase) of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents consist primarily of demand deposits and receivables from third-party credit card processors. Cash equivalents are carried at cost, which approximates fair value.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable consists of trade accounts receivable that are reported net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. The Company had $0.1 million and $0.2 million in allowance for doubtful accounts as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

Table of Contents

Inventory

Inventories are accounted for using an average cost method and are valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost of inventory includes import duties and other taxes and transport and handling costs. The Company records a provision for excess and obsolete inventory to adjust the carrying value of inventory based on assumptions regarding future demand for the Company’s products.

Lower of cost or net realizable value is evaluated by considering obsolescence, excess levels of inventory, deterioration and other factors. The Company analyzes the quantity of inventory on hand, the quantity sold in the past year, the anticipated sales volume, the expected sales price and the cost of making the sale when evaluating the net realizable value of its inventory. If the sales volume or sales price of specific products declines, additional write-downs may be required. Excess and obsolete inventory is charged to cost of goods sold in the period the write-down is estimated.

Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consist primarily of advance payments on inventory to be delivered from vendors, security deposits, prepaid packaging and insurance.

Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment are recorded at cost, net of accumulated depreciation. Repair and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which range from three to ten years.


			Estimated useful life (years)
Furniture and fixtures			5 - 10 years
Machinery and equipment			5 - 10 years
Computer equipment and capitalized software			3 - 5 years
Buildings and leasehold improvements			Shorter of the lease term or the estimated life of the assets

Upon the sale or disposal of property and equipment, the cost and related accumulated depreciation and amortization are removed from the consolidated balance sheets and the resulting gain or loss is reflected in general and administrative expense in the consolidated statements of income. Property and equipment that is fully depreciated as of the last day of a fiscal year is written off during the first quarter of the following year.

The Company incurs costs related to the development of the Company’s websites and capitalizes these website development costs incurred during the website development stage. Capitalized website costs include salary and benefit costs for Company employees and contractors that develop the website. When the development phase is substantially complete and the website is ready for its intended purpose, capitalized costs are depreciated using the straight-line method over the useful life.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Assets acquired and liabilities assumed are measured at fair value as of the acquisition date. Goodwill, which has an indefinite useful life, represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired, including the amount assigned to identifiable intangible assets. The primary drivers that generate goodwill are the value of synergies between the acquired entities and the Company and the acquired assembled workforce, neither of which qualifies as a separately identifiable intangible asset. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company had goodwill of $89.3 million and $94.9 million, respectively.

Intangible assets, other than goodwill, acquired by the Company include brand names, customer relationships and trademarks. Intangible assets that are fully depreciated as of the last day of a fiscal year are written off during the first quarter of the following year. None of the Company’s intangible assets, other than goodwill, are indefinite lived.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and Goodwill

The Company’s long-lived assets consist of intangible assets and property and equipment. The Company’s goodwill has an indefinite useful life.

Table of Contents

No goodwill impairment was required for the year ended December 31, 2024. However, as of the annual testing date of October 31, 2024, the estimated fair value of the mnml reporting unit exceeded the carrying value by 11.2% and the carrying value of the related goodwill was $30.0 million. In 2023, the Company concluded that the carrying value of the Culture Kings and Petal & Pup reporting units exceeded their fair values as of August 31, 2023. As a result, the Company recorded a non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $68.5 million during the third quarter of 2023. As part of the annual goodwill impairment test conducted in the fourth quarter of 2022, the Company concluded that the carrying value of the Company’s Culture Kings and Rebdolls reporting units exceeded their fair values and recorded a total non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $173.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2022. Refer to Note 5, “Goodwill,” for further information.

The Company reviews finite-lived intangible assets and property and equipment for possible impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount may not be recoverable. This determination includes evaluation of factors such as future asset utilization and future net undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use of the assets. If circumstances require a long-lived asset or asset group be tested for possible impairment, the Company first compares undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by that asset group to its carrying amount. If the carrying amount of the long-lived asset or asset group is not recoverable on an undiscounted cash flow basis, an impairment is recognized to the extent that the carrying amount exceeds its fair value.

The Company’s identifiable intangible assets are typically comprised of customer relationships and brand names. The cost of identifiable assets with finite lives is generally amortized on a straight-line basis over the assets’ respective estimated useful lives, which range from four to ten years.

No impairment losses related to finite-lived intangible assets or property and equipment were recognized during the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022.

Leases

The Company generally leases office space, warehouse facilities and stores under non-cancellable agreements. Upon each agreement’s commencement date, the Company determines if the agreement is part of an arrangement that is or that contains a lease, determines the lease classification and recognizes right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for all leases with the exception of leases with terms of 12 months or less. The Company accounts for lease and non-lease components as a single lease component. Operating lease right-of-use assets are classified as long-term assets in the consolidated balance sheets. Operating lease liabilities are classified as current lease liabilities and long-term lease liabilities based on when lease payments are due. The Company’s lease payments consist primarily of fixed rental payments for the right to use the underlying leased assets over the lease terms as well as payments for common area maintenance and administrative services. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company did not have material finance lease arrangements.

Lease liabilities and their corresponding right-of-use assets are recorded based on the present value of lease payments over the expected term of the lease commencement date. As most of the Company’s leases do not provide an implicit rate, the Company uses an estimated incremental borrowing rate (“IBR”) based on the information available at the commencement date of the respective lease to determine the present value of future payments. The determination of the IBR requires judgment and is primarily based on the Company’s uncollateralized borrowing rate, adjusted for the impact of collateralization, the lease term and other specific terms included in each lease arrangement. The IBR is determined at the lease commencement and is subsequently reassessed upon a modification to the lease arrangement. The right-of-use asset also includes any lease payments made prior to the commencement date and excludes lease incentives and initial direct costs incurred.

Lease expense for minimum lease payments on operating leases is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Lease terms may include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise that option.

Table of Contents

The Company reviews right-of-use assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the right-of-use asset may not be recoverable. When such events occur, the Company compares the carrying amount of the right-of-use asset to the undiscounted expected future cash flows related to the right-of-use asset. If the comparison indicates that an impairment exists, the amount of the impairment is calculated as the difference between the excess of the carrying amount over the fair value of the right-of-use asset. If a readily determinable market price does not exist, fair value is estimated using discounted expected cash flows attributable to the right-of-use asset.

Income Taxes

Deferred tax assets are recognized to the extent it is believed that these assets are more likely than not to be realized. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities (including the impact of available carry back and carry forward periods), projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Based upon the level of historical taxable income and projections for future taxable income over the periods in which the deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes it is more likely than not that the Company will realize the benefits of these deductible differences, net of the valuation allowance. The amount of the deferred tax asset considered realizable, however, could be reduced in the near term if estimates of future taxable income during the carry forward period are reduced.

The Company classifies interest and penalties, if applicable, related to income tax liabilities as a component of income tax expense.

The Company uses a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of related appeals and litigation processes, if any. The second step is to measure the largest amount of tax benefit as the largest amount that is more likely than not to be realized upon settlement.

Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs. As of December 31, 2024, there are no known uncertain tax positions.

Equity-based Compensation

Restricted Stock Units and Stock Options

The Company has granted equity-based awards in the form of restricted stock units and stock options to employees. Equity-based compensation expense related to these equity-based awards is recognized based on the fair value of the awards granted. The Company estimates the fair value of restricted stock unit awards granted based upon the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the grant date. The Company estimates the fair value of stock option awards granted using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Black-Scholes option pricing model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the fair value of the underlying shares of the Company’s common stock, the risk-free interest rate, the expected volatility of the price of the Company’s common stock, the expected dividend yield of the Company’s common stock and the expected term of the equity award. The assumptions used to determine the fair value of the equity awards represent management’s best estimates. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. The related equity-based compensation expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the awards, which is generally three or four years. The Company accounts for forfeitures as they occur.

These assumptions and estimates are as follows:

•Risk-Free Interest Rate. The risk-free interest rate for the expected term of the equity award is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant.

Table of Contents

•Expected Volatility. Until the Company has sufficient trading history for its common stock, the expected volatility is estimated by taking the average historic stock price volatility for industry peers, consisting of several public companies in the Company’s industry which are either similar in size, stage of life cycle or financial leverage, over a period equivalent to the expected term of the awards.

•Expected Dividend Yield. The Company has never declared or paid any cash dividends and does not currently plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. As a result, an expected dividend yield of zero percent is used.

•Expected Term. For stock options, the expected term represents the period that a stock option award is expected to be outstanding. The Company has limited historical exercise data from which to derive expected term input assumptions. Consequently, the Company calculates expected term using the Securities and Exchange Commission’s simplified method whereby the expected term of a stock option award is equal to the average of the award's contractual term and vesting term.

The Company will continue to use judgment in evaluating the assumptions related to its equity-based compensation on a prospective basis.

Foreign Currencies

The functional currency for the Company and its United States and Cayman subsidiaries is the United States dollar, while the functional currency for the Company’s Australian subsidiaries is the Australian dollar. For those subsidiaries, the assets and liabilities are translated into U.S. dollars at the exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date for assets and liabilities and an average rate for each period for revenues and expenses. Translation adjustments are recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity.

Transactions denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of the entity involved give rise to foreign currency remeasurement gains and losses, which are included in other expense on the consolidated statements of income. Foreign currency transaction losses were $0.4 million, $0.8 million and $1.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Comprehensive income (loss) is composed of two components: net income (loss) and other comprehensive income (loss). Other comprehensive income (loss) refers to revenue, expenses, gains and losses that under GAAP are recorded as an element of stockholders’ equity but are excluded from net income. The Company’s other comprehensive income (loss) consists of foreign currency translation adjustments from those subsidiaries not using the U.S. dollar as their functional currency. The Company has disclosed other comprehensive income (loss) as a component of stockholders’ equity.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is primarily derived from the sale of apparel merchandise through the Company’s online websites, stores, third-party marketplaces, wholesale partnerships and, when applicable, shipping revenue.

Revenue is recognized in an amount that reflects the consideration expected to be received in exchange for products. To determine revenue recognition for contracts with customers in accordance with Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), the Company recognizes revenue from the commercial sales of products and contracts by applying the following five steps: (1) identification of the contract, or contracts, with the customer; (2) identification of the performance obligations in the contract; (3) determination of the transaction price; (4) allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and (5) recognition of revenue when, or as, the Company satisfies its performance obligation. A contract is created with the customer at the time the order is placed by the customer, which creates a single performance obligation. The Company recognizes revenue for its single performance obligation at the time control of the product passes to the customer, which is when the goods are transferred to a third-party common carrier, for purchases through the Company’s online websites, or at point of sale, for purchases in its stores. In addition, the Company has elected to treat shipping and handling as fulfillment activities and not a separate performance obligation.

Net sales from product sales includes shipping charged to the customer and is recorded net of taxes collected from customers, which are recorded in accrued liabilities and are remitted to governmental authorities. Cash discounts earned by the customers at the time of purchase and estimates for sales return allowances are deducted from gross revenue in determining net sales.

Table of Contents

The Company generally provides refunds for goods returned within 30 to 45 days from the original purchase date. A returns reserve is recorded by the Company based on historical refund experience with a corresponding reduction of sales and cost of sales. The sales return reserve was $7.6 million and $9.6 million as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

The following table presents a summary of the Company’s sales return reserve:


	December 31,
	2024		2023
Beginning balance	$	9,610	$	3,968
Returns	(123,436)		(101,025)
Allowance	121,413		106,667
Ending balance	$	7,587	$	9,610

The Company also sells gift cards and issues online credits in lieu of cash refunds or exchanges. Proceeds from the issuance of gift cards and online credits issued are recorded as deferred revenue and recognized as revenue when the gift cards or online credit are redeemed or upon inclusion in gift card and online credit breakage estimates. Breakage estimates are determined based on prior historical experience.

Revenue recognized in net sales on breakage of gift cards and online credit for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022 was $2.6 million, $1.6 million and $0.2 million, respectively.

The following table presents the disaggregation of the Company’s net sales by geography, based on customer address:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2024		2023		2022
United States	$	368,799	$	315,496	$	312,977
Australia/New Zealand	180,328		202,777		268,873
Rest of world	25,570		27,985		29,888
Total	$	574,697	$	546,258	$	611,738

Cost of Sales

Cost of sales consists of the purchase price of merchandise sold to customers and includes import duties and other taxes, freight-in, defective merchandise returned from customers, inventory write-offs and other miscellaneous shrinkage.

Selling Expenses

Selling expenses consist of costs incurred in operating and staffing the fulfillment centers and stores, costs attributable to inspecting and warehousing inventory, picking, packaging and preparing customer orders for shipment, customer service, shipping and other transportation costs incurred in delivering merchandise to customers and customers returning merchandise, merchant processing fees and shipping supplies. The amount of shipping and handling costs included in selling expenses, inclusive of outbound shipping and returned freight costs, was $72.2 million, $69.3 million and $80.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

Marketing

Marketing expenses are expensed as incurred and consist primarily of targeted online performance marketing costs, such as display advertising, retargeting, paid search/product listing ads, affiliate marketing, paid social, search engine optimization, personalized email marketing, social media advertising and mobile “push” communications through the Company’s apps. Marketing expenses also include the Company’s spend on brand marketing channels, including cash compensation to influencers, events and other forms of online and offline marketing. Marketing expenses are primarily related to growing and retaining the customer base. Advertising costs are expensed as incurred.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of payroll and related benefit costs and equity-based compensation expense for employees involved in general corporate functions, including merchandising, marketing and technology; costs associated with the use by those functions of facilities and equipment, including depreciation, rent and other occupancy expenses; professional services; and amortization associated with the Company’s intangible assets, including acquired brand names, customer relationships and trademarks.

Table of Contents

Net Income (Loss) Per Share

Basic net income (loss) per share is calculated using net income attributable to common stockholders divided by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net income (loss) per share reflects the dilutive effects of stock options and restricted stock units outstanding during the period, to the extent such securities would not be anti-dilutive, and is determined using the treasury stock method.

Fair Value Measurements

The Company utilizes valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs to the extent possible. The Company determines fair value based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability in the principal or most advantageous market. The carrying amounts for the Company’s cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate fair value due to their short-term maturities. Using level 2 inputs, the fair value of the Company’s borrowings under its term debt and revolving line of credit were below fair value. Refer to Note 7, “Debt,” for further information.

When considering market participant assumptions in fair value measurements, the following fair value hierarchy distinguishes between observable and unobservable inputs, which are categorized in one of the following levels:

•Level 1 Inputs: Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

•Level 2 Inputs: Other than quoted prices included in Level 1 inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full-term of the asset or liability.

•Level 3 Inputs: Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability used to measure fair value to the extent that observable inputs are not available, thereby allowing for situations in which there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability at measurement date.

The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with a maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

Commitments and Contingencies

The Company records a loss contingency when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. The Company also discloses material contingencies when it believes a loss is not probable but reasonably possible. Accounting for contingencies requires the Company to use judgment related to both the likelihood of a loss and the estimate of the amount or range of loss. Although the Company cannot predict with assurance the outcome of any litigation or tax matters, it does not believe there are currently any such actions that, if resolved unfavorably, would have a material impact on the Company’s operating results, financial position or cash flows. Legal costs incurred in connection with loss contingencies are expensed as incurred.

In the ordinary course of business, the Company may provide indemnifications of varying scope and terms to vendors, directors, officers and other parties with respect to certain matters. The Company has not incurred any material costs as a result of such indemnifications and has not accrued any liabilities related to such obligations in the consolidated financial statements.

Segment Information

Operating segments are defined as components of an entity for which separate financial information is available and is regularly reviewed by the Chief Operating Decision Maker in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company has determined that its four brands are each an operating segment. The Company has aggregated its operating segments into one reportable segment based on the similar nature of products sold, production, merchandising and distribution processes involved, target customers and economic characteristics.

Reclassification

As of December 31, 2023, the Company reclassified restricted cash of $2.2 million from its separate balance sheet line item to be included within prepaid expenses and other current assets on the balance sheet. This reclassification had no effect on total current assets or total assets previously reported.

Table of Contents

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In November 2023, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2023-07, Segment Reporting (Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures. This standard requires disclosure of significant segment expenses and other segment items by reportable segment. This ASU becomes effective for annual periods beginning in 2024 and interim periods in 2025. The Company has adopted this ASU. Refer to Note 16, “Segment Information,” for further information.

In December 2023, FASB issued ASU 2023-09, Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures, which will require incremental income tax disclosures on an annual basis for all public entities. The amendments require that public business entities disclose specific categories in the rate reconciliation and provide additional information for reconciling items meeting a quantitative threshold. The amendments also require disclosure of income taxes paid to be disaggregated by jurisdiction, and disclosure of income tax expense disaggregated by federal, state and foreign. ASU 2023-09 is effective for annual reporting beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2025. The Company is currently evaluating the incremental disclosures that will be required in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In November 2024, FASB issued ASU 2024-03, Income Statement-Reporting Comprehensive Income-Expense Disaggregation Disclosures (Subtopic 220-40): Disaggregation of Income Statement Expenses (“ASU 2024-03”) and in January 2025, FASB issued ASU 2025-01, Income Statement-Reporting Comprehensive Income-Expense Disaggregation Disclosures (Subtopic 220-40): Clarifying the Effective Date, which clarified the effective date of ASU 2024-03. ASU 2024-03 will require the Company to disclose the amounts of purchases of inventory, employee compensation, depreciation and intangible asset amortization, as applicable, included in certain expense captions in the Company’s consolidated statements of income, as well as qualitatively describe remaining amounts included in those captions. The Company intends to adopt ASU 2024-03 for the Company’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2027 using a prospective transition method.

Note 3. Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets are comprised of the following:


	December 31,
	2024		2023

Inventory prepayments	$	6,693	$	4,982
Other	10,027		13,034
Total prepaid expenses and other current assets	$	16,720	$	18,016

Note 4. Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment, net is comprised of the following:


	December 31,
	2024		2023
Furniture and fixtures	$	5,608	$	2,439
Machinery and equipment	4,686		6,008
Computer equipment and capitalized software	7,444		7,531
Leasehold improvements	31,230		27,680
Total property and equipment	48,968		43,658
Less: accumulated depreciation	(17,706)		(16,504)
Total property and equipment, net	$	31,262	$	27,154

Depreciation expense consisted of the following:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2024		2023		2022
Selling expenses	$	5,478	$	5,264	$	3,615
General and administrative expenses	1,072		2,341		2,541
Total depreciation expense	$	6,550	$	7,605	$	6,156

Table of Contents

Note 5. Goodwill

The carrying value of goodwill, as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, was $89.3 million and $94.9 million, respectively. There was no goodwill impairment recorded for the year ended December 31, 2024. However, as of the annual testing date of October 31, 2024, the estimated fair value of the mnml reporting unit exceeded the carrying value by 11.2% and the carrying value of the related goodwill was $30.0 million.

The goodwill of acquired companies is primarily related to expected improvements in technology performance and functionality, as well as sales growth from future product and service offerings and new customers, together with certain intangible assets that do not qualify for separate recognition. The goodwill of acquired companies is generally not deductible for tax purposes.

2023 Impairment

2022 Impairment

As part of the annual goodwill impairment test conducted in the fourth quarter of 2022, the Company determined that the carrying value of its Culture Kings and Rebdolls reporting units exceeded their fair values and recorded a total non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $173.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2022. The worsening economic trends in the fourth quarter of 2022, including continued inflation and rising interest rates, as well as unfavorable demand due to changing customer preferences towards a mix of online and physical store shopping led the Company to lower its earnings forecasts and expectations for the Culture Kings and Rebdolls reporting units, driving the reduction in their fair values.

Goodwill Activity

The following table summarizes goodwill activity:


Balance as of December 31, 2022	$	167,731
Impairment	(68,524)
Changes in foreign currency translation	(4,309)
Balance as of December 31, 2023	94,898


Changes in foreign currency translation	(5,644)
Balance as of December 31, 2024	$	89,254

Note 6. Intangible Assets

The gross amounts and accumulated amortization of acquired identifiable intangible assets with finite useful lives as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, included in intangible assets, net in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, are as follows:


	December 31,
	Useful life	Weighted Average Amortization Period 2024	2024		Weighted Average Amortization Period 2023	2023
Customer relationships	4 years	0.3 years	$	7,360	1.2 years	$	21,640
Brands	10 years	6.0 years	83,612		6.9 years	84,023
Trademarks	5 years	0.3 years	98		1.3 years	107
Total intangible assets			91,070			105,770
Less: accumulated amortization			(38,716)			(41,448)
Total intangible assets, net			$	52,354		$	64,322

Table of Contents

Amortization of acquired intangible assets with finite useful lives is included in general and administrative expenses and was $11.0 million, $11.5 million and $14.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

Future estimated amortization expense for acquired identifiable intangible assets is as follows:


Year ending December 31:
2025	$	9,231
2026	9,065
2027	9,065
2028	8,272
2029	7,211
Thereafter	9,510
Total amortization expense	$	52,354

Note 7. Debt

Senior Secured Credit Facility

On September 24, 2021, certain subsidiaries of the Company entered into a senior secured credit facility comprised of a $100.0 million term loan and a $50.0 million revolving line of credit, as well as an option for additional term loan of up to $50.0 million through an accordion feature. The senior secured credit facility also allows for the issuance of one or more letters of credit from time to time by syndicate lenders. Effective April 4, 2023, the Company modified its senior secured credit facility under existing contractual provisions to yield interest from interest rates based on Term SOFR, as defined in the credit agreement for the senior secured credit facility (the “Credit Agreement”). Key terms and conditions of each facility were as follows:

•The $100.0 million term loan matures five years after closing (September 2026) and requires the Company to make amortized annual payments of 5.0% during the first and second years, 7.5% during the third and fourth years and 10.0% during the fifth year with the balance of the loan due at maturity. Borrowings under the term loan accrue interest at Term SOFR plus an applicable margin dependent upon the Company’s net leverage ratio, as defined in the Credit Agreement. The highest interest rate under the agreement occurs at a net leverage ratio of greater than 2.75x, yielding an interest rate of Term SOFR plus 3.25%.

•The $50.0 million revolving line of credit, which matures five years after closing (September 2026), accrues interest at Term SOFR plus an applicable margin dependent upon the Company’s net leverage ratio. The highest interest rate under the Credit Agreement occurs at a net leverage ratio of greater than 2.75x, yielding an interest rate of Term SOFR plus 3.25%. Additionally, a margin fee of 25-35 basis points is assessed on unused amounts under the revolving line of credit, subject to adjustment based on the Company’s net leverage ratio.

•The $50.0 million accordion feature allows the Company to enter into additional term loan borrowings at terms to be agreed upon at the time of issuance, but on substantially the same basis as the original term loan, which includes the requirement to make amortized annual payments at the same cadence as that of the original term loan.

The senior secured credit facility requires that the Company maintain a maximum total net leverage ratio of 3.50 to 1.00 and maintain a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.25 to 1.00, each as of the last day of any fiscal quarter. In the event that the Company fails to comply with the financial covenant, the Company will have the option to make certain equity contributions, directly or indirectly, to cure any non-compliance with such covenant, subject to certain other conditions and limitations. The Company is required to make a mandatory prepayment as a percentage of excess cash flows, as defined in the Credit Agreement, in the period based on the Company triggering certain net debt leverage ratios. Specifically, a mandatory prepayment of 50% of excess cash flows is required if the Company’s net leverage ratio exceeds 2.75x, and a mandatory prepayment of 25% of excess cash flows is required if the Company’s net leverage ratio is greater than or equal to 2.25x. As of December 31, 2024, the Company was in compliance with all financial debt covenants.

Table of Contents

The Company incurred $2.7 million of debt issuance costs in relation to the senior secured credit facility. Of this, $0.9 million related to the revolving credit facility and was capitalized and included in prepaid and other current assets as deferred financing costs to be amortized over the life of the facility, or 5 years. The remaining $1.8 million of debt issuance costs related to the term loan and is presented net of outstanding debt in long term debt on the balance sheet. Debt issuance costs are amortized over the life of the outstanding debt, using the effective interest rate method.

During 2024, the Company borrowed $49.5 million under its revolving line of credit, with final payoff due on September 24, 2026, and voluntarily repaid $26.2 million of the amounts outstanding under its revolving line of credit.

As of December 31, 2024, the all-in rate (Term SOFR plus the applicable margin) for the Company’s term loan and borrowings under the revolving line of credit was 7.68%.

Total Debt and Interest

Outstanding debt consisted of the following:


	December 31,
	2024		2023

Term loan	$	89,050	$	94,450
Revolving credit facility	23,300		—
Capitalized debt issuance costs	(639)		(1,056)
Total debt	111,711		93,394
Less: current portion	(6,300)		(3,300)
Total long-term debt	$	105,411	$	90,094

Interest expense, which included the amortization of debt issuance costs, totaled $10.3 million, $11.2 million and $7.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Additionally, as of December 31, 2024, the Company had $2.2 million of outstanding letters of credit. As of December 31, 2024, the carrying value of the Company’s total debt was $111.7 million, while the fair value of the Company’s total debt, valued using level 2 inputs, was $103.0 million.

As of December 31, 2024, the maturities of principal amounts of our total debt obligations were as follows:


2025	$	6,300
2026	106,050
Total	$	112,350

Note 8. Leases

The Company leases office locations, warehouse facilities and stores under various non-cancellable operating lease agreements. The Company’s leases have remaining lease terms of approximately 1 year to 10 years, which represent the non-cancellable periods of the leases and include extension options that the Company determined are reasonably certain to be exercised. The Company excludes from the lease terms any extension options that are not reasonably certain to be exercised, ranging from approximately 6 months to 3 years. Lease payments consist primarily of fixed rental payments for the right to use the underlying leased assets over the lease terms as well as payments for common area maintenance and administrative services. The Company often receives customary incentives from landlords, such as reimbursements for tenant improvements and rent abatement periods, which effectively reduce the total lease payments owed for these leases. Leases are classified as operating or financing at commencement. The Company does not have any material financing leases.

Operating lease right-of-use assets and liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets represent the present value of the remaining lease payments over the remaining lease terms. The Company uses its incremental borrowing rate to calculate the present value of the lease payments, as the implicit rates in the leases are not readily determinable. Operating lease costs consist primarily of the fixed lease payments included in the operating lease liabilities and are recorded on a straight-line basis over the lease terms.

Table of Contents

The Company’s operating lease costs were as follows:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2024		2023		2022
Operating lease costs	$	12,845	$	10,005	$	8,890
Variable lease costs	1,252		944		609
Short-term lease costs	488		385		430
Total lease costs	$	14,585	$	11,334	$	9,929

The Company does not have any sublease income and the Company’s lease agreements do not contain any residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants.

Supplemental cash flow information relating to the Company’s operating leases was as follows:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2024		2023		2022
Cash paid for operating lease liabilities	$	11,367	$	8,421	$	6,027
Operating lease right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities	38,534		8,447		22,237

Other information relating to the Company’s operating leases was as follows:


	As of December 31,
	2024	2023
Weighted-average remaining lease term	6.7 years	6.4 years
Weighted-average discount rate	6.9%	5.1%

As of December 31, 2024, the maturities of operating lease liabilities were as follows:


2025	$	13,201
2026	14,401
2027	13,027
2028	11,980
2029	11,913
Thereafter	28,367
Total remaining lease payments	92,889
Less: imputed interest	21,011
Total operating lease liabilities	71,878
Less: current portion	(8,382)
Long-term operating lease liabilities	$	63,496

As of December 31, 2024, the Company had obligations under several lease agreements with expected commencement dates in the first half of 2025 and terms of between seven and ten years. The Company expects to classify these leases as operating leases and recognize lease obligations totaling $18.3 million over the terms of the leases.

Note 9. Income Taxes

Loss before income taxes consisted of the following:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2024		2023		2022
United States	$	(5,016)	$	(8,904)	$	(7,586)
Foreign	(16,645)		(88,061)		(173,028)
Loss before income taxes	$	(21,661)	$	(96,965)	$	(180,614)

Table of Contents

The components of the provision for (benefit from) income taxes consisted of the following:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2024		2023		2022
Current:
Federal	$	1,588	$	1,496	$	1,059
State	826		649		354
Foreign	424		465		(1,208)
Total	2,838		2,610		205
Deferred:
Federal	1,654		(2,305)		(2,325)
State	(115)		467		(126)
Foreign	(48)		1,149		(1,671)
Total	1,491		(689)		(4,122)
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes	$	4,329	$	1,921	$	(3,917)

The provision for (benefit from) income taxes differs from the tax computed using the statutory U.S. federal income tax rate of 21% as a result of the following items:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2024		2023		2022
Benefit from income taxes at U.S. statutory rate	$	(4,549)	$	(20,363)	$	(37,929)
State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit	558		512		250
Permanent differences	618		555		266
Foreign tax rate differential	(1,532)		(8,220)		(14,900)

Equity-based compensation	240		1,082		860
Goodwill impairment	—		21,444		51,990
Change in valuation allowance	9,186		6,987		—
Change in tax basis of Culture Kings’ inventory and intangibles	—		—		(2,233)
Intra-entity transfer of certain intellectual property rights	—		—		(1,030)
Other	(192)		(76)		(1,191)
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes	$	4,329	$	1,921	$	(3,917)

The foreign tax rate differential relates to differences between the income tax rates in effect in the foreign countries in which the Company operates, in particular Australia where the corporate tax rate is 30%.

Table of Contents

The components of net deferred tax assets were as follows:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2024		2023
Deferred tax assets:
Transaction costs	$	341	$	843

Accruals and reserves	6,175		5,201
Lease liabilities	18,742		11,391

Asset retirement obligation	—		165
Inventory	3,462		2,427
Foreign exchange gains / losses	653		878
Interest limitation	2,811		1,034
Loss carryforwards	9,949		10,472
Other	679		387
Subtotal	42,812		32,798
Less: Valuation allowance	(18,777)		(12,158)
Total deferred tax assets	24,035		20,640
Deferred tax liabilities:
Property and equipment	(754)		(749)
Intangible assets	(5,069)		(6,850)
Right-of-use assets	(18,066)		(11,472)


Asset retirement obligations	(99)		—
Total deferred tax liabilities	(23,988)		(19,071)
Net deferred tax assets	$	47	$	1,569

The Company had gross deferred tax assets of $42.8 million and $32.8 million and gross deferred tax liabilities of $24.0 million and $19.1 million at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Management assesses the available positive and negative evidence to estimate whether sufficient future taxable income will be generated to permit use of the existing deferred tax assets. When weighing all available evidence associated with the realizability of its deferred tax assets, in particular, uncertainties related to the future generation of taxable income, the Company determined that it was not “more likely than not” that it would be able to realize the tax benefits associated with certain of its net deferred tax assets. Based on this evaluation, a full valuation allowance of $18.8 million has been recorded on the net deferred tax assets in the Company’s United States and Australian businesses. For the year ended December 31, 2024, the valuation allowance increased by $6.6 million, primarily due to the Company placing a valuation allowance on its U.S. deferred tax assets.

As of December 31, 2024, the Company had a $18.0 million Australian net operating loss carryforward and a $14.3 million Australian capital loss carryforward, as well as a U.S. capital loss carryforward of $1.0 million on the sale of Rebdolls. As of December 31, 2023, the Company had a $26.0 million Australian net operating loss carryforward and a $15.8 million Australian capital loss carryforward, as well as a U.S. capital loss carryforward of $1.7 million on the sale of Rebdolls. The net operating losses and the Australian capital loss carryforwards have no expiration. The U.S. capital loss carryforward will expire in 2028.

The Company has not provided deferred taxes on unremitted earnings attributable to foreign subsidiaries that have been considered permanently reinvested. As of December 31, 2024, there are no unremitted earnings from these operations.

As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company had no uncertain tax positions.

The Company is subject to taxation in the United States, Cayman Islands and Australia. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, 2021 and later tax years remain open for examination by the tax authorities under the normal three-year statute of limitations. For major U.S. states, 2020 and later tax years remain open for examination by the tax authorities under a four-year statute of limitations. For Australia, 2020 and subsequent tax years remain subject to examination.

Table of Contents

Tax Contingencies

The Company is subject to income taxes in the United States and Australia. Significant judgment is required in evaluating the Company’s tax positions and determining the provision for income taxes. During the ordinary course of business, the Company considers tax positions for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain for the purpose of determining whether a reserve is required, despite the Company’s belief that the tax positions are fully supportable. To date the Company has not established a reserve provision because the Company believes that all tax positions are highly certain.

Note 10. Accrued Liabilities

Accrued liabilities consisted of the following:


	December 31,
	2024		2023
Accrued salaries and other benefits	$	10,504	$	8,428
Accrued freight costs	4,551		3,976
Sales tax payable	3,132		4,955
Accrued marketing costs	5,800		2,885
Accrued professional services	1,160		909
Other accrued liabilities	6,069		4,070
Total accrued liabilities	$	31,216	$	25,223

Note 11. Deferred Revenue

Deferred revenue consisted of the following:


	December 31,
	2024		2023
Gift cards	$	11,473	$	11,303
Other	742		479
Total deferred revenue	$	12,215	$	11,782

Note 12. Equity-based Compensation

Incentive Plans

2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan

In September 2021, the Company’s board of directors adopted, and its stockholders approved, the 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2021 Plan”) which became effective in connection with the Company’s initial public offering of common stock in September 2021 (the “IPO”). The 2021 Plan provides for the grant of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units and other forms of equity and cash compensation. A total of 408,355 shares of the Company’s common stock, as adjusted for the Reverse Stock Split (refer to Note 13, “Stockholders’ Equity”), were initially reserved for issuance under the 2021 Plan. The number of shares of common stock reserved and available for issuance under the 2021 Plan increases on January 1 of each year by 1% of the number of shares of the Company’s common stock outstanding on the immediately preceding December 31, or such lesser number of shares as determined by the compensation committee of the Company’s board of directors. On May 30, 2023, the Company’s stockholders approved an amendment to the 2021 Plan to increase the number of shares available for issuance under the 2021 Plan by 833,333 shares of the Company’s common stock, as adjusted for the Reverse Stock Split. On May 22, 2024, the Company’s stockholders approved an amendment to the 2021 Plan to increase the number of shares available for issuance under the 2021 Plan by 1,100,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. As of December 31, 2024, there were 2,662,075 shares reserved for issuance under the 2021 Plan.

Table of Contents

2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

In September 2021, the Company’s board of directors adopted, and its stockholders approved, the 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”) which became effective in connection with the IPO. A total of 102,088 shares of the Company’s common stock, as adjusted for the Reverse Stock Split, were initially reserved for issuance under the ESPP. The number of shares reserved and available for issuance under the ESPP automatically increases on January 1 of each year by 1% of the number of shares of the Company’s common stock outstanding on the immediately preceding December 31, or such lesser number of shares as determined by the compensation committee of the Company’s board of directors. As of December 31, 2024, there were 422,475 shares reserved for issuance under the ESPP.

The offering periods of the ESPP are six months long and are anticipated to be offered twice per year. The price at which common stock is purchased under the ESPP is equal to 85% of the fair market value of a share of the Company’s common stock on the first or last day of the offering period, whichever is lower. The fair value of the discount and the look-back period will be estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.

2018 Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan

Prior to the IPO, the 2018 Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan, as amended (the “2018 Plan”), provided for the issuance of time-based incentive units and performance-based incentive units issued by Excelerate, L.P. (the predecessor entity of a.k.a. Brands Holding Corp.). In connection with the reorganization transactions and the IPO, all of the equity interests in Excelerate, L.P., including outstanding incentive units issued as equity-based compensation under the 2018 Plan, were transferred to New Excelerate, L.P. The incentive units issued under the 2018 Plan participate in distributions from New Excelerate, L.P., but only after investors receive their return of capital plus a specified threshold amount per unit. The total incentive pool size under the 2018 Plan was 16,475,735 units. The 2018 Plan was terminated in September 2021 in connection with the IPO but continues to govern the terms of outstanding incentive units that were granted prior to the IPO. No further incentive units will be granted under the 2018 Plan.

Grant Activity

Stock Options

The 2021 Plan provides for the issuance of incentive and nonqualified stock options. Under the 2021 Plan, the exercise price of a stock option shall not be less than the fair market value of one share of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. Stock options have a contractual term, the period during which they are exercisable, not to exceed ten years from the date of grant, and generally vest over time, based on performance or based on the achievement of a market condition.

In September 2023, an award, including 416,667 performance-based stock options (the “Bryett Award”), was issued to Wesley Bryett, a member of the Company’s board of directors and co-founder of Princess Polly. This award expires after ten years, or upon the termination of Mr. Bryett’s service to the Company, and includes four tranches of stock options that will vest and become exercisable based upon the achievement of various common stock price targets. The weighted average exercise price for the options in the Bryett Award is $109.27. Each tranche of stock options has a different derived service period, the average of which is approximately 5.5 years. As of December 31, 2024, no options issued as part of the Bryett Award had vested, the options held no intrinsic value, and total unrecognized compensation cost related to the Bryett Award was $0.9 million which is expected to be recognized over 4.2 years.

Table of Contents

A summary of the Company's time-based stock option activity under the 2021 Plan for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, as adjusted for the Reverse Stock Split, is as follows:


	Number of Options	Weighted Average Exercise Price		Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term	Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Balance as of December 31, 2022	42,288	$	83.36	9.04	$	—
Granted	—	—
Exercised	—	—
Forfeited/Repurchased	(2,468)	114.00
Balance as of December 31, 2023	39,820	81.47		8.06	—
Granted	—	—
Exercised	—	—
Forfeited/Repurchased	—	—
Balance as of December 31, 2024	39,820	81.47		7.06	—
Vested as of December 31, 2024	34,086	$	80.66	7.07	$	—

As of December 31, 2024, there was $0.2 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested time-based stock options issued under the 2021 Plan, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 0.6 years.

Restricted Stock Units

The 2021 Plan provides for the issuance of restricted stock units (“RSUs”). Time-based RSUs issued prior to March 31, 2022, vest over four years while all time-based RSUs issued after that date vest over three years.

In May 2024, an award (the “Interim CEO Award”) of 150,000 performance-based RSUs (“PSUs”) was issued to Ciaran Long, Interim Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of the Company. The Interim CEO Award expires after five years, or upon the termination of Mr. Long’s service to the Company, and includes ten tranches of PSUs that will vest based upon the achievement of various common stock price targets. If any common stock price target is achieved for one or more tranches of PSUs prior to April 1, 2025, the vesting date for the applicable tranche(s) will be April 1, 2025. At time of grant, each PSU had a fair value of $29.50 and each tranche of PSUs has a different derived service period, the average of which is approximately 2.9 years. As of December 31, 2024, the common stock price target for two tranches of PSUs issued as part of the Interim CEO Award had been achieved, and the total unrecognized compensation cost related to the Interim CEO Award was $0.3 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.9 years.

A summary of the Company's time-based RSU activity under the 2021 Plan for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, as adjusted for the Reverse Stock Split, is as follows:


	Number of Shares	Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value
Balance as of December 31, 2022	367,512	$	32.81
Granted	387,067	7.87
Vested	(130,550)	34.20
Forfeited/Repurchased	(45,116)	34.79
Balance as of December 31, 2023	578,913	15.67
Granted	403,458	14.86
Vested	(274,201)	16.37
Forfeited/Repurchased	(56,883)	14.39
Balance as of December 31, 2024	651,287	$	14.93

As of December 31, 2024, there was $8.2 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested time-based RSUs issued under the 2021 Plan, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.8 years.

Table of Contents

Incentive Units

The 2018 Plan provided for the issuance of time-based incentive units and performance-based incentive units. Time-based incentive units generally vest over four years. Performance-based incentive units vested upon the satisfaction of the performance condition as described further below.

Time-Based Incentive Partnership Units

The following table summarizes time-based incentive unit activity under the 2018 Plan for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023:


	Number of Units	Weighted Average Grant Date Fair value		Weighted Average Participation Threshold		Aggregate Intrinsic Value




Balance as of December 31, 2022	3,363,856	$	1.43	$	18.64	$	—
Granted	—	—		—
Vested	(1,987,639)	1.37		17.67
Forfeited/Repurchased	(16,150)	3.19		22.68
Balance as of December 31, 2023	1,360,067	1.50		20.01		—
Granted	—	—		—
Vested	(1,185,981)	1.52		19.62
Forfeited/Repurchased	(30,083)	1.34		22.68
Balance as of December 31, 2024	144,003	$	1.40	$	22.68	$	—
Vested as of December 31, 2024	9,047,201

As of December 31, 2024, there was $0.1 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested time-based incentive units issued under the 2018 Plan, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 0.3 years.

Performance-Based Incentive Units

Performance-based incentive units vest upon the satisfaction of a performance condition and become exercisable upon the satisfaction of the market condition. The performance condition was satisfied upon the occurrence of the IPO. As it was not deemed probable until it occurred, all compensation expense related to these awards was recognized at the date of the IPO. The market condition is satisfied upon the initial investor in Excelerate, L.P. receiving an aggregate return equal to three times its aggregate investment. As of December 31, 2024, all outstanding performance-based incentive units had been fully expensed.

ESPP Purchase Rights

A summary of the Company's ESPP activity under the 2021 Plan for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, as adjusted for the Reverse Stock Split, was as follows:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2024		2023		2022
Shares purchased using ESPP purchase rights	20,937		39,050		12,348
Weighted average purchase price	$	10.89	$	4.14	$	18.36

Equity-Based Compensation Expense

The Company recognizes compensation expense in general and administrative expenses within operating expenses for stock options, RSUs, ESPP purchase rights and time-based incentive units granted prior to the IPO by amortizing the grant date fair value on a straight-line basis over the expected vesting period to the extent the vesting of the grant is considered probable. The Company recognizes equity-based award forfeitures in the period such forfeitures occur.

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the Company’s equity-based compensation expense by award type for all Plans:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2024		2023		2022
Stock options	$	722	$	572	$	495
RSUs	5,601		4,256		2,943
ESPP purchase rights	100		148		188
Time-based incentive units	1,557		2,664		3,104

Total	$	7,980	$	7,640	$	6,730

Note 13. Stockholders’ Equity

Preferred Stock

In connection with the IPO, the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation became effective, which authorized the issuance of 50,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock with a par value of $0.001 per share with rights and preferences, including voting rights, designated from time to time by the Company’s board of directors. There were no shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2024.

Common Stock

The Company has one class of common stock. In connection with the IPO, the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation became effective, which authorized the issuance of 500,000,000 shares of common stock with a par value of $0.001 per share, with one vote per share. Holders of common stock are entitled to receive any dividends as may be declared from time to time by the Company’s board of directors.

On September 29, 2023, the Company effected a one-for-12 reverse stock split of its common stock (the “Reverse Stock Split”). No fractional shares were issued in connection with the Reverse Stock Split and all holders of such fractional interests received cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the average of the closing sales prices of the Company’s common stock during the regular trading hours for the five consecutive trading days immediately preceding the effective date of the Reverse Stock Split, with such average closing sales prices being adjusted to give effect to the Reverse Stock Split. All references in these financial statements to the Company’s outstanding common stock, including per share information, prior to the Reverse Stock Split have been retrospectively adjusted to reflect the Reverse Stock Split.

Share Repurchase Program & Share Forfeitures

On May 25, 2023, the Company's board of directors approved a share repurchase program (the “Share Repurchase Program”). Pursuant to the Share Repurchase Program, the Company was initially authorized to repurchase up to $2.0 million of shares of the Company’s common stock. Subsequently, in 2023, the Company’s board of directors approved an additional repurchase capacity under the Share Repurchase Program of $3.0 million of shares of the Company’s common stock. The timing of any repurchases by the Company and the actual number of shares repurchased are at the Company’s discretion, and, in deciding when to repurchase shares and the amount of shares to repurchase, the Company will consider available liquidity, general market and economic conditions, alternate uses for the capital and other factors. Share repurchases may be made from time to time through a Rule 10b5-1 trading plan, open market transactions, block trades or in private transactions in accordance with applicable securities laws and regulations and other legal requirements. The Share Repurchase Program may be suspended or discontinued at any time and has no expiration date.

Additionally, from time to time, the Company’s employees may surrender shares of the Company’s common stock to satisfy their statutory minimum federal and state tax obligations associated with the vesting of restricted shares of common stock issued under the 2021 Plan. With respect to these surrendered shares, the price paid per share is based on the fair value at the time of surrender.

During the year ended December 31, 2024, inclusive of repurchases under the Share Repurchase Program and shares surrendered by employees to satisfy tax obligations, the Company repurchased 194,255 shares of its common stock for $2.6 million, at an average price of $13.36 per share.

Table of Contents

Note 14. Net Loss Per Share

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net loss per share and a reconciliation of the weighted average number of shares outstanding:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2024		2023		2022
Numerator:
Net loss	$	(25,990)	$	(98,886)	$	(176,697)
Denominator:
Weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted	10,567,656		10,707,024		10,726,392




Net loss per share:
Net loss per share, basic and diluted	$	(2.46)	$	(9.24)	$	(16.47)

Basic net income (loss) per share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) for the period by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period. Diluted net income (loss) per share has been calculated in a manner consistent with that of basic net income (loss) per share while giving effect to shares issuable upon exercise and/or vesting of potentially dilutive stock option and RSU grants, as well as ESPP purchase rights, outstanding during the period, if applicable. Due to the net loss for all periods shown, no potentially dilutive securities had an impact on diluted loss per share for any period. For the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, 402,873, 333,327 and 112,904 shares, respectively, were excluded from the calculation of weighted-average diluted common shares outstanding as they had an anti-dilutive effect.

Note 15. Commitments and Contingencies

Legal Proceeding

In April 2024, the Company received a cease and desist letter alleging copyright infringement and related claims. This matter has not proceeded to litigation as of the date that these condensed consolidated financial statements are issued, and the Company has accrued $2.0 million to general and administrative expenses for current estimated losses in connection with these claims. The accrual for estimated losses is based on currently available information and may change as new information becomes available or circumstances change.

Note 16. Segment Information

The Company has determined that its four brands are each an operating segment and has aggregated its operating segments into one reportable segment based on the similar nature of products sold, production, merchandising and distribution processes involved, target customers and economic characteristics. The Chief Executive Officer of the Company is the Chief Operating Decision Maker (the “CODM”). The CODM uses both gross margin and Adjusted EBITDA as measures of profit or loss to evaluate performance and allocate resources. Gross margin is disclosed below as the segment profit measure as it is most consistent with the amounts included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

The following table sets forth gross margin for the periods shown:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2024			2023			2022
Net sales	$	574,697		$	546,258		$	611,738
Cost of sales	247,192			245,978			274,491
Gross profit	$	327,505		$	300,280		$	337,247
Gross margin	57.0		%	55.0		%	55.1		%

Table of Contents

Note 17. Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated subsequent events occurring through the date that these financial statements were issued, and determined the following subsequent event occurred that would require disclosure in these financial statements.

Draws on Revolving Line of Credit

In January 2025, the Company borrowed $21.5 million under the revolving line of credit, which is part of the Company’s senior secured credit facility. The initial weighted average applicable interest rate for the borrowings is 7.68% and final payoff is due on September 24, 2026.

CEO Employment Agreement

On January 7, 2025, the board of directors of the Company appointed Ciaran Long, the Interim Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of the Company (“Chief Financial Officer”), to the position of Chief Executive Officer of the Company and removed him from the position of Chief Financial Officer, in each case effective January 13, 2025.

In connection with Mr. Long’s appointment, on January 13, 2025, a.k.a. Brands, Inc., an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Long (the “CEO Employment Agreement”), which supersedes the employment agreement between Mr. Long and a.k.a. Brands, Inc. dated March 23, 2021. The CEO Employment Agreement has an initial term of four years, subject to automatic renewals for additional one-year periods.

In connection with Mr. Long’s appointment, on January 7, 2025, the board of directors, upon the recommendation of the Compensation Committee of the board, approved a grant, effective January 13, 2025, of performance-based stock options (the “Options”) to Mr. Long under the 2021 Plan, representing a contingent right to purchase 100,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at a specified price, upon the vesting of the Options. The Options expire after ten years, or upon the termination of Mr. Long’s service to the Company, and include four tranches that will each vest and become exercisable based upon the achievement of various common stock price targets. The weighted average exercise price for the Options is $120.00. The total unrecognized compensation cost related to the Options is $1.0 million, which is expected to be recognized over 4.2 years.

100

Table of Contents

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act), as of the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This evaluation is performed to determine whether our disclosure controls and procedures are effective to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure and are effective to provide reasonable assurance that such information is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified by the SEC’s rules and forms. Due to the material weaknesses described below, our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were not effective at the reasonable assurance level as of December 31, 2024. Nevertheless, based on the performance of additional procedures by management designed to ensure reliability of financial reporting, the Company’s management has concluded that, notwithstanding the material weaknesses described below, the consolidated financial statements, included in this Form 10-K, fairly present, in all material respects, the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows as of the dates, and for the periods presented, in conformity with GAAP.

Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act). Our internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP. Our management evaluated the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on the criteria established in the Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

Internal control over financial reporting includes policies and procedures that:

•pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company;

•provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and that receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with management and directors of the Company's authorization; and

•provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2024. Based on this evaluation, management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was not effective as of December 31, 2024 due to the material weaknesses described below.

101

Table of Contents

A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of a company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The following material weaknesses were identified as of December 31, 2024:

•We did not design and maintain an effective internal control environment commensurate with the financial reporting requirements of a public company. Specifically, we lacked a sufficient complement of personnel with an appropriate level of knowledge, experience and training in internal control over financial reporting and the reporting requirements of a public company. In addition, we did not formally delegate authority or establish appropriate segregation of duties in our finance and accounting functions, including as it relates to the preparation and approval of journal entries. As a result, changes to existing controls or the implementation of new controls have not been sufficient to respond to changes to the risks of material misstatement to financial reporting. These material weaknesses contributed to the following additional material weakness:

•We did not design and maintain effective controls with respect to certain information technology general controls (ITGCs) for information systems relevant to the preparation of our financial statements, specifically, (i) program change management controls to ensure that program and data changes are identified, tested, authorized and implemented appropriately; (ii) user access controls to adequately restrict user and privileged access to appropriate personnel; (iii) computer operations controls to ensure that processing and transfer of data, and data backups and recovery are monitored; and (iv) program development controls to ensure that new software development is tested, authorized and implemented appropriately.

These material weaknesses resulted in immaterial errors to various accounts to our 2024 and 2023 annual and interim consolidated financial statements. Additionally, each of these material weaknesses could result in a misstatement of substantially all account balances or disclosures that would result in a material misstatement to our annual or interim consolidated financial statements that would not be prevented or detected.

Our independent registered accounting firm will not be required to opine on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 until we are no longer an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act.

Remediation Status of Material Weaknesses

We have taken, and continue to take, steps to address the underlying causes of the material weaknesses, including the following:

•We hired additional experienced financial reporting personnel and put new processes in place to achieve complete, accurate and timely financial reporting.

•We also hired a third-party consulting firm with expertise to help us design, implement and document our internal controls in response to the material weaknesses.

•We increased the training of accounting and finance staff related to internal control over financial reporting.

•We are in the process of formalizing and performing a risk assessment process that includes the identification and walkthrough of key business processes to ensure controls are designed and implemented in response to identified risks.

•We continue with the process to (i) identify key systems and processes that require the design and implementation of new controls and enhanced documentation related to existing controls, (ii) design and implement controls for segregation of duties, (iii) assess the design of ITGCs and (iv) implement an enterprise resource planning (“ERP”) system.

•We are completing a segregation of duties assessment and identifying key conflicts and mitigating controls.

•We are developing policies and procedures for the periodic user access review of all users with access to financially relevant systems.

While the material weaknesses have not been remediated as of December 31, 2024, management is devoting substantial resources to the ongoing remediation efforts. As we continue to evaluate and work to improve our internal control over financial reporting, we may take additional measures to address control deficiencies, or we may modify certain of the remediation measures described above. The material weaknesses will not be considered remediated until the applicable controls operate for a sufficient period of time and management has concluded, through testing, that these controls are designed and operating effectively.

102

Table of Contents

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the quarterly period ended December 31, 2024 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

Rule 10b5-1 Trading Plans

During the three months ended December 31, 2024, none of the Company's directors or executive officers adopted or terminated any contract, instruction or written plan for the purchase or sale of the Company's securities that was intended to satisfy the affirmative defense conditions of Rule 10b5-1(c) or any “non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement.”

ITEM 9C. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS

None.

103

Table of Contents

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information required by this item will be set forth in our Proxy Statement for the 2025 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the “2025 Proxy Statement”) to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of our fiscal year ended December 31, 2024 and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by this item will be set forth in our 2025 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The information required by this item will be set forth in our 2025 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required by this item will be set forth in our 2025 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by this item will be set forth in our 2025 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

104

Table of Contents

PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a) The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

1. Consolidated Financial Statements

See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements at “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

2. Financial Statement Schedules

Schedules have been omitted because they are either not required, not applicable, not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedule or the required information is included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

3. Exhibits

The following exhibits are filed herewith or incorporated by reference herein:

Incorporated by Reference

Exhibit No.

Description

Form

File No.

Filing Date

Exhibit No.

3.1

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of a.k.a. Brands Holding Corp., filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on September 21, 2021

8-K

001-40828

September 27, 2021

3.1

3.2

Certificate of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of a.k.a. Brands Holding Corp., filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on September 25, 2023

8-K

001-40828

September 29, 2023

3.1

3.3

Amended and Restated Bylaws of a.k.a. Brands Holding Corp., effective September 21, 2021

8-K

001-40828

September 27, 2021

3.2

4.1

Registration Rights Agreement, dated September 24, 2021, by and among a.k.a. Brands Holding Corp. and the other signatories party thereto

8-K

001-40828

September 27, 2021

4.1

4.2

Description of a.k.a. Brands Holding Corp.’s securities

10-K

001-40828

March 9, 2023

4.2

10.1

Stockholders Agreement, dated June 23, 2021, by and among a.k.a. Brands Holding Corp., New Excelerate, L.P., and certain other equityholders of the Registrant party thereto

S-1

333-259028

August 24, 2021

10.2

Form of Indemnification Agreement between a.k.a. Brands Holding Corp. and its directors and officers

S-1

333-259028

August 24, 2021

10.3

Director Nomination Agreement, dated as of September 24, 2021, by and among a.k.a. Brands Holding Corp. and the other signatories party thereto

8-K

001-40828

September 27, 2021

10.1

10.4

Syndicated Facility Agreement, dated as of September 24, 2021, by and among a.k.a. Brands Holding Corp., KeyBank National Association and the other signatories party thereto

8-K

001-40828

September 27, 2021

10.2

10.5†

a.k.a. Brands Holding Corp. 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan

S-8

333-259753

September 24, 2021

10.1

10.6†

Amendment No. 1 to the a.k.a. Brands Holding Corp. Omnibus Incentive Plan

8-K

001-40828

May 30, 2023

10.1

10.7†

A mendment No. 2 to the a.k.a. Brands Holding Corp. Omnibus Incentive Plan

8-K

001-40828

May 28, 2024

10.1

10.8†

Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement

8-K

001-40828

January 13, 2025

10.2

10.9†

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement

8-K

001-40828

January 13, 2025

10.4

10.10†

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement

S-8

333-259753

September 24, 2021

10.4

10.11†

a.k.a. Brands Holding Corp. 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

S-8

333-259753

September 24, 2021

10.5

10.12†

Employment Agreement, dated April 8, 2021, by and between Excelerate US, Inc. and Ciaran Long

10-K

001-40828

March 9, 2023

10.11

105

Table of Contents

10.13†

E mployment Agreement, dated January 13, 2025, by and betw een a.k.a. Brands, Inc. and Ciaran Long

8-K

001-40828

January 13, 2025

10.1

10.14†

E mployment Agreement, dated January 13, 2025, by and between a.k.a. Brands, Inc. and Kevin Grant

8-K

001-40828

January 13, 2025

10.3

10.15†

Employment Agreement, dated October 15, 2020, by and between Excelerate US, Inc. and Michael Trembley

S-1

333-259028

August 24, 2021

10.12

10.16†

E mployment Agreement , dated April 12, 2024, by and between a.k.a. Brands, Inc. and Kenneth C. White

8-K

001-40828

April 18, 2024

10.1

10.17†

Offer Letter, dated November 7, 2023, by and between Excelerate US, Inc. and Jill Ramsey

8-K

001-40828

November 9, 2023

10.1

19.1*

I nsider Trading Policy

21.1*

Subsidiaries of a.k.a. Brands Holding Corp.

23.1*

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

23.2*

C onsent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

31.1*

Certification of Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer ) pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

31.2*

Certification of Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer) pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

32.1**

Certification of Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer ) pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

32.2**

Certification of Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer) pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

97.1

a.k.a. Brands Holding Corp. Executive Incentive Compensation Recoupment Policy

10-K

001-40828

March 7, 2024

97.1

101.INS*

Inline XBRL Instance Document

101.SCH*

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

101.CAL*

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

101.DEF*

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

101.LAB*

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Labels Linkbase Document

101.PRE*

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

104*

Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)

__________

† Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

* Filed herewith.

** Furnished herewith. The certifications attached as Exhibits 32.1 and 32.2 that accompany this Annual Report on Form 10-K are deemed furnished and not filed with the SEC and are not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, whether made before or after the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, irrespective of any general incorporation language contained in such filing.

ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY

Not Applicable.

106

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this Annual Report on Form 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.


	a.k.a. Brands Holding Corp.

Dated: March 6, 2025	By:	/s/ Ciaran Long
	Name:	Ciaran Long
	Title:	Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

/s/ Ciaran Long

Chief Executive Officer

March 6, 2025

Ciaran Long

(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ Kevin Grant

Chief Financial Officer

March 6, 2025

Kevin Grant

(Principal Financial Officer and

Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/ Wesley Bryett

Director

March 6, 2025

Wesley Bryett

/s/ Christopher Dean

Chairman of the Board of Directors

March 6, 2025

Christopher Dean

/s/ Ilene Eskenazi

Director

March 6, 2025

Ilene Eskenazi

/s/ Sourav Ghosh

Director

March 6, 2025

Sourav Ghosh

/s/ Matthew Hamilton

Director

March 6, 2025

Matthew Hamilton

/s/ Myles McCormick

Director

March 6, 2025

Myles McCormick

/s/ Jill Ramsey

Director

March 6, 2025

Jill Ramsey

/s/ Kelly Thompson

Director

March 6, 2025

Kelly Thompson

107

Effective September 21, 2021

INSIDER TRADING POLICY

a.k.a Brands Holding Corp.

PURPOSE

This Insider Trading Policy (the “Policy”) provides guidelines with respect to transactions in the securities of a.k.a. Brands Holding Corp. (the “Company”) and the handling of confidential information about the Company and the companies with which the Company does business. The Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) has adopted this Policy to promote compliance with federal, state and foreign securities laws that prohibit certain persons who are aware of material nonpublic information about a company from: (i) trading in securities of that company; or (ii) providing material nonpublic information to other persons who may trade on the basis of that information. Regulators have adopted sophisticated surveillance techniques to identify insider trading transactions, and it is important to the Company to avoid even the appearance of impropriety.

PERSONS SUBJECT TO THE POLICY

This Policy applies to all directors, officers and employees of the Company and its subsidiaries. The Company may also determine that other persons should be subject to this Policy, such as contractors or consultants who have access to material nonpublic information, in each case other than Summit Partners, L.P. and any of its affiliated investment funds. This Policy also applies to family members, other members of a person’s household and entities controlled by a person covered by this Policy, as described below.

TRANSACTIONS SUBJECT TO THE POLICY

This Policy applies to transactions in the Company’s securities (collectively referred to in this Policy as “Company Securities”), including the Company’s common stock, options to purchase common stock, or any other type of securities that the Company may issue, including (but not limited to) preferred stock, convertible debentures and warrants, as well as derivative securities that are not issued by the Company, such as exchange-traded put or call options or swaps relating to Company Securities.

INDIVIDUAL RESPONSIBILITY

Persons subject to this Policy have ethical and legal obligations to maintain the confidentiality of information about the Company and to not engage in transactions in Company Securities while in possession of material nonpublic information. Each individual is responsible for making sure that he or she complies with this Policy, and that any family member, household member or entity whose transactions are subject to this Policy, as discussed below, also comply with this Policy. In all cases, the responsibility for determining whether an individual is in possession of material nonpublic information rests with that individual, and any action on the part of the Company, the Chief Financial Officer or any other employee or director pursuant to this Policy (or otherwise) does not in any way constitute legal

advice or insulate an individual from liability under applicable securities laws. You could be subject to severe legal penalties and disciplinary action by the Company for any conduct prohibited by this Policy or applicable securities laws, as described below in more detail under the heading “Consequences of Violations.”

STATEMENT OF POLICY

It is the policy of the Company that no director, officer or other employee of the Company (or any other person designated by this Policy or by the Chief Financial Officer as subject to this Policy) who is aware of material nonpublic information relating to the Company may, directly, or indirectly through family members or other persons or entities:

1.Engage in transactions in Company Securities, except as otherwise specified in this Policy under the headings “Transactions Under Company Plans,” “Transactions Not Involving a Purchase or Sale” and “Rule 10b5-1 Plans;”

2.Recommend the purchase or sale of any Company Securities;

3.Disclose material nonpublic information to persons within the Company whose jobs do not require them to have that information, or outside of the Company to other persons, including, but not limited to, family, friends, business associates, investors and expert consulting firms, unless any such disclosure is made in accordance with the Company’s policies regarding the protection or authorized external disclosure of information regarding the Company; or

4.Assist anyone engaged in the above activities. In addition, it is the policy of the Company that no director, officer or other employee of the Company (or any other person designated as subject to this Policy) who, in the course of working for the Company, learns of material nonpublic information about a company with which the Company does business, including a customer or supplier of the Company, may trade in that company’s securities until the information becomes public or is no longer material.

5.There are no exceptions to this Policy, except as specifically noted herein. Transactions that may be necessary or justifiable for independent reasons (such as the need to raise money for an emergency expenditure), or small transactions, are not excepted from this Policy. The securities laws do not recognize any mitigating circumstances, and, in any event, even the appearance of an improper transaction must be avoided to preserve the Company’s reputation for adhering to the highest standards of conduct.

DEFINITION OF MATERIAL NONPUBLIC INFORMATION

Material Information: Information is considered “material” if a reasonable investor would consider that information important in making a decision to buy, hold or sell securities. Any information that could be expected to affect a company’s stock price, whether it is positive or negative, should be considered material. There is no bright-line standard for assessing materiality; rather, materiality is based on an assessment of all of the facts and circumstances, and is often evaluated by enforcement authorities with the benefit of hindsight. While it is not possible to define all categories of material information, some examples of information that ordinarily would be regarded as material are:

•Projections of future earnings or losses, or other earnings guidance;

•Changes to previously announced earnings guidance, or the decision to suspend earnings guidance;

•A pending or proposed merger, acquisition or tender offer;

•A pending or proposed acquisition or disposition of a significant asset;

•A pending or proposed joint venture;

•A Company restructuring;

•Significant related party transactions;

•A change in dividend policy, the declaration of a stock split, or an offering of additional securities;

•Bank borrowings or other financing transactions out of the ordinary course;

•The establishment of a repurchase program for Company Securities;

•A change in the Company’s pricing or cost structure;

•Major marketing changes;

•A change in management;

•A change in auditors or notification that the auditor’s reports may no longer be relied upon;

•Development of a significant new product, process, or service;

•Pending or threatened significant litigation, or the resolution of such litigation;

•Impending bankruptcy or the existence of severe liquidity problems;

•The gain or loss of a significant customer or supplier;

•Significant cybersecurity incidents; and

•The imposition of a ban on trading in Company Securities or the securities of another company.

If you are unsure whether information is material, you should either consult the Chief Financial Officer before making any decision to disclose such information (other than to persons who need to know it) or to trade in or recommend securities to which that information relates or assume that the information is material.

When Information is Considered Public: Information that has not been disclosed to the public is generally considered to be nonpublic information. In order to establish that the information has been disclosed to the public, it may be necessary to demonstrate that the information has been widely disseminated. Information generally would be considered widely disseminated if it has been disclosed through the Dow Jones “broad tape,” newswire services, a broadcast on widely-available radio or television programs, publication in a widely-available newspaper, magazine or news website, or public disclosure documents filed with the SEC that are available on the SEC’s website. By contrast, information would likely not be considered widely disseminated if it is available only to the Company’s employees, or if it is only available to a select group of analysts, brokers and institutional investors.

Once information is widely disseminated, it is still necessary to afford the investing public with sufficient time to absorb the information. As a general rule, information should not be considered fully absorbed by the marketplace until after the second business day after the day on which the information is released. If, for example, the Company were to make an announcement on a Monday, you should not trade in Company Securities until Thursday. Depending on the particular circumstances, the Company may determine that a longer or shorter period should apply to the release of specific material nonpublic information.

TRANSACTIONS BY FAMILY MEMBERS AND OTHERS

This Policy applies to your family members who reside with you (including a spouse, a child, a child away at college, stepchildren, grandchildren, parents, stepparents, grandparents, siblings and in-laws), anyone else who lives in your household, and any family members who do not live in your household but whose transactions in Company Securities are directed by you or are subject to your influence or control, such as parents or children who consult with you before they trade in Company Securities (collectively referred to as “Family Members”). You are responsible for the transactions of these other persons and therefore should make them aware of the need to confer with you before they trade in Company Securities, and you should treat all such transactions for the purposes of this Policy and applicable securities laws as if the transactions were for your own account. This Policy does not, however, apply to personal securities transactions of Family Members where the purchase or sale decision is made by a third party not controlled by, influenced by or related to you or your Family Members.

TRANSACTIONS BY ENTITIES THAT YOU INFLUENCE OR CONTROL

This Policy applies to any entities that you influence or control, including any corporations, partnerships or trusts, in each case other than Summit Partners, L.P. and any of its affiliated investment funds

(collectively referred to as “Controlled Entities”), and transactions by these Controlled Entities should be treated for the purposes of this Policy and applicable securities laws as if they were for your own account.

TRANSACTIONS UNDER COMPANY PLANS

This Policy does not apply in the case of the following transactions, except as specifically noted:

1.Stock Option Exercises: This Policy does not apply to the exercise of an employee stock option acquired pursuant to the Company’s plans, or to the exercise of a tax withholding right pursuant to which a person has elected to have the Company withhold shares subject to an option to satisfy tax withholding requirements. This Policy does apply, however, to any sale of stock as part of a broker- assisted cashless exercise of an option, or any other market sale for the purpose of generating the cash needed to pay the exercise price of an option.

2.Restricted Stock Awards: This Policy does not apply to the vesting of restricted stock, or the exercise of a tax withholding right pursuant to which you elect to have the Company withhold shares of stock to satisfy tax withholding requirements upon the vesting of any restricted stock. The Policy does apply, however, to any market sale of restricted stock.

3.401(k) Plan: This Policy does not apply to purchases of Company Securities in the Company’s 401(k) plan resulting from your periodic contribution of money to the plan pursuant to your payroll deduction election. This Policy does apply, however, to certain elections you may make under the 401(k) plan, including: (a) an election to increase or decrease the percentage of your periodic contributions that will be allocated to the Company stock fund; (b) an election to make an intra-plan transfer of an existing account balance into or out of the Company stock fund; (c) an election to borrow money against your 401(k) plan account if the loan will result in a liquidation of some or all of your Company stock fund balance; and (d) an election to pre-pay a plan loan if the pre-payment will result in allocation of loan proceeds to the Company stock fund.

4.Employee Stock Purchase Plan: This Policy does not apply to purchases of Company Securities in the employee stock purchase plan resulting from your periodic or lump sum contribution of money to the plan pursuant to the election you made at the time of your enrollment in the plan. This Policy does apply, however, to your initial election to participate in the plan, changes to your election to participate in the plan for any enrollment period, and to your sales of Company Securities purchased pursuant to the plan.

TRANSACTIONS NOT INVOLVING A PURCHASE OR SALE

Bona fide gifts are not transactions subject to this Policy, unless the person making the gift has reason to believe that the recipient intends to sell the Company Securities while the officer, employee or director is aware of material nonpublic information, or the person making the gift is subject to the trading restrictions specified below under the heading “Pre-Clearance and Blackouts” and the sales by the recipient of the Company Securities occur during a blackout period.

Further, transactions in mutual funds that are invested in Company Securities are not transactions subject to this Policy.

SPECIAL AND PROHIBITED TRANSACTIONS

The Company has determined that there is a heightened legal risk and/or the appearance of improper or inappropriate conduct if the persons subject to this Policy engage in certain types of transactions. It therefore is the Company’s policy that any persons covered by this Policy may not engage in any of the following transactions, or should otherwise consider the Company’s preferences as described below:

Short-Term Trading: Short-term trading of Company Securities may be distracting to the person and may unduly focus the person on the Company’s short-term stock market performance instead of the Company’s long-term business objectives. For these reasons, any director, officer or other employee of the Company who purchases Company Securities in the open market may not sell any Company Securities of the same class during the six months following the purchase (or vice versa).

Short Sales: Short sales of Company Securities (i.e., the sale of a security that the seller does not own) may evidence an expectation on the part of the seller that the securities will decline in value, and therefore have the potential to signal to the market that the seller lacks confidence in the Company’s prospects. In addition, short sales may reduce a seller’s incentive to seek to improve the Company’s performance. For these reasons, short sales of Company Securities are prohibited. In addition, Section 16(c) of the Exchange Act prohibits officers and directors from engaging in short sales. (Short sales arising from certain types of hedging transactions are governed by the paragraph below captioned “Hedging Transactions.”)

Publicly-Traded Options: Given the relatively short term of publicly-traded options, transactions in options may create the appearance that a director, officer or employee is trading based on material nonpublic information and focus a director’s, officer’s or other employee’s attention on short-term performance at the expense of the Company’s long-term objectives. Accordingly, transactions in put options, call options or other derivative securities, on an exchange or in any other organized market, are prohibited by this Policy. (Option positions arising from certain types of hedging transactions are governed by the next paragraph below.)

Hedging Transactions: Hedging or monetization transactions can be accomplished through a number of possible mechanisms, including through the use of financial instruments such as prepaid variable forwards, equity swaps, collars and exchange funds. Such hedging transactions may permit a director, officer or employee to continue to own Company Securities obtained through employee benefit plans or otherwise, but without the full risks and rewards of ownership. When that occurs, the director, officer or employee may no longer have the same objectives as the Company’s other shareholders. Therefore, the Company prohibits you from engaging in such transactions. Any person wishing to enter into such an arrangement must first submit the proposed transaction for approval by the Chief Financial Officer. Any request for pre-clearance of a hedging or similar arrangement must be submitted to the Chief Financial Officer at least two weeks prior to the proposed execution of documents evidencing the proposed transaction and must set forth a justification for the proposed transaction.

Margin Accounts and Pledged Securities: Securities held in a margin account as collateral for a margin loan may be sold by the broker without the customer’s consent if the customer fails to meet a margin call. Similarly, securities pledged (or hypothecated) as collateral for a loan may be sold in foreclosure if the borrower defaults on the loan. Because a margin sale or foreclosure sale may occur at a time when the pledger is aware of material nonpublic information or otherwise is not permitted to trade in Company Securities, directors, officers and other employees are prohibited from holding Company Securities in a margin account or otherwise pledging Company Securities as collateral for a loan. (Pledges of Company Securities arising from certain types of hedging transactions are governed by the paragraph above captioned “Hedging Transactions.”)

Standing and Limit Orders: Standing and limit orders (except standing and limit orders under approved Rule 10b5-1 Plans, as described below) create heightened risks for insider trading violations similar to the use of margin accounts. There is no control over the timing of purchases or sales that result from standing instructions to a broker, and as a result the broker could execute a transaction when a director, officer or other employee is in possession of material nonpublic information. The Company therefore discourages placing standing or limit orders on Company Securities. If a person subject to this Policy determines that they must use a standing order or limit order, the order should be limited to short duration and should otherwise comply with the restrictions and procedures outlined below under the heading “Pre-Clearance and Blackouts.”

PRE-CLEARANCE & BLACKOUTS

The Company has established additional procedures in order to assist the Company in the administration of this Policy, to facilitate compliance with laws prohibiting insider trading while in possession of material nonpublic information, and to avoid the appearance of any impropriety. These additional procedures are applicable only to those individuals described below.

Pre-Clearance Procedures: Directors, officers, accounting employees with the title of vice president or higher, investor relations employees that assist with earnings releases, legal department employees that assist with preparing SEC filings, any employees on the Company’s disclosure committee, and any persons designated by the Chief Financial Officer as being subject to these procedures, as well as the Family Members and Controlled Entities of such persons (“Covered Senior Persons”), may not engage in any transaction in Company Securities without first obtaining pre-clearance of the transaction from the Chief Financial Officer. A request for pre-clearance should be submitted to the Chief Financial Officer at least two business days in advance of the proposed transaction. The Chief Financial Officer is under no obligation to approve a transaction submitted for pre-clearance, and may determine not to permit the transaction. If a person seeks pre- clearance and permission to engage in the transaction is denied, then he or she should refrain from initiating any transaction in Company Securities, and should not inform any other person of the restriction.

When a request for pre-clearance is made, the requestor should carefully consider whether he or she may be aware of any material nonpublic information about the Company, and should describe fully those circumstances to the Chief Financial Officer. The requestor should also indicate whether he or she has effected any non-exempt “opposite-way” transactions within the past six months, and should be prepared to report the proposed transaction on an appropriate Form 4 or Form 5. The requestor should also be prepared to comply with SEC Rule 144 and file Form 144, if necessary, at the time of any sale.

If a person seeks pre- clearance and permission to engage in the transaction is granted, then such trade must be effected within five business days of receipt of pre-clearance unless an exception is granted. Such person must promptly notify the Chief Financial Officer following the completion of the transaction. A person who has not effected a transaction within the time limit may not engage in such transaction without again obtaining pre-clearance of the transaction from the Chief Financial Officer.

Quarterly Blackout Periods: Covered Senior Persons may not conduct any transactions involving the Company’s Securities (other than as specified by this Policy), during a “Blackout Period” beginning fourteen calendar days prior to the end of each fiscal quarter and ending after the close of trading on the second full trading day following the date of the public release of the Company’s earnings results for that quarter. In other words, these persons may only conduct transactions in Company Securities during the “Window Period” beginning after the close of trading on the second full trading day following the public release of the Company’s quarterly earnings and ending fourteen days prior to the close of the next fiscal quarter.

Event-Specific Blackout Periods: From time to time, an event may occur that is material to the Company and is known by only a few directors, officers and/or employees, such as a cybersecurity incident. So long as the event remains material and nonpublic, the persons designated by the Chief Financial Officer may not trade Company Securities. In addition, the Company’s financial results may be sufficiently material in a particular fiscal quarter that, in the judgment of the Chief Financial Officer, designated persons should refrain from trading in Company Securities even sooner than the typical Blackout Period described above. In that situation, the Chief Financial Officer may notify these persons that they should not trade in the Company’s Securities, without disclosing the reason for the restriction. The existence of an event-specific trading restriction period or extension of a Blackout Period will not be announced to the Company as a whole, and should not be communicated to any other person. Even if the Chief Financial Officer has not designated you as a person who should not trade due to an event-specific restriction, you should not trade while aware of material nonpublic information.

Exceptions. The quarterly trading restrictions and event-driven trading restrictions do not apply to those transactions to which this Policy does not apply, as described above under the headings “Transactions Under Company Plans” and “Transactions Not Involving a Purchase or Sale.” Further, the requirement for pre-clearance, the quarterly trading restrictions and event-driven trading restrictions do not apply to transactions conducted pursuant to approved Rule 10b5-1 plans, described under the heading “Rule 10b5-1 Plans.

RULE 10B5-1 PLANS

Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act provides a defense from insider trading liability under Rule 10b-5. In order to be eligible to rely on this defense, a person subject to this Policy must enter into a Rule 10b5-1 plan for transactions in Company Securities that meets certain conditions specified in the Rule (a “Rule 10b5-1 Plan”). If the plan meets the requirements of Rule 10b5-1, Company Securities may be purchased or sold without regard to certain insider trading restrictions. To comply with the Policy, a Rule 10b5-1 Plan must be approved by the Chief Financial Officer and meet the requirements of Rule 10b5-1. In general, a Rule 10b5-1 Plan must be entered into at a time when the person entering into the plan is not aware of material nonpublic information. Once the plan is adopted, the person must not exercise any influence over the amount of securities to be traded, the price at which they are to be traded

or the date of the trade. The plan must either specify the amount, pricing and timing of transactions in advance or delegate discretion on these matters to an independent third party.

Any Rule 10b5-1 Plan must be submitted for approval five days prior to the entry into the Rule 10b5-1 Plan. No further pre-approval of transactions conducted pursuant to the Rule 10b5-1 Plan will be required.

POST-TERMINATION TRANSACTIONS

This Policy continues to apply to transactions in Company Securities even after termination of service to the Company. If an individual is in possession of material nonpublic information when his or her service terminates, that individual may not trade in Company Securities until that information has become public or is no longer material. The pre-clearance procedures specified under the heading “Pre- Clearance and Blackouts” above, however, will cease to apply to transactions in Company Securities upon the expiration of any Blackout Period or other Company-imposed trading restrictions applicable at the time of the termination of service.

CONSEQUENCES OF VIOLATIONS

The purchase or sale of securities while aware of material nonpublic information, or the disclosure of material nonpublic information to others who then trade in the Company’s Securities, is prohibited by federal and state laws. Insider trading violations are pursued vigorously by the SEC, U.S. Attorneys and state enforcement authorities as well as the laws of foreign jurisdictions.

Punishment for insider trading violations is severe, and could include significant fines and imprisonment. While the regulatory authorities concentrate their efforts on the individuals who trade, or who tip inside information to others who trade, the federal securities laws also impose potential liability on companies and other “controlling persons” if they fail to take reasonable steps to prevent insider trading by company personnel.

In addition, an individual’s failure to comply with this Policy may subject the individual to Company- imposed sanctions, including dismissal for cause, whether or not the employee’s failure to comply results in a violation of law. Needless to say, a violation of law, or even an SEC investigation that does not result in prosecution, can tarnish a person’s reputation and irreparably damage a career.

COMPANY ASSISTANCE

Any person who has a question about this Policy or its application to any proposed transaction may obtain additional guidance from the Chief Financial Officer, who can be reached by telephone at (415) 420-7644 or by e-mail at ciaran@aka-brands.com.

EXHIBIT 21.1

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

1.a.k.a. Brands Intermediate Holding Corp. (Delaware)

2.a.k.a. Brands Midco Holding Corp. (Delaware)

3.New Excelerate GP, Limited (Cayman Islands)

4.Excelerate, L.P. (Cayman Islands)

5.AKA Brands, Inc. (Delaware)

6.CK Holdco Pty., Ltd. (Australia)

7.CK Bidco Pty. Ltd (Australia)

8.Culture Kings Group Pty Ltd (Australia)

9.Culture Kings Las Vegas, Inc. (Delaware)

10.Culture Kings Pty Ltd (Australia)

11.Culture Kings USA, Inc. (Delaware)

12.TF Apparel Pty Ltd (Australia)

13.Polly Holdco Pty Ltd (Australia)

14.Polly Bidco Pty Ltd (Australia)

15.Princess Polly Group Pty Ltd (Australia)

16.Princess Polly Online Pty Ltd (Australia)

17.Princess Polly USA, Inc. (Delaware)

18.P&P Intermediate Pty Ltd (Australia)

19.P&P Bidco Pty Ltd (Australia)

20.Petal and Pup Pty Ltd (Australia)

21.Petal & Pup USA, Inc. (Delaware)

22.mnml Brands LLC (USA)

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (Nos 333-259753, 333-280389 and 333-274860) of a.k.a. Brands Holding Corp. of our report dated March 6, 2025 relating to the financial statements, which appears in this Form 10-K.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Los Angeles, California

March 6, 2025

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (Nos. 333-259753, 333-280389 and 333-274860) of a.k.a. Brands Holding Corp. of our report dated March 7, 2024, relating to the financial statements, which appears in this Form 10-K.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers

Melbourne, Australia

March 6, 2025

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER

PURSUANT TO

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 RULES 13a-14(a) AND 15d-14(a),

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Ciaran Long, certify that:

1.I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of a.k.a. Brands Holding Corp.;

2.Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a.Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b.Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c.Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d.Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a.All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b.Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.


	a.k.a. Brands Holding Corp.

Date: March 6, 2025	By:	/s/ Ciaran Long
	Name:	Ciaran Long
	Title:	Chief Executive Officer
		(Principal Executive Officer)

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER

PURSUANT TO

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 RULES 13a-14(a) AND 15d-14(a),

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Kevin Grant, certify that:

1.I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of a.k.a. Brands Holding Corp.;

b.Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.


	a.k.a. Brands Holding Corp.

Date: March 6, 2025	By:	/s/ Kevin Grant
	Name:	Kevin Grant
	Title:	Chief Financial Officer
		(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Ciaran Long, Chief Executive Officer of a.k.a. Brands Holding Corp., certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the Annual Report on Form 10-K of a.k.a. Brands Holding Corp. for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024 fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that the information contained in such Annual Report on Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of a.k.a. Brands Holding Corp.


	a.k.a. Brands Holding Corp.

Date: March 6, 2025	By:	/s/ Ciaran Long
	Name:	Ciaran Long
	Title:	Chief Executive Officer
		(Principal Executive Officer)

Exhibit 32.2

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Kevin Grant, Chief Financial Officer of a.k.a. Brands Holding Corp., certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the Annual Report on Form 10-K of a.k.a. Brands Holding Corp. for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024 fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that the information contained in such Annual Report on Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of a.k.a. Brands Holding Corp.


	a.k.a. Brands Holding Corp.

Date: March 6, 2025	By:	/s/ Kevin Grant
	Name:	Kevin Grant
	Title:	Chief Financial Officer
		(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

Cover Page - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
Cover Page - USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2024	Mar. 04, 2025	Jun. 30, 2024
Cover [Abstract]
Document Type	10-K
Document Annual Report	true
Document Period End Date	Dec. 31, 2024
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--12-31
Document Transition Report	false
Entity File Number	001-40828
Entity Registrant Name	a.k.a. Brands Holding Corp.
Entity Incorporation, State or Country Code	DE
Entity Tax Identification Number	87-0970919
Entity Address, Address Line One	100 Montgomery Street
Entity Address, Address Line Two	Suite 2270
Entity Address, City or Town	San Francisco
Entity Address, State or Province	CA
Entity Address, Postal Zip Code	94104
City Area Code	415
Local Phone Number	295-6085
Title of 12(b) Security	Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share
Trading Symbol	AKA
Security Exchange Name	NYSE
Entity Well-known Seasoned Issuer	No
Entity Voluntary Filers	No
Entity Current Reporting Status	Yes
Entity Interactive Data Current	Yes
Entity Filer Category	Non-accelerated Filer
Entity Small Business	true
Entity Emerging Growth Company	true
Entity Ex Transition Period	true
ICFR Auditor Attestation Flag	false
Document Financial Statement Error Correction [Flag]	false
Entity Shell Company	false
Entity Public Float			$ 10,113,423
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		10,693,150
Documents Incorporated by Reference	Portions of the registrant's definitive proxy statement for its 2025 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (“Proxy Statement”), to be filed within 120 days of the registrant's fiscal year ended December 31, 2024, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Except with respect to information specifically incorporated by reference in this Form 10-K, the Proxy Statement is not deemed to be filed as part of this Form 10-K.
Entity Central Index Key	0001865107
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2024
Document Fiscal Period Focus	FY
Amendment Flag	false

Audit Information	12 Months Ended
Audit Information	Dec. 31, 2024
Auditor Information [Abstract]
Auditor Name	PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Auditor Location	Los Angeles, California
Auditor Firm ID	238

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 24,192	$ 21,859
Accounts receivable, net	8,107	4,796
Inventory	95,750	91,024
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	16,720	18,016
Total current assets	144,769	135,695
Property and equipment, net	31,262	27,154
Operating lease right-of-use assets	65,382	37,465
Intangible assets, net	52,354	64,322
Goodwill	89,254	94,898
Deferred tax assets	47	1,569
Other assets	2,136	618
Total assets	385,204	361,721
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	30,299	28,279
Accrued liabilities	31,216	25,223
Sales returns reserve	7,587	9,610
Deferred revenue	12,215	11,782
Income taxes payable	1,039	257
Operating lease liabilities, current	8,382	7,510
Current portion of long-term debt	6,300	3,300
Total current liabilities	97,038	85,961
Long-term debt	105,411	90,094
Operating lease liabilities	63,496	35,344
Other long-term liabilities	1,625	1,704
Total liabilities	267,570	213,103
Commitments and contingencies (Note 15)
Stockholders’ equity:
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 50,000,000 shares authorized; zero shares issued or outstanding as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively	0	0
Common stock, $0.001 par value; 500,000,000 shares authorized; 10,669,649 and 10,567,881 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively	128	128
Additional paid-in capital	471,758	466,172
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	(60,849)	(50,269)
Accumulated deficit	(293,403)	(267,413)
Total stockholders’ equity	117,634	148,618
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$ 385,204	$ 361,721

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (Parenthetical) - $ / shares	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Statement of Financial Position [Abstract]
Preferred stock par value (in dollars per share)	$ 0.001	$ 0.001
Preferred stock, shares authorized (in shares)	50,000,000	50,000,000
Preferred stock, shares issued (in shares)	0	0
Preferred stock, shares outstanding (in shares)	0	0
Common stock par value (in dollars per share)	$ 0.001	$ 0.001
Common stock, shares authorized (in shares)	500,000,000	500,000,000
Common stock, shares issued (in shares)	10,669,649	10,567,881
Common stock, shares outstanding (in shares)	10,669,649	10,567,881

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME - USD ($)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2024

Dec. 31, 2023

Dec. 31, 2022

Income Statement [Abstract]

Net sales

$ 574,697,000

$ 546,258,000

$ 611,738,000

Cost of sales

247,192,000

245,978,000

274,491,000

Gross profit

327,505,000

300,280,000

337,247,000

Operating expenses:

Selling

161,852,000

149,307,000

166,070,000

Marketing

74,710,000

68,907,000

66,730,000

General and administrative

101,264,000

96,951,000

102,700,000

Goodwill impairment

68,524,000

173,786,000

Total operating expenses

337,826,000

383,689,000

509,286,000

Loss from operations

(10,321,000)

(83,409,000)

(172,039,000)

Other expense, net:

Interest expense

(10,296,000)

(11,165,000)

(7,043,000)

Other expense

(1,044,000)

(2,391,000)

(1,532,000)

Total other expense, net

(11,340,000)

(13,556,000)

(8,575,000)

Loss before income taxes

(21,661,000)

(96,965,000)

(180,614,000)

(Provision for) benefit from income tax

(4,329,000)

(1,921,000)

3,917,000

Net loss

$ (25,990,000)

$ (98,886,000)

$ (176,697,000)

Net loss per share ,basic (in usd per share)

^[1]

$ (2.46)

$ (9.24)

$ (16.47)

Net loss per share, diluted (in usd per share)

^[1]

$ (2.46)

$ (9.24)

$ (16.47)

Weighted average shares outstanding , basic (in shares)

^[1]

10,567,656

10,707,024

10,726,392

Weighted average shares outstanding, diluted (in shares)

^[1]

10,567,656

10,707,024

10,726,392

[1]	Adjusted for the one-for-12 Reverse Stock Split. Refer to Note 13, “Stockholders’ Equity.”

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023	Dec. 31, 2022
Statement of Comprehensive Income [Abstract]
Net loss	$ (25,990)	$ (98,886)	$ (176,697)
Other comprehensive loss:
Currency translation	(10,580)	(5,084)	(34,105)
Total comprehensive loss	$ (36,570)	$ (103,970)	$ (210,802)

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY - USD ($)
$ in Thousands

Total

Common Stock

Additional Paid-In Capital

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

Retained Earnings (Accumulated Deficit)

Beginning Balance (in shares) at Dec. 31, 2021

^[1]

10,720,653

Beginning Balance at Dec. 31, 2021

$ 451,026

$ 129

$ 453,807

$ (11,080)

$ 8,170

Increase (Decrease) in Stockholders' Equity [Roll Forward]

Equity-based compensation

6,730

Issuance of common stock under employee equity plans, net of shares withheld (in shares)

^[1]

29,933

Issuance of common stock under employee equity plans, net of shares withheld

123

Cumulative translation adjustment

(34,105)

Net loss

(176,697)

Ending Balance (in shares) at Dec. 31, 2022

^[1]

10,750,586

Ending Balance at Dec. 31, 2022

247,077

$ 129

460,660

(45,185)

(168,527)

Increase (Decrease) in Stockholders' Equity [Roll Forward]

Equity-based compensation

7,640

Issuance of common stock under employee equity plans, net of shares withheld (in shares)

^[1]

137,801

Issuance of common stock under employee equity plans, net of shares withheld

(28)

Repurchase of shares (in shares)

^[1]

(320,506)

Repurchase of shares

(2,101)

$ (1)

(2,100)

Cumulative translation adjustment

(5,084)

Net loss

$ (98,886)

(98,886)

Ending Balance (in shares) at Dec. 31, 2023

10,567,881

^[1]

Ending Balance at Dec. 31, 2023

$ 148,618

$ 128

466,172

(50,269)

(267,413)

Increase (Decrease) in Stockholders' Equity [Roll Forward]

Equity-based compensation

7,980

Issuance of common stock under employee equity plans, net of shares withheld (in shares)

^[1]

232,805

Issuance of common stock under employee equity plans, net of shares withheld

(879)

Repurchase of shares (in shares)

^[1]

(131,037)

Repurchase of shares

(1,515)

$ 0

(1,515)

Cumulative translation adjustment

(10,580)

Net loss

$ (25,990)

(25,990)

Ending Balance (in shares) at Dec. 31, 2024

10,669,649

^[1]

Ending Balance at Dec. 31, 2024

$ 117,634

$ 128

$ 471,758

$ (60,849)

$ (293,403)

[1]	Adjusted for the one-for-12 Reverse Stock Split. Refer to Note 13, “Stockholders’ Equity.”

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (Parenthetical)	Sep. 29, 2023
Statement of Stockholders' Equity [Abstract]
Reverse stock split	0.0833

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS - USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023	Dec. 31, 2022
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net loss	$ (25,990,000)	$ (98,886,000)	$ (176,697,000)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
Depreciation expense	6,550,000	7,605,000	6,156,000
Amortization expense	11,047,000	11,536,000	14,192,000
Amortization of inventory fair value adjustment	0	0	707,000
Amortization of debt issuance costs	597,000	624,000	647,000
Lease incentives	0	1,596,000	1,722,000
Loss on disposal of businesses	673,000	1,533,000	0
Non-cash operating lease expense	8,979,000	7,766,000	9,779,000
Equity-based compensation	7,980,000	7,640,000	6,730,000
Deferred income taxes, net	1,508,000	(745,000)	(4,064,000)
Goodwill impairment	0	68,524,000	173,786,000
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions:
Accounts receivable, net	(3,294,000)	(1,283,000)	(602,000)
Inventory	(10,657,000)	32,149,000	(16,257,000)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	1,539,000	(2,789,000)	6,134,000
Accounts payable	2,442,000	7,512,000	(1,888,000)
Income taxes payable	778,000	6,214,000	(2,442,000)
Accrued liabilities	7,138,000	(13,982,000)	(7,419,000)
Sales returns reserve	(1,849,000)	5,566,000	(2,678,000)
Deferred revenue	856,000	522,000	267,000
Lease liabilities	(7,628,000)	(7,676,000)	(8,392,000)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	669,000	33,426,000	(319,000)
Cash flows from investing activities:
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired	0	0	(5,321,000)
Purchases of intangible assets	(2,000)	(61,000)	(247,000)
Purchases of property and equipment	(11,592,000)	(5,970,000)	(19,746,000)
Net cash used in investing activities	(11,594,000)	(6,031,000)	(25,314,000)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Payments of costs related to initial public offering	0	0	(1,142,000)
Proceeds from line of credit	49,500,000	11,500,000	40,000,000
Repayment of line of credit	(26,200,000)	(51,500,000)	0
Proceeds from issuance of debt, net of issuance costs	0	0	(121,000)
Repayment of debt	(5,400,000)	(10,700,000)	(5,600,000)
Taxes paid related to net share settlement of equity awards	(1,103,000)	(191,000)	(104,000)
Proceeds from issuances under equity-based compensation plans	224,000	162,000	227,000
Repurchase of shares	(1,515,000)	(2,100,000)	0
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	15,506,000	(52,829,000)	33,260,000
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash	(2,131,000)	1,090,000	(272,000)
Net change in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash	2,450,000	(24,344,000)	7,355,000
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of year	24,029,000	48,373,000	41,018,000
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of year	26,479,000	24,029,000	48,373,000
Reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash:
Cash and cash equivalents	24,192,000	21,859,000	46,319,000
Restricted cash, included in prepaid expenses and other current assets	577,000	2,170,000	2,054,000
Restricted cash, included in other assets	1,710,000	0	0
Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash	26,479,000	24,029,000	48,373,000
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
Interest paid	9,770,000	10,515,000	6,296,000
Income tax paid (refund received), net	2,056,000	(4,039,000)	2,329,000
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash activities:
Right-of-use asset additions under operating leases	38,534,000	8,447,000	22,237,000
Property and equipment expenditures included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities	$ 773,000	$ 70,000	$ 539,000

Organization and Description of Business	12 Months Ended
Organization and Description of Business	Dec. 31, 2024
Organization, Consolidation and Presentation of Financial Statements [Abstract]
Organization and Description of Business	Organization and Description of Business a.k.a. Brands Holding Corp. (together with its wholly owned subsidiaries, collectively, the “Company”), which operates under the name “a.k.a. Brands” or “a.k.a.,” is a portfolio of next-generation fashion brands for the next generation of consumers. The Company seeks to leverage its industry expertise and operational synergies to accelerate its brands so they can grow faster, reach broader audiences, achieve greater scale and enhance their profitability. The Company is headquartered in San Francisco, California, with buying, studio, marketing, fulfillment and administrative functions primarily in Australia and the United States.

Significant Accounting Policies

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2024

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Presentation

Use of Estimates

Certain Risks and Concentrations

As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company had $13.5 million and $9.3 million, respectively, on deposit in banks outside of the United States.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Accounts Receivable

Inventory

Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consist primarily of advance payments on inventory to be delivered from vendors, security deposits, prepaid packaging and insurance.

Property and Equipment, Net


			Estimated useful life (years)
Furniture and fixtures			5 - 10 years
Machinery and equipment			5 - 10 years
Computer equipment and capitalized software			3 - 5 years
Buildings and leasehold improvements			Shorter of the lease term or the estimated life of the assets

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and Goodwill

The Company’s long-lived assets consist of intangible assets and property and equipment. The Company’s goodwill has an indefinite useful life.

No impairment losses related to finite-lived intangible assets or property and equipment were recognized during the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022.

Leases

Income Taxes

The Company classifies interest and penalties, if applicable, related to income tax liabilities as a component of income tax expense.

Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs. As of December 31, 2024, there are no known uncertain tax positions.

Equity-based Compensation

Restricted Stock Units and Stock Options

These assumptions and estimates are as follows:

•Risk-Free Interest Rate. The risk-free interest rate for the expected term of the equity award is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant.

The Company will continue to use judgment in evaluating the assumptions related to its equity-based compensation on a prospective basis.

Foreign Currencies

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Revenue Recognition

The following table presents a summary of the Company’s sales return reserve:


	December 31,
	2024		2023
Beginning balance	$	9,610	$	3,968
Returns	(123,436)		(101,025)
Allowance	121,413		106,667
Ending balance	$	7,587	$	9,610

Revenue recognized in net sales on breakage of gift cards and online credit for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022 was $2.6 million, $1.6 million and $0.2 million, respectively.

The following table presents the disaggregation of the Company’s net sales by geography, based on customer address:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2024		2023		2022
United States	$	368,799	$	315,496	$	312,977
Australia/New Zealand	180,328		202,777		268,873
Rest of world	25,570		27,985		29,888
Total	$	574,697	$	546,258	$	611,738

Cost of Sales

Selling Expenses

Marketing

General and Administrative

Net Income (Loss) Per Share

Fair Value Measurements

•Level 1 Inputs: Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with a maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

Commitments and Contingencies

Segment Information

Reclassification

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2024

Prepaid Expense and Other Assets, Current [Abstract]

Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets are comprised of the following:


	December 31,
	2024		2023

Inventory prepayments	$	6,693	$	4,982
Other	10,027		13,034
Total prepaid expenses and other current assets	$	16,720	$	18,016

Property and Equipment, Net

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2024

Property, Plant and Equipment [Abstract]

Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment, net is comprised of the following:


	December 31,
	2024		2023
Furniture and fixtures	$	5,608	$	2,439
Machinery and equipment	4,686		6,008
Computer equipment and capitalized software	7,444		7,531
Leasehold improvements	31,230		27,680
Total property and equipment	48,968		43,658
Less: accumulated depreciation	(17,706)		(16,504)
Total property and equipment, net	$	31,262	$	27,154

Depreciation expense consisted of the following:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2024		2023		2022
Selling expenses	$	5,478	$	5,264	$	3,615
General and administrative expenses	1,072		2,341		2,541
Total depreciation expense	$	6,550	$	7,605	$	6,156

Goodwill

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2024

Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]

Goodwill

2023 Impairment

2022 Impairment

Goodwill Activity

The following table summarizes goodwill activity:


Balance as of December 31, 2022	$	167,731
Impairment	(68,524)
Changes in foreign currency translation	(4,309)
Balance as of December 31, 2023	94,898


Changes in foreign currency translation	(5,644)
Balance as of December 31, 2024	$	89,254

Intangible Assets

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2024

Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]

Intangible Assets


	December 31,
	Useful life	Weighted Average Amortization Period 2024	2024		Weighted Average Amortization Period 2023	2023
Customer relationships	4 years	0.3 years	$	7,360	1.2 years	$	21,640
Brands	10 years	6.0 years	83,612		6.9 years	84,023
Trademarks	5 years	0.3 years	98		1.3 years	107
Total intangible assets			91,070			105,770
Less: accumulated amortization			(38,716)			(41,448)
Total intangible assets, net			$	52,354		$	64,322

Future estimated amortization expense for acquired identifiable intangible assets is as follows:


Year ending December 31:
2025	$	9,231
2026	9,065
2027	9,065
2028	8,272
2029	7,211
Thereafter	9,510
Total amortization expense	$	52,354

Debt

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2024

Debt Disclosure [Abstract]

Debt

Senior Secured Credit Facility

As of December 31, 2024, the all-in rate (Term SOFR plus the applicable margin) for the Company’s term loan and borrowings under the revolving line of credit was 7.68%.

Total Debt and Interest

Outstanding debt consisted of the following:


	December 31,
	2024		2023

Term loan	$	89,050	$	94,450
Revolving credit facility	23,300		—
Capitalized debt issuance costs	(639)		(1,056)
Total debt	111,711		93,394
Less: current portion	(6,300)		(3,300)
Total long-term debt	$	105,411	$	90,094

As of December 31, 2024, the maturities of principal amounts of our total debt obligations were as follows:


2025	$	6,300
2026	106,050
Total	$	112,350

Leases

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2024

Leases [Abstract]

Leases

The Company’s operating lease costs were as follows:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2024		2023		2022
Operating lease costs	$	12,845	$	10,005	$	8,890
Variable lease costs	1,252		944		609
Short-term lease costs	488		385		430
Total lease costs	$	14,585	$	11,334	$	9,929

The Company does not have any sublease income and the Company’s lease agreements do not contain any residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants.

Supplemental cash flow information relating to the Company’s operating leases was as follows:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2024		2023		2022
Cash paid for operating lease liabilities	$	11,367	$	8,421	$	6,027
Operating lease right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities	38,534		8,447		22,237

Other information relating to the Company’s operating leases was as follows:


	As of December 31,
	2024	2023
Weighted-average remaining lease term	6.7 years	6.4 years
Weighted-average discount rate	6.9%	5.1%

As of December 31, 2024, the maturities of operating lease liabilities were as follows:


2025	$	13,201
2026	14,401
2027	13,027
2028	11,980
2029	11,913
Thereafter	28,367
Total remaining lease payments	92,889
Less: imputed interest	21,011
Total operating lease liabilities	71,878
Less: current portion	(8,382)
Long-term operating lease liabilities	$	63,496

Income Taxes

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2024

Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]

Income Taxes

Loss before income taxes consisted of the following:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2024		2023		2022
United States	$	(5,016)	$	(8,904)	$	(7,586)
Foreign	(16,645)		(88,061)		(173,028)
Loss before income taxes	$	(21,661)	$	(96,965)	$	(180,614)

The components of the provision for (benefit from) income taxes consisted of the following:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2024		2023		2022
Current:
Federal	$	1,588	$	1,496	$	1,059
State	826		649		354
Foreign	424		465		(1,208)
Total	2,838		2,610		205
Deferred:
Federal	1,654		(2,305)		(2,325)
State	(115)		467		(126)
Foreign	(48)		1,149		(1,671)
Total	1,491		(689)		(4,122)
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes	$	4,329	$	1,921	$	(3,917)

The provision for (benefit from) income taxes differs from the tax computed using the statutory U.S. federal income tax rate of 21% as a result of the following items:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2024		2023		2022
Benefit from income taxes at U.S. statutory rate	$	(4,549)	$	(20,363)	$	(37,929)
State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit	558		512		250
Permanent differences	618		555		266
Foreign tax rate differential	(1,532)		(8,220)		(14,900)

Equity-based compensation	240		1,082		860
Goodwill impairment	—		21,444		51,990
Change in valuation allowance	9,186		6,987		—
Change in tax basis of Culture Kings’ inventory and intangibles	—		—		(2,233)
Intra-entity transfer of certain intellectual property rights	—		—		(1,030)
Other	(192)		(76)		(1,191)
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes	$	4,329	$	1,921	$	(3,917)

The components of net deferred tax assets were as follows:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2024		2023
Deferred tax assets:
Transaction costs	$	341	$	843

Accruals and reserves	6,175		5,201
Lease liabilities	18,742		11,391

Asset retirement obligation	—		165
Inventory	3,462		2,427
Foreign exchange gains / losses	653		878
Interest limitation	2,811		1,034
Loss carryforwards	9,949		10,472
Other	679		387
Subtotal	42,812		32,798
Less: Valuation allowance	(18,777)		(12,158)
Total deferred tax assets	24,035		20,640
Deferred tax liabilities:
Property and equipment	(754)		(749)
Intangible assets	(5,069)		(6,850)
Right-of-use assets	(18,066)		(11,472)


Asset retirement obligations	(99)		—
Total deferred tax liabilities	(23,988)		(19,071)
Net deferred tax assets	$	47	$	1,569

As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company had no uncertain tax positions.

Tax Contingencies

Accrued Liabilities

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2024

Payables and Accruals [Abstract]

Accrued Liabilities

Accrued liabilities consisted of the following:


	December 31,
	2024		2023
Accrued salaries and other benefits	$	10,504	$	8,428
Accrued freight costs	4,551		3,976
Sales tax payable	3,132		4,955
Accrued marketing costs	5,800		2,885
Accrued professional services	1,160		909
Other accrued liabilities	6,069		4,070
Total accrued liabilities	$	31,216	$	25,223

Deferred Revenue

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2024

Revenue from Contract with Customer [Abstract]

Deferred Revenue

Deferred revenue consisted of the following:


	December 31,
	2024		2023
Gift cards	$	11,473	$	11,303
Other	742		479
Total deferred revenue	$	12,215	$	11,782

Equity-based Compensation

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2024

Share-Based Payment Arrangement [Abstract]

Equity-based Compensation

Incentive Plans

2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan

2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

2018 Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan

Grant Activity

Stock Options

A summary of the Company's time-based stock option activity under the 2021 Plan for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, as adjusted for the Reverse Stock Split, is as follows:


	Number of Options	Weighted Average Exercise Price		Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term	Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Balance as of December 31, 2022	42,288	$	83.36	9.04	$	—
Granted	—	—
Exercised	—	—
Forfeited/Repurchased	(2,468)	114.00
Balance as of December 31, 2023	39,820	81.47		8.06	—
Granted	—	—
Exercised	—	—
Forfeited/Repurchased	—	—
Balance as of December 31, 2024	39,820	81.47		7.06	—
Vested as of December 31, 2024	34,086	$	80.66	7.07	$	—

Restricted Stock Units

A summary of the Company's time-based RSU activity under the 2021 Plan for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, as adjusted for the Reverse Stock Split, is as follows:


	Number of Shares	Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value
Balance as of December 31, 2022	367,512	$	32.81
Granted	387,067	7.87
Vested	(130,550)	34.20
Forfeited/Repurchased	(45,116)	34.79
Balance as of December 31, 2023	578,913	15.67
Granted	403,458	14.86
Vested	(274,201)	16.37
Forfeited/Repurchased	(56,883)	14.39
Balance as of December 31, 2024	651,287	$	14.93

Incentive Units

Time-Based Incentive Partnership Units

The following table summarizes time-based incentive unit activity under the 2018 Plan for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023:


	Number of Units	Weighted Average Grant Date Fair value		Weighted Average Participation Threshold		Aggregate Intrinsic Value




Balance as of December 31, 2022	3,363,856	$	1.43	$	18.64	$	—
Granted	—	—		—
Vested	(1,987,639)	1.37		17.67
Forfeited/Repurchased	(16,150)	3.19		22.68
Balance as of December 31, 2023	1,360,067	1.50		20.01		—
Granted	—	—		—
Vested	(1,185,981)	1.52		19.62
Forfeited/Repurchased	(30,083)	1.34		22.68
Balance as of December 31, 2024	144,003	$	1.40	$	22.68	$	—
Vested as of December 31, 2024	9,047,201

Performance-Based Incentive Units

ESPP Purchase Rights

A summary of the Company's ESPP activity under the 2021 Plan for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, as adjusted for the Reverse Stock Split, was as follows:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2024		2023		2022
Shares purchased using ESPP purchase rights	20,937		39,050		12,348
Weighted average purchase price	$	10.89	$	4.14	$	18.36

Equity-Based Compensation Expense

The following table summarizes the Company’s equity-based compensation expense by award type for all Plans:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2024		2023		2022
Stock options	$	722	$	572	$	495
RSUs	5,601		4,256		2,943
ESPP purchase rights	100		148		188
Time-based incentive units	1,557		2,664		3,104

Total	$	7,980	$	7,640	$	6,730

Stockholders’ Equity	12 Months Ended
Stockholders’ Equity	Dec. 31, 2024
Equity [Abstract]
Stockholders’ Equity	Stockholders’ Equity Preferred Stock In connection with the IPO, the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation became effective, which authorized the issuance of 50,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock with a par value of $0.001 per share with rights and preferences, including voting rights, designated from time to time by the Company’s board of directors. There were no shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2024. Common Stock The Company has one class of common stock. In connection with the IPO, the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation became effective, which authorized the issuance of 500,000,000 shares of common stock with a par value of $0.001 per share, with one vote per share. Holders of common stock are entitled to receive any dividends as may be declared from time to time by the Company’s board of directors. On September 29, 2023, the Company effected a one-for-12 reverse stock split of its common stock (the “Reverse Stock Split”). No fractional shares were issued in connection with the Reverse Stock Split and all holders of such fractional interests received cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the average of the closing sales prices of the Company’s common stock during the regular trading hours for the five consecutive trading days immediately preceding the effective date of the Reverse Stock Split, with such average closing sales prices being adjusted to give effect to the Reverse Stock Split. All references in these financial statements to the Company’s outstanding common stock, including per share information, prior to the Reverse Stock Split have been retrospectively adjusted to reflect the Reverse Stock Split. Share Repurchase Program & Share Forfeitures On May 25, 2023, the Company's board of directors approved a share repurchase program (the “Share Repurchase Program”). Pursuant to the Share Repurchase Program, the Company was initially authorized to repurchase up to $2.0 million of shares of the Company’s common stock. Subsequently, in 2023, the Company’s board of directors approved an additional repurchase capacity under the Share Repurchase Program of $3.0 million of shares of the Company’s common stock. The timing of any repurchases by the Company and the actual number of shares repurchased are at the Company’s discretion, and, in deciding when to repurchase shares and the amount of shares to repurchase, the Company will consider available liquidity, general market and economic conditions, alternate uses for the capital and other factors. Share repurchases may be made from time to time through a Rule 10b5-1 trading plan, open market transactions, block trades or in private transactions in accordance with applicable securities laws and regulations and other legal requirements. The Share Repurchase Program may be suspended or discontinued at any time and has no expiration date. Additionally, from time to time, the Company’s employees may surrender shares of the Company’s common stock to satisfy their statutory minimum federal and state tax obligations associated with the vesting of restricted shares of common stock issued under the 2021 Plan. With respect to these surrendered shares, the price paid per share is based on the fair value at the time of surrender. During the year ended December 31, 2024, inclusive of repurchases under the Share Repurchase Program and shares surrendered by employees to satisfy tax obligations, the Company repurchased 194,255 shares of its common stock for $2.6 million, at an average price of $13.36 per share.

Net Loss Per Share

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2024

Earnings Per Share [Abstract]

Net Loss Per Share

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net loss per share and a reconciliation of the weighted average number of shares outstanding:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2024		2023		2022
Numerator:
Net loss	$	(25,990)	$	(98,886)	$	(176,697)
Denominator:
Weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted	10,567,656		10,707,024		10,726,392




Net loss per share:
Net loss per share, basic and diluted	$	(2.46)	$	(9.24)	$	(16.47)

Commitments and Contingencies	12 Months Ended
Commitments and Contingencies	Dec. 31, 2024
Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]
Commitments and Contingencies	Commitments and Contingencies Legal Proceeding In April 2024, the Company received a cease and desist letter alleging copyright infringement and related claims. This matter has not proceeded to litigation as of the date that these condensed consolidated financial statements are issued, and the Company has accrued $2.0 million to general and administrative expenses for current estimated losses in connection with these claims. The accrual for estimated losses is based on currently available information and may change as new information becomes available or circumstances change.

Segment Information

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2024

Segment Reporting [Abstract]

Segment Information

The following table sets forth gross margin for the periods shown:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2024			2023			2022
Net sales	$	574,697		$	546,258		$	611,738
Cost of sales	247,192			245,978			274,491
Gross profit	$	327,505		$	300,280		$	337,247
Gross margin	57.0		%	55.0		%	55.1		%

Subsequent Events	12 Months Ended
Subsequent Events	Dec. 31, 2024
Subsequent Events [Abstract]
Subsequent Events	Subsequent Events The Company has evaluated subsequent events occurring through the date that these financial statements were issued, and determined the following subsequent event occurred that would require disclosure in these financial statements. Draws on Revolving Line of Credit In January 2025, the Company borrowed $21.5 million under the revolving line of credit, which is part of the Company’s senior secured credit facility. The initial weighted average applicable interest rate for the borrowings is 7.68% and final payoff is due on September 24, 2026. CEO Employment Agreement On January 7, 2025, the board of directors of the Company appointed Ciaran Long, the Interim Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of the Company (“Chief Financial Officer”), to the position of Chief Executive Officer of the Company and removed him from the position of Chief Financial Officer, in each case effective January 13, 2025. In connection with Mr. Long’s appointment, on January 13, 2025, a.k.a. Brands, Inc., an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Long (the “CEO Employment Agreement”), which supersedes the employment agreement between Mr. Long and a.k.a. Brands, Inc. dated March 23, 2021. The CEO Employment Agreement has an initial term of four years, subject to automatic renewals for additional one-year periods. In connection with Mr. Long’s appointment, on January 7, 2025, the board of directors, upon the recommendation of the Compensation Committee of the board, approved a grant, effective January 13, 2025, of performance-based stock options (the “Options”) to Mr. Long under the 2021 Plan, representing a contingent right to purchase 100,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at a specified price, upon the vesting of the Options. The Options expire after ten years, or upon the termination of Mr. Long’s service to the Company, and include four tranches that will each vest and become exercisable based upon the achievement of various common stock price targets. The weighted average exercise price for the Options is $120.00. The total unrecognized compensation cost related to the Options is $1.0 million, which is expected to be recognized over 4.2 years.

Pay vs Performance Disclosure - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
Pay vs Performance Disclosure - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023	Dec. 31, 2022
Pay vs Performance Disclosure
Net loss	$ (25,990)	$ (98,886)	$ (176,697)

Insider Trading Arrangements	3 Months Ended
Insider Trading Arrangements	Dec. 31, 2024
Trading Arrangements, by Individual
Rule 10b5-1 Arrangement Adopted	false
Non-Rule 10b5-1 Arrangement Adopted	false
Rule 10b5-1 Arrangement Terminated	false
Non-Rule 10b5-1 Arrangement Terminated	false

Insider Trading Policies and Procedures	12 Months Ended
Insider Trading Policies and Procedures	Dec. 31, 2024
Insider Trading Policies and Procedures [Line Items]
Insider Trading Policies and Procedures Adopted	true

Cybersecurity Risk Management and Strategy Disclosure	12 Months Ended
Cybersecurity Risk Management and Strategy Disclosure	Dec. 31, 2024
Cybersecurity Risk Management, Strategy, and Governance [Line Items]
Cybersecurity Risk Management Processes for Assessing, Identifying, and Managing Threats [Text Block]	Cybersecurity represents a critical component of the Company’s overall approach to risk management. The Company’s cybersecurity policies, standards and practices are fully integrated into the Company’s enterprise risk management (“ERM”) approach, and cybersecurity risks are among the core enterprise risks that are subject to oversight by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”). The Company’s cybersecurity policies, standards and practices follow recognized frameworks established by the National Institute of Standards and Technology (“NIST”). The Company generally approaches cybersecurity threats through a cross-functional, multilayered approach, with specific the goals of: (i) identifying, preventing and mitigating cybersecurity threats to the Company; (ii) preserving the confidentiality, security and availability of the information that we collect and store to use in our business; (iii) protecting the Company’s intellectual property; (iv) maintaining the confidence of our customers, clients and business partners; and (v) providing appropriate public disclosure of cybersecurity risks and incidents when required. Risk Management and Strategy Consistent with overall ERM policies and practices, the Company’s cybersecurity program focuses on the following areas: •Vigilance: The Company maintains a global presence, with cybersecurity threat operations functioning 24/7 with the specific goal of identifying, preventing and mitigating cybersecurity threats and responding to cybersecurity incidents in accordance with our established incident response and recovery plans. •Systems Safeguards: The Company deploys safeguards that are designed to protect the Company’s information systems from cybersecurity threats, including firewalls, intrusion prevention and detection systems, anti-malware functionality and access controls, which are evaluated and improved through ongoing vulnerability assessments, vendor available software updates and cybersecurity threat intelligence. •Collaboration: The Company utilizes collaboration mechanisms and services established with public and private entities, including intelligence and enforcement agencies, industry groups and third-party service providers, to identify, assess and respond to cybersecurity risks. •Third-Party Risk Management: The Company maintains a comprehensive, risk-based approach to vetting, identifying and overseeing cybersecurity risks presented by third parties, including vendors, service providers and other external users of the Company’s systems, as well as the systems of third parties that could adversely impact our business in the event of a cybersecurity incident affecting those third-party systems. •Training: The Company provides periodic mandatory training for personnel regarding cybersecurity and information technology threats, which reinforces the Company’s information security policies, standards and practices, and such training is scaled to reflect the roles, responsibilities and information systems access of such personnel. •Incident Response and Recovery Planning: The Company has established and maintains comprehensive incident response and recovery plans that fully address the Company’s response to a cybersecurity incident and the recovery from a cybersecurity incident, and such plans are tested, evaluated and updated on a regular basis. •Communication, Coordination and Disclosure: The Company utilizes a cross-functional approach to address the risk from cybersecurity threats, involving management personnel from the Company’s technology, operations, legal, risk management, internal audit and other key business functions, as well as the members of the Board and the Audit Committee of the Board in an ongoing dialogue regarding cybersecurity threats and incidents, while also implementing controls and procedures for the escalation of cybersecurity incidents pursuant to established thresholds so that decisions regarding the disclosure and reporting of such incidents can be made by management in a timely manner. Cybersecurity incidents are assessed for materiality based on potential impacts to operations, financial condition or sensitive data. Material incidents are publicly disclosed within four business days of determining materiality, in compliance with SEC requirements. For the reporting period, no material cybersecurity incidents were identified that required disclosure. •Governance: The Board’s oversight of cybersecurity risk management is supported by the Audit Committee, which regularly interacts with the company’s ERM function and the Company’s Chief Information Security Officer. •Artificial Intelligence (“AI”): The Company has established an AI Governance Policy and framework, overseen by the Company’s Chief Information Architect, to ensure that all AI systems utilized or developed follow our data privacy standards, safeguard sensitive information and minimize potential vulnerabilities. A key part of the Company’s strategy for managing risks from cybersecurity threats is the ongoing assessment and testing of the Company’s processes and practices through auditing, assessments, tabletop exercises, threat modeling, vulnerability testing and other exercises focused on evaluating the effectiveness of our cybersecurity measures. The Company regularly engages third parties to perform assessments on our cybersecurity measures, including information security maturity assessments, audits and independent reviews of our information security control environment and operating effectiveness. The results of such assessments, audits and reviews are reported to the Audit Committee and the Board, and the Company adjusts its cybersecurity policies, standards, processes and practices as necessary based on the information provided by the assessments, audits and reviews.
Cybersecurity Risk Management Processes Integrated [Flag]	true
Cybersecurity Risk Management Processes Integrated [Text Block]	Cybersecurity represents a critical component of the Company’s overall approach to risk management. The Company’s cybersecurity policies, standards and practices are fully integrated into the Company’s enterprise risk management (“ERM”) approach, and cybersecurity risks are among the core enterprise risks that are subject to oversight by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”). The Company’s cybersecurity policies, standards and practices follow recognized frameworks established by the National Institute of Standards and Technology (“NIST”). The Company generally approaches cybersecurity threats through a cross-functional, multilayered approach, with specific the goals of: (i) identifying, preventing and mitigating cybersecurity threats to the Company; (ii) preserving the confidentiality, security and availability of the information that we collect and store to use in our business; (iii) protecting the Company’s intellectual property; (iv) maintaining the confidence of our customers, clients and business partners; and (v) providing appropriate public disclosure of cybersecurity risks and incidents when required.
Cybersecurity Risk Management Third Party Engaged [Flag]	true
Cybersecurity Risk Third Party Oversight and Identification Processes [Flag]	true
Cybersecurity Risk Materially Affected or Reasonably Likely to Materially Affect Registrant [Flag]	false
Cybersecurity Risk Board of Directors Oversight [Text Block]	Governance The Board, in coordination with the Audit Committee, oversees the management of risks from cybersecurity threats, including the policies, standards, processes and practices that the Company’s management implements to address risks from cybersecurity threats. The Board and the Audit Committee each receive regular presentations and reports on cybersecurity risks, which address a wide range of topics including, for example, recent developments, evolving standards, vulnerability assessments, third-party and independent reviews, the threat environment, technological trends and information security considerations arising with respect to the Company’s peers and third parties. The Board and the Audit Committee also receive prompt and timely information regarding any cybersecurity incident that meets established reporting thresholds, as well as ongoing updates regarding such incident until it has been addressed. At least once each year, the Board and the Audit Committee discuss the Company’s approach to cybersecurity risk management with the Company’s Chief Information Security Officer.
Cybersecurity Risk Board Committee or Subcommittee Responsible for Oversight [Text Block]	The Company’s Chief Information Security Officer reports to the Company’s Chief Information Officer who is the member of the Company’s management that is principally responsible for overseeing the Company’s cybersecurity risk management program, in partnership with other business leaders across the Company. The Chief Information Security Officer works in coordination with Company management. The Company’s Chief Information Security Officer has served in various roles in information technology and information security for 26 years, including several Fortune 500 companies as a consultant specializing in risk management and security architecture, VP of Engineering for a payment solutions provider and security principal for an international telecommunications company in the Fortune 100, and has held many of the information security industry’s most advanced certifications including ISC2’s CISM (Chief Information Security Manager) and CISSP (Chief Information Security Professional), as well as an early adopter of the Cloud Security Alliance’s CCSK (Certificate of Cloud Security Knowledge). The Company’s Chief Information Officer has served in various roles in information technology for 22 years.
Cybersecurity Risk Process for Informing Board Committee or Subcommittee Responsible for Oversight [Text Block]	The Company’s Chief Information Security Officer reports to the Company’s Chief Information Officer who is the member of the Company’s management that is principally responsible for overseeing the Company’s cybersecurity risk management program, in partnership with other business leaders across the Company. The Chief Information Security Officer works in coordination with Company management. The Company’s Chief Information Security Officer has served in various roles in information technology and information security for 26 years, including several Fortune 500 companies as a consultant specializing in risk management and security architecture, VP of Engineering for a payment solutions provider and security principal for an international telecommunications company in the Fortune 100, and has held many of the information security industry’s most advanced certifications including ISC2’s CISM (Chief Information Security Manager) and CISSP (Chief Information Security Professional), as well as an early adopter of the Cloud Security Alliance’s CCSK (Certificate of Cloud Security Knowledge). The Company’s Chief Information Officer has served in various roles in information technology for 22 years. The Company’s Chief Information Security Officer, in coordination with Company management, works collaboratively across the Company to implement a program designed to protect the Company’s information systems from cybersecurity threats and to promptly respond to any cybersecurity incidents. To facilitate the success of this program, multidisciplinary teams throughout the Company are deployed to address cybersecurity threats and to respond to cybersecurity incidents in accordance with the Company’s incident response and recovery plans. The Chief Information Security Officer and Company management monitor the prevention, detection, mitigation and remediation of cybersecurity incidents in real time, and report such incidents to the Audit Committee when appropriate.
Cybersecurity Risk Role of Management [Text Block]	Risk Management and Strategy Consistent with overall ERM policies and practices, the Company’s cybersecurity program focuses on the following areas: •Vigilance: The Company maintains a global presence, with cybersecurity threat operations functioning 24/7 with the specific goal of identifying, preventing and mitigating cybersecurity threats and responding to cybersecurity incidents in accordance with our established incident response and recovery plans. •Systems Safeguards: The Company deploys safeguards that are designed to protect the Company’s information systems from cybersecurity threats, including firewalls, intrusion prevention and detection systems, anti-malware functionality and access controls, which are evaluated and improved through ongoing vulnerability assessments, vendor available software updates and cybersecurity threat intelligence. •Collaboration: The Company utilizes collaboration mechanisms and services established with public and private entities, including intelligence and enforcement agencies, industry groups and third-party service providers, to identify, assess and respond to cybersecurity risks. •Third-Party Risk Management: The Company maintains a comprehensive, risk-based approach to vetting, identifying and overseeing cybersecurity risks presented by third parties, including vendors, service providers and other external users of the Company’s systems, as well as the systems of third parties that could adversely impact our business in the event of a cybersecurity incident affecting those third-party systems. •Training: The Company provides periodic mandatory training for personnel regarding cybersecurity and information technology threats, which reinforces the Company’s information security policies, standards and practices, and such training is scaled to reflect the roles, responsibilities and information systems access of such personnel. •Incident Response and Recovery Planning: The Company has established and maintains comprehensive incident response and recovery plans that fully address the Company’s response to a cybersecurity incident and the recovery from a cybersecurity incident, and such plans are tested, evaluated and updated on a regular basis. •Communication, Coordination and Disclosure: The Company utilizes a cross-functional approach to address the risk from cybersecurity threats, involving management personnel from the Company’s technology, operations, legal, risk management, internal audit and other key business functions, as well as the members of the Board and the Audit Committee of the Board in an ongoing dialogue regarding cybersecurity threats and incidents, while also implementing controls and procedures for the escalation of cybersecurity incidents pursuant to established thresholds so that decisions regarding the disclosure and reporting of such incidents can be made by management in a timely manner. Cybersecurity incidents are assessed for materiality based on potential impacts to operations, financial condition or sensitive data. Material incidents are publicly disclosed within four business days of determining materiality, in compliance with SEC requirements. For the reporting period, no material cybersecurity incidents were identified that required disclosure. •Governance: The Board’s oversight of cybersecurity risk management is supported by the Audit Committee, which regularly interacts with the company’s ERM function and the Company’s Chief Information Security Officer. •Artificial Intelligence (“AI”): The Company has established an AI Governance Policy and framework, overseen by the Company’s Chief Information Architect, to ensure that all AI systems utilized or developed follow our data privacy standards, safeguard sensitive information and minimize potential vulnerabilities. A key part of the Company’s strategy for managing risks from cybersecurity threats is the ongoing assessment and testing of the Company’s processes and practices through auditing, assessments, tabletop exercises, threat modeling, vulnerability testing and other exercises focused on evaluating the effectiveness of our cybersecurity measures. The Company regularly engages third parties to perform assessments on our cybersecurity measures, including information security maturity assessments, audits and independent reviews of our information security control environment and operating effectiveness. The results of such assessments, audits and reviews are reported to the Audit Committee and the Board, and the Company adjusts its cybersecurity policies, standards, processes and practices as necessary based on the information provided by the assessments, audits and reviews. Governance The Board, in coordination with the Audit Committee, oversees the management of risks from cybersecurity threats, including the policies, standards, processes and practices that the Company’s management implements to address risks from cybersecurity threats. The Board and the Audit Committee each receive regular presentations and reports on cybersecurity risks, which address a wide range of topics including, for example, recent developments, evolving standards, vulnerability assessments, third-party and independent reviews, the threat environment, technological trends and information security considerations arising with respect to the Company’s peers and third parties. The Board and the Audit Committee also receive prompt and timely information regarding any cybersecurity incident that meets established reporting thresholds, as well as ongoing updates regarding such incident until it has been addressed. At least once each year, the Board and the Audit Committee discuss the Company’s approach to cybersecurity risk management with the Company’s Chief Information Security Officer. The Company’s Chief Information Security Officer reports to the Company’s Chief Information Officer who is the member of the Company’s management that is principally responsible for overseeing the Company’s cybersecurity risk management program, in partnership with other business leaders across the Company. The Chief Information Security Officer works in coordination with Company management. The Company’s Chief Information Security Officer has served in various roles in information technology and information security for 26 years, including several Fortune 500 companies as a consultant specializing in risk management and security architecture, VP of Engineering for a payment solutions provider and security principal for an international telecommunications company in the Fortune 100, and has held many of the information security industry’s most advanced certifications including ISC2’s CISM (Chief Information Security Manager) and CISSP (Chief Information Security Professional), as well as an early adopter of the Cloud Security Alliance’s CCSK (Certificate of Cloud Security Knowledge). The Company’s Chief Information Officer has served in various roles in information technology for 22 years. The Company’s Chief Information Security Officer, in coordination with Company management, works collaboratively across the Company to implement a program designed to protect the Company’s information systems from cybersecurity threats and to promptly respond to any cybersecurity incidents. To facilitate the success of this program, multidisciplinary teams throughout the Company are deployed to address cybersecurity threats and to respond to cybersecurity incidents in accordance with the Company’s incident response and recovery plans. The Chief Information Security Officer and Company management monitor the prevention, detection, mitigation and remediation of cybersecurity incidents in real time, and report such incidents to the Audit Committee when appropriate.
Cybersecurity Risk Management Positions or Committees Responsible [Flag]	true
Cybersecurity Risk Management Positions or Committees Responsible [Text Block]	The Board, in coordination with the Audit Committee, oversees the management of risks from cybersecurity threats, including the policies, standards, processes and practices that the Company’s management implements to address risks from cybersecurity threats. The Board and the Audit Committee each receive regular presentations and reports on cybersecurity risks, which address a wide range of topics including, for example, recent developments, evolving standards, vulnerability assessments, third-party and independent reviews, the threat environment, technological trends and information security considerations arising with respect to the Company’s peers and third parties. The Board and the Audit Committee also receive prompt and timely information regarding any cybersecurity incident that meets established reporting thresholds, as well as ongoing updates regarding such incident until it has been addressed. At least once each year, the Board and the Audit Committee discuss the Company’s approach to cybersecurity risk management with the Company’s Chief Information Security Officer. The Company’s Chief Information Security Officer reports to the Company’s Chief Information Officer who is the member of the Company’s management that is principally responsible for overseeing the Company’s cybersecurity risk management program, in partnership with other business leaders across the Company. The Chief Information Security Officer works in coordination with Company management.
Cybersecurity Risk Management Expertise of Management Responsible [Text Block]	The Company’s Chief Information Security Officer has served in various roles in information technology and information security for 26 years, including several Fortune 500 companies as a consultant specializing in risk management and security architecture, VP of Engineering for a payment solutions provider and security principal for an international telecommunications company in the Fortune 100, and has held many of the information security industry’s most advanced certifications including ISC2’s CISM (Chief Information Security Manager) and CISSP (Chief Information Security Professional), as well as an early adopter of the Cloud Security Alliance’s CCSK (Certificate of Cloud Security Knowledge). The Company’s Chief Information Officer has served in various roles in information technology for 22 years.
Cybersecurity Risk Process for Informing Management or Committees Responsible [Text Block]	The Company’s Chief Information Security Officer reports to the Company’s Chief Information Officer who is the member of the Company’s management that is principally responsible for overseeing the Company’s cybersecurity risk management program, in partnership with other business leaders across the Company. The Chief Information Security Officer works in coordination with Company management. The Company’s Chief Information Security Officer has served in various roles in information technology and information security for 26 years, including several Fortune 500 companies as a consultant specializing in risk management and security architecture, VP of Engineering for a payment solutions provider and security principal for an international telecommunications company in the Fortune 100, and has held many of the information security industry’s most advanced certifications including ISC2’s CISM (Chief Information Security Manager) and CISSP (Chief Information Security Professional), as well as an early adopter of the Cloud Security Alliance’s CCSK (Certificate of Cloud Security Knowledge). The Company’s Chief Information Officer has served in various roles in information technology for 22 years. The Company’s Chief Information Security Officer, in coordination with Company management, works collaboratively across the Company to implement a program designed to protect the Company’s information systems from cybersecurity threats and to promptly respond to any cybersecurity incidents. To facilitate the success of this program, multidisciplinary teams throughout the Company are deployed to address cybersecurity threats and to respond to cybersecurity incidents in accordance with the Company’s incident response and recovery plans. The Chief Information Security Officer and Company management monitor the prevention, detection, mitigation and remediation of cybersecurity incidents in real time, and report such incidents to the Audit Committee when appropriate.
Cybersecurity Risk Management Positions or Committees Responsible Report to Board [Flag]	true

Significant Accounting Policies (Policies)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2024

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Principles of Consolidation

Principles of ConsolidationAll intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Basis of Presentation

Basis of PresentationThe accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the balances of the Company and all of its wholly-owned subsidiaries.

Use of Estimates

Certain Risks and Concentrations

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable consists of trade accounts receivable that are reported net of an allowance for doubtful accounts.

Inventory

Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consist primarily of advance payments on inventory to be delivered from vendors, security deposits, prepaid packaging and insurance.

Property and Equipment, Net


			Estimated useful life (years)
Furniture and fixtures			5 - 10 years
Machinery and equipment			5 - 10 years
Computer equipment and capitalized software			3 - 5 years
Buildings and leasehold improvements			Shorter of the lease term or the estimated life of the assets

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Intangible Assets

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and Goodwill

The Company’s long-lived assets consist of intangible assets and property and equipment. The Company’s goodwill has an indefinite useful life.

Leases

Income Taxes

The Company classifies interest and penalties, if applicable, related to income tax liabilities as a component of income tax expense.

Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs. As of December 31, 2024, there are no known uncertain tax positions.

Equity-based Compensation

Restricted Stock Units and Stock Options

These assumptions and estimates are as follows:

•Risk-Free Interest Rate. The risk-free interest rate for the expected term of the equity award is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant.

The Company will continue to use judgment in evaluating the assumptions related to its equity-based compensation on a prospective basis.

Foreign Currencies

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

General And Administrative

General and Administrative

Net Income (Loss) Per Share

Fair Value Measurements

•Level 1 Inputs: Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with a maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

Commitments and Contingencies

Segment Information

Reclassification

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Significant Accounting Policies (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2024

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Schedule of Property, Plant and Equipment, Net

Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which range from three to ten years.


			Estimated useful life (years)
Furniture and fixtures			5 - 10 years
Machinery and equipment			5 - 10 years
Computer equipment and capitalized software			3 - 5 years
Buildings and leasehold improvements			Shorter of the lease term or the estimated life of the assets

Property and equipment, net is comprised of the following:


	December 31,
	2024		2023
Furniture and fixtures	$	5,608	$	2,439
Machinery and equipment	4,686		6,008
Computer equipment and capitalized software	7,444		7,531
Leasehold improvements	31,230		27,680
Total property and equipment	48,968		43,658
Less: accumulated depreciation	(17,706)		(16,504)
Total property and equipment, net	$	31,262	$	27,154

Depreciation expense consisted of the following:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2024		2023		2022
Selling expenses	$	5,478	$	5,264	$	3,615
General and administrative expenses	1,072		2,341		2,541
Total depreciation expense	$	6,550	$	7,605	$	6,156

Schedule of Deferred Revenue

The following table presents a summary of the Company’s sales return reserve:


	December 31,
	2024		2023
Beginning balance	$	9,610	$	3,968
Returns	(123,436)		(101,025)
Allowance	121,413		106,667
Ending balance	$	7,587	$	9,610

Deferred revenue consisted of the following:


	December 31,
	2024		2023
Gift cards	$	11,473	$	11,303
Other	742		479
Total deferred revenue	$	12,215	$	11,782

Schedule of Disaggregation of Revenue

The following table presents the disaggregation of the Company’s net sales by geography, based on customer address:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2024		2023		2022
United States	$	368,799	$	315,496	$	312,977
Australia/New Zealand	180,328		202,777		268,873
Rest of world	25,570		27,985		29,888
Total	$	574,697	$	546,258	$	611,738

Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2024

Prepaid Expense and Other Assets, Current [Abstract]

Schedule of Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets are comprised of the following:


	December 31,
	2024		2023

Inventory prepayments	$	6,693	$	4,982
Other	10,027		13,034
Total prepaid expenses and other current assets	$	16,720	$	18,016

Property and Equipment, Net (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2024

Property, Plant and Equipment [Abstract]

Schedule of Property, Plant and Equipment, Net

Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which range from three to ten years.


			Estimated useful life (years)
Furniture and fixtures			5 - 10 years
Machinery and equipment			5 - 10 years
Computer equipment and capitalized software			3 - 5 years
Buildings and leasehold improvements			Shorter of the lease term or the estimated life of the assets

Property and equipment, net is comprised of the following:


	December 31,
	2024		2023
Furniture and fixtures	$	5,608	$	2,439
Machinery and equipment	4,686		6,008
Computer equipment and capitalized software	7,444		7,531
Leasehold improvements	31,230		27,680
Total property and equipment	48,968		43,658
Less: accumulated depreciation	(17,706)		(16,504)
Total property and equipment, net	$	31,262	$	27,154

Depreciation expense consisted of the following:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2024		2023		2022
Selling expenses	$	5,478	$	5,264	$	3,615
General and administrative expenses	1,072		2,341		2,541
Total depreciation expense	$	6,550	$	7,605	$	6,156

Goodwill (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2024

Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule of Goodwill

The following table summarizes goodwill activity:


Balance as of December 31, 2022	$	167,731
Impairment	(68,524)
Changes in foreign currency translation	(4,309)
Balance as of December 31, 2023	94,898


Changes in foreign currency translation	(5,644)
Balance as of December 31, 2024	$	89,254

Intangible Assets (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2024

Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule of Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets


	December 31,
	Useful life	Weighted Average Amortization Period 2024	2024		Weighted Average Amortization Period 2023	2023
Customer relationships	4 years	0.3 years	$	7,360	1.2 years	$	21,640
Brands	10 years	6.0 years	83,612		6.9 years	84,023
Trademarks	5 years	0.3 years	98		1.3 years	107
Total intangible assets			91,070			105,770
Less: accumulated amortization			(38,716)			(41,448)
Total intangible assets, net			$	52,354		$	64,322

Schedule of Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Future Amortization Expense

Future estimated amortization expense for acquired identifiable intangible assets is as follows:


Year ending December 31:
2025	$	9,231
2026	9,065
2027	9,065
2028	8,272
2029	7,211
Thereafter	9,510
Total amortization expense	$	52,354

Debt (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2024

Debt Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule of Outstanding Debt

Outstanding debt consisted of the following:


	December 31,
	2024		2023

Term loan	$	89,050	$	94,450
Revolving credit facility	23,300		—
Capitalized debt issuance costs	(639)		(1,056)
Total debt	111,711		93,394
Less: current portion	(6,300)		(3,300)
Total long-term debt	$	105,411	$	90,094

Schedule of Maturities of Long-Term Debt

As of December 31, 2024, the maturities of principal amounts of our total debt obligations were as follows:


2025	$	6,300
2026	106,050
Total	$	112,350

Leases (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2024

Leases [Abstract]

Schedule of Operating Lease Cost

The Company’s operating lease costs were as follows:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2024		2023		2022
Operating lease costs	$	12,845	$	10,005	$	8,890
Variable lease costs	1,252		944		609
Short-term lease costs	488		385		430
Total lease costs	$	14,585	$	11,334	$	9,929

Schedule of Supplemental Information Related to Operating Leases

Supplemental cash flow information relating to the Company’s operating leases was as follows:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2024		2023		2022
Cash paid for operating lease liabilities	$	11,367	$	8,421	$	6,027
Operating lease right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities	38,534		8,447		22,237

Other information relating to the Company’s operating leases was as follows:


	As of December 31,
	2024	2023
Weighted-average remaining lease term	6.7 years	6.4 years
Weighted-average discount rate	6.9%	5.1%

Schedule of Operating Lease Maturity

As of December 31, 2024, the maturities of operating lease liabilities were as follows:


2025	$	13,201
2026	14,401
2027	13,027
2028	11,980
2029	11,913
Thereafter	28,367
Total remaining lease payments	92,889
Less: imputed interest	21,011
Total operating lease liabilities	71,878
Less: current portion	(8,382)
Long-term operating lease liabilities	$	63,496

Income Taxes (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2024

Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule of (loss) Income Before Income Tax

Loss before income taxes consisted of the following:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2024		2023		2022
United States	$	(5,016)	$	(8,904)	$	(7,586)
Foreign	(16,645)		(88,061)		(173,028)
Loss before income taxes	$	(21,661)	$	(96,965)	$	(180,614)

Schedule of Components of Income Tax Expense

The components of the provision for (benefit from) income taxes consisted of the following:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2024		2023		2022
Current:
Federal	$	1,588	$	1,496	$	1,059
State	826		649		354
Foreign	424		465		(1,208)
Total	2,838		2,610		205
Deferred:
Federal	1,654		(2,305)		(2,325)
State	(115)		467		(126)
Foreign	(48)		1,149		(1,671)
Total	1,491		(689)		(4,122)
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes	$	4,329	$	1,921	$	(3,917)

Schedule of Effective Income Tax Rate Reconciliation

The provision for (benefit from) income taxes differs from the tax computed using the statutory U.S. federal income tax rate of 21% as a result of the following items:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2024		2023		2022
Benefit from income taxes at U.S. statutory rate	$	(4,549)	$	(20,363)	$	(37,929)
State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit	558		512		250
Permanent differences	618		555		266
Foreign tax rate differential	(1,532)		(8,220)		(14,900)

Equity-based compensation	240		1,082		860
Goodwill impairment	—		21,444		51,990
Change in valuation allowance	9,186		6,987		—
Change in tax basis of Culture Kings’ inventory and intangibles	—		—		(2,233)
Intra-entity transfer of certain intellectual property rights	—		—		(1,030)
Other	(192)		(76)		(1,191)
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes	$	4,329	$	1,921	$	(3,917)

Schedule of Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities

The components of net deferred tax assets were as follows:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2024		2023
Deferred tax assets:
Transaction costs	$	341	$	843

Accruals and reserves	6,175		5,201
Lease liabilities	18,742		11,391

Asset retirement obligation	—		165
Inventory	3,462		2,427
Foreign exchange gains / losses	653		878
Interest limitation	2,811		1,034
Loss carryforwards	9,949		10,472
Other	679		387
Subtotal	42,812		32,798
Less: Valuation allowance	(18,777)		(12,158)
Total deferred tax assets	24,035		20,640
Deferred tax liabilities:
Property and equipment	(754)		(749)
Intangible assets	(5,069)		(6,850)
Right-of-use assets	(18,066)		(11,472)


Asset retirement obligations	(99)		—
Total deferred tax liabilities	(23,988)		(19,071)
Net deferred tax assets	$	47	$	1,569

Accrued Liabilities (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2024

Payables and Accruals [Abstract]

Schedule of Accrued Liabilities

Accrued liabilities consisted of the following:


	December 31,
	2024		2023
Accrued salaries and other benefits	$	10,504	$	8,428
Accrued freight costs	4,551		3,976
Sales tax payable	3,132		4,955
Accrued marketing costs	5,800		2,885
Accrued professional services	1,160		909
Other accrued liabilities	6,069		4,070
Total accrued liabilities	$	31,216	$	25,223

Deferred Revenue (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2024

Revenue from Contract with Customer [Abstract]

Schedule of Deferred Revenue

The following table presents a summary of the Company’s sales return reserve:


	December 31,
	2024		2023
Beginning balance	$	9,610	$	3,968
Returns	(123,436)		(101,025)
Allowance	121,413		106,667
Ending balance	$	7,587	$	9,610

Deferred revenue consisted of the following:


	December 31,
	2024		2023
Gift cards	$	11,473	$	11,303
Other	742		479
Total deferred revenue	$	12,215	$	11,782

Equity-based Compensation (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2024

Share-Based Payment Arrangement [Abstract]

Schedule of Share-Based Payment Arrangement, Option, Activity

A summary of the Company's time-based stock option activity under the 2021 Plan for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, as adjusted for the Reverse Stock Split, is as follows:


	Number of Options	Weighted Average Exercise Price		Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term	Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Balance as of December 31, 2022	42,288	$	83.36	9.04	$	—
Granted	—	—
Exercised	—	—
Forfeited/Repurchased	(2,468)	114.00
Balance as of December 31, 2023	39,820	81.47		8.06	—
Granted	—	—
Exercised	—	—
Forfeited/Repurchased	—	—
Balance as of December 31, 2024	39,820	81.47		7.06	—
Vested as of December 31, 2024	34,086	$	80.66	7.07	$	—

Schedule of Share-Based Payment Arrangement, Restricted Stock Unit, Activity

A summary of the Company's time-based RSU activity under the 2021 Plan for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, as adjusted for the Reverse Stock Split, is as follows:


	Number of Shares	Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value
Balance as of December 31, 2022	367,512	$	32.81
Granted	387,067	7.87
Vested	(130,550)	34.20
Forfeited/Repurchased	(45,116)	34.79
Balance as of December 31, 2023	578,913	15.67
Granted	403,458	14.86
Vested	(274,201)	16.37
Forfeited/Repurchased	(56,883)	14.39
Balance as of December 31, 2024	651,287	$	14.93

Schedule of Incentive Units

The following table summarizes time-based incentive unit activity under the 2018 Plan for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023:


	Number of Units	Weighted Average Grant Date Fair value		Weighted Average Participation Threshold		Aggregate Intrinsic Value




Balance as of December 31, 2022	3,363,856	$	1.43	$	18.64	$	—
Granted	—	—		—
Vested	(1,987,639)	1.37		17.67
Forfeited/Repurchased	(16,150)	3.19		22.68
Balance as of December 31, 2023	1,360,067	1.50		20.01		—
Granted	—	—		—
Vested	(1,185,981)	1.52		19.62
Forfeited/Repurchased	(30,083)	1.34		22.68
Balance as of December 31, 2024	144,003	$	1.40	$	22.68	$	—
Vested as of December 31, 2024	9,047,201

Schedule of ESPP Purchase Rights

A summary of the Company's ESPP activity under the 2021 Plan for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, as adjusted for the Reverse Stock Split, was as follows:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2024		2023		2022
Shares purchased using ESPP purchase rights	20,937		39,050		12,348
Weighted average purchase price	$	10.89	$	4.14	$	18.36

Schedule of Summarizes The Company’s Equity-based Compensation Expense

The following table summarizes the Company’s equity-based compensation expense by award type for all Plans:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2024		2023		2022
Stock options	$	722	$	572	$	495
RSUs	5,601		4,256		2,943
ESPP purchase rights	100		148		188
Time-based incentive units	1,557		2,664		3,104

Total	$	7,980	$	7,640	$	6,730

Net Loss Per Share (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2024

Earnings Per Share [Abstract]

Schedule of Earnings Per Share, Basic and Diluted

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net loss per share and a reconciliation of the weighted average number of shares outstanding:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2024		2023		2022
Numerator:
Net loss	$	(25,990)	$	(98,886)	$	(176,697)
Denominator:
Weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted	10,567,656		10,707,024		10,726,392




Net loss per share:
Net loss per share, basic and diluted	$	(2.46)	$	(9.24)	$	(16.47)

Segment Information (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2024

Segment Reporting [Abstract]

Schedule of Gross Margin

The following table sets forth gross margin for the periods shown:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2024			2023			2022
Net sales	$	574,697		$	546,258		$	611,738
Cost of sales	247,192			245,978			274,491
Gross profit	$	327,505		$	300,280		$	337,247
Gross margin	57.0		%	55.0		%	55.1		%

Significant Accounting Policies - Certain Risks and Concentrations and Accounts Receivable (Narrative) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Millions	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Accounting Policies [Abstract]
Cash held in banks outside of the United States	$ 13.5	$ 9.3
Allowance for doubtful accounts	$ 0.1	$ 0.2

Significant Accounting Policies - Schedule of Property, Plant and Equipment (Details)	Dec. 31, 2024
Minimum
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Estimated useful life (years)	3 years
Maximum
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Estimated useful life (years)	10 years
Furniture and fixtures \| Minimum
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Estimated useful life (years)	5 years
Furniture and fixtures \| Maximum
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Estimated useful life (years)	10 years
Machinery and equipment \| Minimum
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Estimated useful life (years)	5 years
Machinery and equipment \| Maximum
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Estimated useful life (years)	10 years
Computer equipment and capitalized software \| Minimum
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Estimated useful life (years)	3 years
Computer equipment and capitalized software \| Maximum
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Estimated useful life (years)	5 years

Significant Accounting Policies - Goodwill, Intangible Assets and Other Long-Lived Assets (Narrative) (Details) - USD ($)	3 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2023	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023	Dec. 31, 2022	Oct. 31, 2024
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Goodwill impairment	$ 68,500,000	$ 0	$ 68,524,000	$ 173,786,000
Reporting unit, percentage of fair value in excess of carrying amount					11.20%
Goodwill		$ (89,254,000)	$ (94,898,000)	$ (167,731,000)	$ (30,000,000)
Minimum
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Useful life		4 years
Maximum
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Useful life		10 years

Significant Accounting Policies - Equity-based Compensation (Narrative) (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2024
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Share-based compensation arrangement by share-based payment award, fair value assumptions, expected dividend rate	0.00%
Minimum
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Requisite service period	3 years
Maximum
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Requisite service period	4 years

Significant Accounting Policies - Foreign Currencies (Narrative) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023	Dec. 31, 2022
Accounting Policies [Abstract]
Foreign currency transaction losses	$ 0.4	$ 0.8	$ 1.6

Significant Accounting Policies - Revenue Recognition (Narrative) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023	Dec. 31, 2022
Disaggregation of Revenue [Line Items]
Sales returns reserve	$ 7,587	$ 9,610	$ 3,968
Breakage of Online Credit and Gift Cards
Disaggregation of Revenue [Line Items]
Revenue recognized	$ 2,600	$ 1,600	$ 200
Minimum
Disaggregation of Revenue [Line Items]
Refund period	30 days
Maximum
Disaggregation of Revenue [Line Items]
Refund period	45 days

Significant Accounting Policies - Schedule Of Sales Return Reserve (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Sales Return Reserve
Beginning balance	$ 9,610	$ 3,968
Returns	(123,436)	(101,025)
Allowance	121,413	106,667
Ending balance	$ 7,587	$ 9,610

Significant Accounting Policies - Schedule of Disaggregation of Revenue (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023	Dec. 31, 2022
Disaggregation of Revenue [Line Items]
Net sales	$ 574,697	$ 546,258	$ 611,738
United States
Disaggregation of Revenue [Line Items]
Net sales	368,799	315,496	312,977
Australia/New Zealand
Disaggregation of Revenue [Line Items]
Net sales	180,328	202,777	268,873
Rest of world
Disaggregation of Revenue [Line Items]
Net sales	$ 25,570	$ 27,985	$ 29,888

Significant Accounting Policies - Selling Expenses, Marketing, General and Administrative and Other Expenses, Net (Narrative) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023	Dec. 31, 2022
Disaggregation of Revenue [Line Items]
Selling expense, inclusive of outbound shipping and returned freight costs	$ 161,852	$ 149,307	$ 166,070
Shipping and Handling
Disaggregation of Revenue [Line Items]
Selling expense, inclusive of outbound shipping and returned freight costs	$ 72,200	$ 69,300	$ 80,500

Significant Accounting Policies - Segment Information (Narrative) (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2024 segment
Accounting Policies [Abstract]
Number of operating segments	4
Number of reportable segments	1

Significant Accounting Policies - Reclassification (Narrative) (Details) - Revision of Prior Period, Adjustment $ in Millions	Dec. 31, 2023 USD ($)
Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets
Reclassification [Line Items]
Restricted rash	$ 2.2
Restricted Cash
Reclassification [Line Items]
Restricted rash	$ (2.2)

Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Prepaid Expense and Other Assets, Current [Abstract]
Inventory prepayments	$ 6,693	$ 4,982
Other	10,027	13,034
Total prepaid expenses and other current assets	$ 16,720	$ 18,016

Property and Equipment, Net - Schedule of Property, Plant and Equipment, Net (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Total property and equipment	$ 48,968	$ 43,658
Less: accumulated depreciation	(17,706)	(16,504)
Total property and equipment, net	31,262	27,154
Furniture and fixtures
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Total property and equipment	5,608	2,439
Machinery and equipment
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Total property and equipment	4,686	6,008
Computer equipment and capitalized software
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Total property and equipment	7,444	7,531
Leasehold improvements
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Total property and equipment	$ 31,230	$ 27,680

Property and Equipment, Net - Schedule of Depreciation (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023	Dec. 31, 2022
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Depreciation expense	$ 6,550	$ 7,605	$ 6,156
Selling expenses
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Depreciation expense	5,478	5,264	3,615
General and administrative expenses
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Depreciation expense	$ 1,072	$ 2,341	$ 2,541

Goodwill (Details) - USD ($)	3 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
Goodwill (Details) - USD ($)	Sep. 30, 2023	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023	Dec. 31, 2022	Oct. 31, 2024
Goodwill [Line Items]
Goodwill		$ 89,254,000	$ 94,898,000	$ 167,731,000	$ 30,000,000
Estimated fair value carrying amount exceeded percentage					11.20%
Goodwill impairment	$ 68,500,000	0	68,524,000	173,786,000
Goodwill [Roll Forward]
Goodwill, beginning balance		94,898,000	167,731,000
Impairment	$ (68,500,000)	0	(68,524,000)	(173,786,000)
Changes in foreign currency translation		(5,644,000)	(4,309,000)
Goodwill, ending balance		89,254,000	94,898,000	$ 167,731,000
P&P Holdings, LP
Goodwill [Line Items]
Goodwill			11,300,000
Goodwill [Roll Forward]
Goodwill, beginning balance		$ 11,300,000
Goodwill, ending balance			$ 11,300,000

Intangible Assets - Schedule of Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Total intangible assets	$ 91,070	$ 105,770
Less: accumulated amortization	(38,716)	(41,448)
Total intangible assets, net	$ 52,354	$ 64,322
Customer relationships
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Useful life	4 years
Weighted Average Amortization Period	3 months 18 days	1 year 2 months 12 days
Total intangible assets	$ 7,360	$ 21,640
Brands
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Useful life	10 years
Weighted Average Amortization Period	6 years	6 years 10 months 24 days
Total intangible assets	$ 83,612	$ 84,023
Trademarks
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Useful life	5 years
Weighted Average Amortization Period	3 months 18 days	1 year 3 months 18 days
Total intangible assets	$ 98	$ 107

Intangible Assets - Narrative (Details) - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023	Dec. 31, 2022
Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]
Annual amortization expense	$ 11.0	$ 11.5	$ 14.2

Intangible Assets - Schedule of Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Future Amortization Expense (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]
2025	$ 9,231
2026	9,065
2027	9,065
2028	8,272
2029	7,211
Thereafter	9,510
Total intangible assets, net	$ 52,354	$ 64,322

Debt - Senior Secured Credit Facility (Narrative) (Details) - USD ($)		12 Months Ended
	Sep. 24, 2021	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023	Dec. 31, 2022
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Proceeds from line of credit		$ 49,500,000	$ 11,500,000	$ 40,000,000
Repayment of line of credit		26,200,000	51,500,000	0
Interest expense		10,300,000	11,200,000	$ 7,000,000.0
Outstanding amount		111,711,000	$ 93,394,000
Line of Credit
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Outstanding letters of credit		$ 2,200,000
Senior Secured Credit Facility
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Net leverage ratio (greater than)	3.50
Fixed charge coverage ratio, maximum	1.25
Debt issuance costs	$ 2,700,000
Senior Secured Credit Facility \| Leverage Ratio Exceeds 2.75
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Net leverage ratio (greater than)	2.75
Percent of excess cash flow	50.00%
Senior Secured Credit Facility \| Leverage Ratio Greater Than Or Equal 2.25
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Net leverage ratio (greater than)	2.25
Percent of excess cash flow	25.00%
Senior Secured Credit Facility \| Term loan
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Face amount	$ 100,000,000.0
Additional borrowing capacity (up to)	$ 50,000,000.0
Debt instrument, term	5 years
Amortized annual payments percentage, year one	5.00%
Amortized annual payments percentage, year two	5.00%
Amortized annual payments percentage, year three	7.50%
Amortized annual payments percentage, year four	7.50%
Amortized annual payments percentage, year five	10.00%
Net leverage ratio (greater than)	2.75
Debt instrument, variable interest rate, type [Extensible Enumeration]	Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR) [Member]
Basis spread on variable rate	3.25%
Debt issuance costs	$ 1,800,000
Senior Secured Credit Facility \| Line of Credit
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Debt issuance cost, amortization period	5 years
Senior Secured Credit Facility \| Line of Credit \| Revolving credit facility
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Maximum borrowing capacity	$ 50,000,000.0
Debt instrument, term	5 years
Net leverage ratio (greater than)	2.75
Debt instrument, variable interest rate, type [Extensible Enumeration]	Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR) [Member]	Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR) [Member]
Basis spread on variable rate	3.25%
Debt issuance costs, credit facility	$ 900,000
Proceeds from line of credit		$ 49,500,000
Repayment of line of credit		$ 26,200,000
Interest rate for borrowings		7.68%
Outstanding amount		$ 111,700,000
Long-term debt, fair value		$ 103,000,000
Senior Secured Credit Facility \| Line of Credit \| Revolving credit facility \| Minimum
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Unused amounts under the revolver (in percent)	0.25%
Senior Secured Credit Facility \| Line of Credit \| Revolving credit facility \| Maximum
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Unused amounts under the revolver (in percent)	0.35%

Debt - Schedule of Outstanding Debt (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Long-term debt, gross	$ 112,350
Capitalized debt issuance costs	(639)	$ (1,056)
Total debt	111,711	93,394
Less: current portion	(6,300)	(3,300)
Total long-term debt	105,411	90,094
Term loan
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Long-term debt, gross	89,050	94,450
Revolving credit facility
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Long-term debt, gross	$ 23,300	$ 0

Debt - Schedule of Maturities of Long-Term Debt (Details) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2024 USD ($)
Debt Disclosure [Abstract]
2025	$ 6,300
2026	106,050
Total	$ 112,350

Leases - Narrative (Details) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
Leases - Narrative (Details) $ in Millions	Dec. 31, 2024 USD ($)
Lessee, Lease, Description [Line Items]
Lease not yet commenced	$ 18.3
Minimum
Lessee, Lease, Description [Line Items]
Remaining lease term	1 year
Extension options	6 months
Lessee, operating lease, lease not yet commenced, term of contract	7 years
Maximum
Lessee, Lease, Description [Line Items]
Remaining lease term	10 years
Extension options	3 years
Lessee, operating lease, lease not yet commenced, term of contract	10 years

Leases - Schedule of Operating Lease Costs (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023	Dec. 31, 2022
Leases [Abstract]
Operating lease costs	$ 12,845	$ 10,005	$ 8,890
Variable lease costs	1,252	944	609
Short-term lease costs	488	385	430
Total lease costs	$ 14,585	$ 11,334	$ 9,929

Leases - Schedule of Supplemental Cash Flow Information (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023	Dec. 31, 2022
Leases [Abstract]
Cash paid for operating lease liabilities	$ 11,367	$ 8,421	$ 6,027
Operating lease right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities	$ 38,534	$ 8,447	$ 22,237

Leases - Schedule of Other Information Relating To The Company’s Operating Leases (Details)	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Leases [Abstract]
Weighted-average remaining lease term	6 years 8 months 12 days	6 years 4 months 24 days
Weighted-average discount rate	6.90%	5.10%

Leases - Schedule of Operating Lease Maturity (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Leases [Abstract]
2025	$ 13,201
2026	14,401
2027	13,027
2028	11,980
2029	11,913
Thereafter	28,367
Total remaining lease payments	92,889
Less: imputed interest	21,011
Total operating lease liabilities	71,878
Less: current portion	(8,382)	$ (7,510)
Operating lease liabilities	$ 63,496	$ 35,344

Income Taxes - (loss) Income From Continuing Operations (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023	Dec. 31, 2022
Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]
United States	$ (5,016)	$ (8,904)	$ (7,586)
Foreign	(16,645)	(88,061)	(173,028)
Loss before income taxes	$ (21,661)	$ (96,965)	$ (180,614)

Income Taxes - Provision (Benefit) For Income Taxes (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023	Dec. 31, 2022
Current:
Federal	$ 1,588	$ 1,496	$ 1,059
State	826	649	354
Foreign	424	465	(1,208)
Total	2,838	2,610	205
Deferred:
Federal	1,654	(2,305)	(2,325)
State	(115)	467	(126)
Foreign	(48)	1,149	(1,671)
Total	1,491	(689)	(4,122)
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes	$ 4,329	$ 1,921	$ (3,917)

Income Taxes - Effective Tax Rate Reconciliation (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023	Dec. 31, 2022
Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]
Benefit from income taxes at U.S. statutory rate	$ (4,549)	$ (20,363)	$ (37,929)
State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit	558	512	250
Permanent differences	618	555	266
Foreign tax rate differential	(1,532)	(8,220)	(14,900)
Equity-based compensation	240	1,082	860
Goodwill impairment	0	21,444	51,990
Change in valuation allowance	9,186	6,987	0
Change in tax basis of Culture Kings’ inventory and intangibles	0	0	(2,233)
Intra-entity transfer of certain intellectual property rights	0	0	(1,030)
Other	(192)	(76)	(1,191)
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes	$ 4,329	$ 1,921	$ (3,917)

Income Taxes - Deferred Tax Assets (Liabilities) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Deferred tax assets:
Transaction costs	$ 341	$ 843
Accruals and reserves	6,175	5,201
Lease liabilities	18,742	11,391
Asset retirement obligation	0	165
Inventory	3,462	2,427
Foreign exchange gains / losses	653	878
Interest limitation	2,811	1,034
Loss carryforwards	9,949	10,472
Other	679	387
Subtotal	42,812	32,798
Less: Valuation allowance	(18,777)	(12,158)
Total deferred tax assets	24,035	20,640
Deferred tax liabilities:
Property and equipment	(754)	(749)
Intangible assets	(5,069)	(6,850)
Right-of-use assets	(18,066)	(11,472)
Asset retirement obligations	(99)	0
Total deferred tax liabilities	(23,988)	(19,071)
Net deferred tax assets	$ 47	$ 1,569

Income Taxes - Narrative (Details) - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
Income Taxes - Narrative (Details) - USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Operating Loss Carryforwards [Line Items]
Deferred tax assets, gross	$ 42,812,000	$ 32,798,000
Deferred tax liabilities, gross	23,988,000	19,071,000
Valuation allowance	18,777,000	12,158,000
Valuation allowance increase	6,600,000
Deferred taxes on unremitted earnings	0
Undistributed earnings	0
Unrecognized tax benefits	0	0
Australia/New Zealand
Operating Loss Carryforwards [Line Items]
Valuation allowance	18,800,000
Operating loss carryforwards	18,000,000	26,000,000
Capital loss carryforward	14,300,000	15,800,000
United States
Operating Loss Carryforwards [Line Items]
Capital loss carryforward	$ 1,000,000	$ 1,700,000

Accrued Liabilities (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Payables and Accruals [Abstract]
Accrued salaries and other benefits	$ 10,504	$ 8,428
Accrued freight costs	4,551	3,976
Sales tax payable	3,132	4,955
Accrued marketing costs	5,800	2,885
Accrued professional services	1,160	909
Other accrued liabilities	6,069	4,070
Total accrued liabilities	$ 31,216	$ 25,223

Deferred Revenue (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Disaggregation of Revenue [Line Items]
Total deferred revenue	$ 12,215	$ 11,782
Gift cards
Disaggregation of Revenue [Line Items]
Total deferred revenue	11,473	11,303
Other
Disaggregation of Revenue [Line Items]
Total deferred revenue	$ 742	$ 479

Equity-based Compensation - Narrative (Details) $ / shares in Units, $ in Millions		1 Months Ended			12 Months Ended
	May 22, 2024 shares	May 31, 2024 tranche $ / shares shares	Sep. 30, 2023 tranche $ / shares shares	Sep. 30, 2021 shares	Dec. 31, 2024 USD ($) tranche $ / shares shares	Dec. 31, 2023 $ / shares shares	May 30, 2023 shares	Dec. 31, 2022 $ / shares	Dec. 31, 2018 shares
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Granted (in shares)					0	0
Weighted average exercise price (in dollars per share) \| $ / shares					$ 81.47	$ 81.47		$ 83.36
Vested (in shares)					34,086
2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Number of shares reserved for issuance (in shares)					2,662,075		833,333
Share-based compensation arrangement by share-based payment award, number of additional shares authorized (in shares)	1,100,000
Stock options
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Expiration period			10 years	10 years
Granted (in shares)			416,667
Number of tranches \| tranche			4
Weighted average exercise price (in dollars per share) \| $ / shares			$ 109.27
Requisite service period			5 years 6 months
Vested (in shares)					0
Unrecognized compensation cost \| $					$ 0.9
Weighted average period (in years)					4 years 2 months 12 days
Stock options \| 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Number of shares reserved for issuance (in shares)				408,355
Annual increase of shares authorized for issuance (percent)				1.00%
Unrecognized compensation cost \| $					$ 0.2
Weighted average period (in years)					7 months 6 days
ESPP purchase rights \| 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Number of shares reserved for issuance (in shares)				102,088	422,475
Annual increase of shares authorized for issuance (percent)				1.00%
Offering period				6 months
Percentage on share price issued				85.00%
Incentive Units \| 2018 Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Number of shares reserved for issuance (in shares)									16,475,735
RSUs
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Unrecognized compensation cost \| $					$ 8.2
Weighted average period (in years)					1 year 9 months 18 days
Vesting period				4 years	3 years
RSUs \| Interim CEO Award
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Expiration period		5 years
Granted (in shares)		150,000
Number of tranches \| tranche		10
Weighted average exercise price (in dollars per share) \| $ / shares		$ 29.50
Requisite service period		2 years 10 months 24 days
Weighted average period (in years)					1 year 10 months 24 days
Share-based payment arrangement by share-based payment award, number of tranches that achieved targets \| tranche					2
Share-based payment arrangement, nonvested award, cost not yet recognized, amount \| $					$ 0.3
Time-based incentive units
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Unrecognized compensation cost \| $					$ 0.1
Weighted average period (in years)					3 months 18 days
Vesting period					4 years
Performance-based incentive units
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Return multiple					3

Equity-based Compensation - Schedule of Share-Based Payment Arrangement, Option, Activity (Details) - USD ($) $ / shares in Units, $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023	Dec. 31, 2022
Number of Options
Beginning balance (in shares)	39,820	39,820	42,288
Granted (in shares)	0	0
Exercised (in shares)	0	0
Forfeited/Repurchased (in shares)	0	(2,468)
Ending balance (in shares)	39,820	39,820	42,288
Vested (in shares)	34,086
Weighted Average Exercise Price
Beginning balance (in dollars per share)	$ 81.47	$ 83.36
Granted (in dollars per share)	0	0
Exercised (in dollars per share)	$ 0	$ 0
Forfeited/Repurchased (in dollars per share)	0	114.00
Ending balance (in dollars per share)	$ 81.47	$ 81.47	$ 83.36
Vested (in dollars per share)	$ 80.66
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term	7 years 21 days	8 years 21 days	9 years 14 days
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term, Vested	7 years 25 days
Aggregate Intrinsic Value, Outstanding	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0
Aggregate Intrinsic Value, Vested	$ 0

Equity-based Compensation - Schedule of Share-Based Payment Arrangement, Restricted Stock Unit, Activity (Details) - RSUs - $ / shares	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Number of Shares
Beginning balance (in shares)	578,913	367,512
Granted (in shares)	403,458	387,067
Vested (in shares)	(274,201)	(130,550)
Forfeited/Repurchased (in shares)	(56,883)	(45,116)
Ending balance (in shares)	651,287	578,913
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair value
Beginning balance (in dollars per share)	$ 15.67	$ 32.81
Granted (in dollars per share)	14.86	7.87
Vested (in dollars per share)	16.37	34.20
Forfeited/Repurchased (in dollars per share)	14.39	34.79
Ending balance (in dollars per share)	$ 14.93	$ 15.67

Equity-based Compensation - Schedule of Incentive Units (Details) - Time-based incentive units - USD ($) $ / shares in Units, $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023	Dec. 31, 2022
Number of Shares
Beginning balance (in shares)	1,360,067	3,363,856
Granted (in shares)	0	0
Vested (in shares)	(1,185,981)	(1,987,639)
Forfeited/Repurchased (in shares)	(30,083)	(16,150)
Ending balance (in shares)	144,003	1,360,067	3,363,856
Number of Units Vested (in shares)	9,047,201
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair value
Beginning balance (in dollars per share)	$ 1.50	$ 1.43
Granted (in dollars per share)	0	0
Vested (in dollars per share)	1.52	1.37
Forfeited/Repurchased (in dollars per share)	1.34	3.19
Ending balance (in dollars per share)	1.40	1.50	$ 1.43
Weighted Average Participation Threshold
Beginning of the period (in dollars per share)	20.01	18.64
Granted (in dollars per share)	0	0
Vested (in dollars per share)	19.62	17.67
Forfeited/Repurchased (in dollars per share)	22.68	22.68
End of the period (in dollars per share)	$ 22.68	$ 20.01	$ 18.64
Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Aggregate Intrinsic Value	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0

Equity-based Compensation - Schedule of ESPP Purchase Rights (Details) - ESPP purchase rights - $ / shares	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023	Dec. 31, 2022
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Shares purchased using ESPP purchase rights (in shares)	20,937	39,050	12,348
Weighted average purchase price (in dollars per share)	$ 10.89	$ 4.14	$ 18.36

Equity-based Compensation - Schedule of Summarizes The Company’s Equity-based Compensation Expense (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023	Dec. 31, 2022
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Total	$ 7,980	$ 7,640	$ 6,730
Stock options
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Total	722	572	495
RSUs
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Total	5,601	4,256	2,943
ESPP purchase rights
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Total	100	148	188
Time-based incentive units
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Total	$ 1,557	$ 2,664	$ 3,104

Stockholders’ Equity (Details)		12 Months Ended
Stockholders’ Equity (Details)	Sep. 29, 2023	Dec. 31, 2024 USD ($) vote class_of_common_stock $ / shares shares	Dec. 31, 2023 USD ($) $ / shares shares	May 25, 2023 USD ($)
Equity [Abstract]
Preferred stock, shares authorized (in shares)		50,000,000	50,000,000
Preferred stock par value (in dollars per share) \| $ / shares		$ 0.001	$ 0.001
Preferred stock, shares issued (in shares)		0	0
Preferred stock, shares outstanding (in shares)		0	0
Number of classes of common stock \| class_of_common_stock		1
Common stock, shares authorized (in shares)		500,000,000	500,000,000
Common stock par value (in dollars per share) \| $ / shares		$ 0.001	$ 0.001
Common stock, number of votes per share \| vote		1
Consecutive trading days	5 days
Stock repurchase program, authorized amount \| $				$ 2,000,000
Additional authorized amount to be repurchased \| $			$ 3,000,000
Repurchase of shares (in shares)		194,255
Repurchase of shares, value \| $		$ 2,600,000
Average share price (in dollars per share) \| $ / shares		$ 13.36

Net Loss Per Share - Earnings Per Share, Basic and Diluted (Details) - USD ($)
$ / shares in Units, $ in Thousands

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2024

Dec. 31, 2023

Dec. 31, 2022

Numerator:

Net loss

$ (25,990)

$ (98,886)

$ (176,697)

Denominator:

Weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic (in shares)

^[1]

10,567,656

10,707,024

10,726,392

Weighted-average common shares outstanding, diluted (in shares)

^[1]

10,567,656

10,707,024

10,726,392

Net loss per share:

Net loss per share, basic (in dollars per share)

^[1]

$ (2.46)

$ (9.24)

$ (16.47)

Net loss per share, diluted (in dollars per share)

^[1]

$ (2.46)

$ (9.24)

$ (16.47)

[1]	Adjusted for the one-for-12 Reverse Stock Split. Refer to Note 13, “Stockholders’ Equity.”

Net Loss Per Share- Narrative (Details) - shares	12 Months Ended
Net Loss Per Share- Narrative (Details) - shares	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023	Dec. 31, 2022
Earnings Per Share [Abstract]
Potentially dilutive securities (in shares)	402,873	333,327	112,904

Commitments and Contingencies (Details) $ in Millions	Dec. 31, 2024 USD ($)
Unasserted claim
Loss Contingencies [Line Items]
Accrued general and administrative expenses	$ 2.0

Segment Information - Narrative (Details)	12 Months Ended
Segment Information - Narrative (Details)	Dec. 31, 2024 segment
Segment Reporting [Abstract]
Number of operating segments	4
Number of reportable segments	1

Segment Information - Schedule of Adjusted EBITDA to Net Loss (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023	Dec. 31, 2022
Segment Reporting [Abstract]
Net sales	$ 574,697	$ 546,258	$ 611,738
Cost of sales	247,192	245,978	274,491
Gross profit	$ 327,505	$ 300,280	$ 337,247
Gross margin	57.00%	55.00%	55.10%

Subsequent events (Details) $ / shares in Units, $ in Millions			1 Months Ended			12 Months Ended
	Jan. 13, 2025	Jan. 07, 2025 USD ($) tranche $ / shares shares	Jan. 31, 2025 USD ($)	Sep. 30, 2023 tranche $ / shares	Sep. 30, 2021	Dec. 31, 2024 USD ($) $ / shares	Dec. 31, 2023 $ / shares	Dec. 31, 2022 $ / shares
Subsequent Event [Line Items]
Weighted average exercise price (in dollars per share) \| $ / shares						$ 81.47	$ 81.47	$ 83.36
Stock options
Subsequent Event [Line Items]
Expiration period				10 years	10 years
Number of tranches \| tranche				4
Weighted average exercise price (in dollars per share) \| $ / shares				$ 109.27
Unrecognized compensation cost \| $						$ 0.9
Weighted average period (in years)						4 years 2 months 12 days
Subsequent Event \| Chief Financial Officer
Subsequent Event [Line Items]
Number of shares granted (in shares) \| shares		100,000
Unrecognized compensation cost \| $		$ 1.0
Subsequent Event \| Chief Financial Officer \| Stock options
Subsequent Event [Line Items]
Expiration period		10 years
Number of tranches \| tranche		4
Weighted average exercise price (in dollars per share) \| $ / shares		$ 120.00
Weighted average period (in years)		4 years 2 months 12 days
Subsequent Event \| Chief Executive Officer
Subsequent Event [Line Items]
Employee recruitment original term	4 years
Employee recruitment renewal term	1 year
Revolving credit facility \| Senior Secured Credit Facility \| Line of Credit
Subsequent Event [Line Items]
Interest rate for borrowings						7.68%
Revolving credit facility \| Senior Secured Credit Facility \| Line of Credit \| Subsequent Event
Subsequent Event [Line Items]
Drawn on the revolving credit facility \| $			$ 21.5
Interest rate for borrowings			7.68%

aka Brands (NYSE:AKA)
Historical Stock Chart
From Feb 2025 to Mar 2025

aka Brands (NYSE:AKA)
Historical Stock Chart
From Mar 2024 to Mar 2025

Market Data

News

Trading Tools

Markets

Discover

Hot Features

Follow Feed

Options Flow

Monitor

AKA aka Brands Holding Corp

aka Brands Holding Corp News

Your Recent History

Company

Business

Popular

Get The App

Trending Now

Toplists

Market Data

News

Trading Tools

Markets

Discover

Hot Features

Follow Feed

Options Flow

Monitor

AKA aka Brands Holding Corp

aka Brands Holding Corp News

Your Recent History

Company

Business

Popular

Get The App

Go Ad-Free